ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (131)
  • English  (131)
  • Portuguese
  • 2015-2019  (67)
  • 2010-2014  (57)
  • 1955-1959  (6)
  • 1940-1944  (1)
  • AWI Reading room  (131)
Collection
  • Books  (131)
Language
Years
Year
Classification
Branch Library
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Pr.
    Call number: AWI G6-10-0141
    Description / Table of Contents: The first comprehensive, state-of-the-art introduction to the fast-evolving topic of in-situ produced cosmogenic nuclides, for graduate students and practitioners.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 187 S. : Ill.
    Edition: 1 ed.
    ISBN: 9780521873802 , 0-521-87380-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1 Cosmic rays. - 1.1 Origin and nature of cosmic rays. - 1.2 Interaction with magnetic fields. - 1.3 Interactions with the Earth's atmosphere. - 1.4 Interactions with the Earth's surface. - 1.5 Production of cosmogenic nuclides. - 1.6 Detection of cosmic rays. - 2 Cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.1 'Useful' cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.2 Stable cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.3 Cosmogenic radionuclides. - 2.4 Sample preparation. - 2.5 Analytical methods. - 3 Production rates and scaling factors. - 3.1 Deriving production rates. - 3.2 Scaling factors. - 3.3 Building scaling factors. - 4 Application of cosmogenic nuclldes to Earth surface sciences. - 4.1 Exposure dating. - 4.2 Burial dating. - 4.3 Erosion/denudation rates. - 4.4 Uplift rates. - 4.5 Soil dynamics. - 4.6 Dealing with uncertainty. - Appendix A: Sampling checklist. - Appendix B: Reporting of cosrnogenic-nudide data for exposure age and erosion rate determinations. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Borntraeger
    Call number: AWI A14-10-0064
    Description / Table of Contents: Measurement Methods in Atmospheric Sciences provides a comprehensive overview of in-situ and remote sensing measurement techniques for probing the Earth's atmosphere. The methods presented in this book span the entire range from classical meteorology via atmospheric chemistry and micrometeorological flux determination to Earth observation from space. Standard instruments for meteorological and air quality monitoring methods, as well as specialized instrumentation predominantly used in scientific experiments, are covered. The presented techniques run from simple mechanical sensors to highly sophisticated electronic devices. Special emphasis is placed on the rapidly evolving field of remote sensing techniques. Here, active ground-based remote sending techniques such as SODAR and LIDAR find a detailed coverage. The book conveys the basic principles of the various observational and monitoring methods, enabling the user to identify the most appropriate method. An introductory chapter covers general principles (e.g. inversion of measured data, available platforms, statistical properties of data, data acquisition). Later chapters each treat methods for measuring a specific property (e.g. humidity, wind speed, wind direction). Long chapters provide an introductory tabular list of the methods treated. More than 100 figures and 400 references, mostly to the recent scientific literature, aid the reader in reading up on the details of the various methods at hand. Recommendations at the end of each major chapter provide additional hints on the use of some instruments in order to facilitate the selection of the proper instrument for a successful measurement. A large number of national and international standards, providing precise guidelines for measuring and acquiring reliable, reproducible and comparable data sets are listed in the appendix. A dedicated index allows easy access to this valuable information. The book is of interest to undergraduate and graduate students in meteorology, physical geography, ecology, environmental sciences and related disciplines as well as to scientists in the process of planning atmospheric measurements in field campaigns or working with data already acquired. Practitioners in environmental agencies and similar institutions will benefit from instrument descriptions and the extended lists in the appendix.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 257 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783443010669 , 3-443-01066-0
    Series Statement: Quantifying the environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface 1 Introduction 1.1 The necessity for measurements 1.2 Definition of a measurement 1.3 Historical aspects 2 Measurement basics 2.1 Overview of methods 2.1.1 Direct and indirect methods 2.1.2 In-situ and remote sensing methods 2.1.3 Instantaneous and integrating methods 2.1.4 On-line and off-line methods, post-processing 2.1.5 Flux measurements 2.2 Main measurement principles 2.3 Measurements by inversion 2.3.1 Inversion with one variable 2.3.2 Inversion with more than one variable 2.3.3 Well-posed and ill-posed problems 2.4 Measurement instruments 2.4.1 Active and passive instruments 2.4.2 Analogue and digital instruments 2.5 Measurement platforms 2.6 Measurement variables 2.7 General characteristics of measured data 2.8 Data logging 2.9 Quality assurance/quality control 3 In-situ measurements of state variables 3.1 Thermometers 3.1.1 Liquid-in-glass thermometers 3.1.2 Bimetal thermometers 3.1.3 Resistance thermometers, thermistors 3.1.4 Thermocouples, thermopiles 3.1.5 Sonic thermometry 3.1.6 Measurement of infrared radiation 3.1.7 Soil thermometer 3.1.8 Recommendations for temperature measurements 3.2 Measuring moisture 3.2.1 Hygrometer 3.2.2 Psychrometers 3.2.3 Dewpoint determination 3.2.4 Capacitive methods 3.2.5 Recommendations for humidity measurements 3.3 Pressure sensors 3.3.1 Barometers 3.3.2 Hypsometers 3.3.3 Electronic barometers 3.3.4 Microbarometer 3.3.5 Pressure balance 3.3.6 Recommendations for pressure measurements 3.4 Wind measurements 3.4.1 Estimation from visual observations 3.4.2 Wind direction 3.4.3 Cup anemometer 3.4.4 Pressure tube 3.4.5 Hot wire anemometer 3.4.6 Ultrasonic anemometer 3.4.7 Propeller anemometer 3.4.8 Recommendations for wind measurements 4 In-situ methods for observing liquid water and ice 4.1 Precipitation 4.1.1 Rain sensors (Present Weather Sensors) 4.1.2 Rain gauges (totalisators) 4.1.3 Pluviographs 4.1.4 Disdrometer 4.1.5 Special instruments for snow 4.1.6 Recommendations for precipitation measurements 4.2 Soil moisture 4.2.1 Gravimetric methods 4.2.2 Neutron probes 4.2.3 Time domain reflectrometry (TDR) 4.2.4 Tensiometers 4.2.5 Resistance block tensiometer 4.2.6 Recommendations for soil moisture measurements 5 In-situ measurement of trace substances 5.1 Measurement of trace gases 5.1.1 Physical methods 5.1.2 Chemical methods 5.1.3 Recommendations for the measurement of trace gases 5.2 Particle measurements 5.2.1 Determination of the particle mass 5.2.2 Measuring particle size distributions 5.2.3 Measurement of the chemical composition of particles 5.2.4 Measuring the particle structure 5.2.5 Saltiphon 5.2.6 Recommendations for particle measurements 5.3 Olfactometry 5.4 Radioactivity 5.4.1 Counter tubes 5.4.2 Scintillation counters 5.4.3 Recommendations for radioactivity monitoring 6 In-situ flux measurements 6.1 Measuring radiation 6.1.1 Measuring direct solar radiation 6.1.2 Measuring shortwave irradiance 6.1.3 Measuring longwave irradiance 6.1.4 Measuring the total irradiance 6.1.5 Measuring chill 6.1.6 Sunshine recorder 6.1.7 Recommendations for radiation measurements 6.2 Visual range 6.3 Micrometeorological flux measurements 6.3.1 Cuvettes 6.3.2 Surface chambers 6.3.3 Mass balance method 6.3.4 Inferential method 6.3.5 Gradient method 6.3.6 Bowen-ratio method 6.3.7 Flux variance method 6.3.8 Dissipation method 6.3.9 Eddy covariance method 6.3.10 Eddy accumulation methods 6.3.11 Disjunct eddy covariance method 6.3.12 Recommendations for the measurement of turbulent fluxes 6.4 Evaporation Atmometers 6.4.2 Lysimeters 6.4.3 Evaporation pans and tanks 6.4.4 Recommendations for evaporation measurements 6.5 Soil heat flux 6.6 Inverse emission flux modelling 7 Remote sensing methods 7.1 Basics of remote sensing 7.2 Active sounding methods 7.2.1 RADAR 7.2.2 Windprofilers 7.2.3 SODAR 7.2.4 RASS 7.2.5 LIDAR 7.2.6 Further LIDAR techniques 7.3 Active path-averaging methods 7.3.1 Scintillometers 7.3.2 FTIR 7.3.3 DOAS 7.3.4 Quantum cascade laser 7.4 Passive methods 7.4.1 Radiometers 7.4.2 Photometers 7.4.3 Infrared-Interferometer 7.5 Tomography 7.5.1 Simultaneous Iterative Reconstruction Technique 7.5.2 Algebraic Reconstruction Technique (ART) 7.5.3 Smooth Basis Function Minimization (SBFM) 8 Remote sensing of atmospheric state variables 8.1 Temperature 8.1.1 Near-surface temperatures 8.1.2 Temperature profiles 8.2 Gaseous humidity 8.2.1 Integral water vapour content 8.2.2 Vertical profiles 8.2.3 Large-scale humidity distribution 8.3 Wind and turbulence 8.3.1 Small-scale near-surface turbulence 8.3.2 Horizontal wind fields 8.3.3 Vertical wind profiles 8.3.4 Turbulence profiles 8.3.5 Cloud winds 8.3.6 Ionospheric winds 8.4 Mixing-layer heights 8.4.1 LIDAR 8.4.2 SODAR 8.5 Turbulent fluxes 8.6 Ionospheric electron densities 8.7 Recommendations for remote sensing of state variables 9 Remote sensing of water and ice 9.1 Precipitation 9.1.1 RADAR 9.1.2 Precipitation measurements from satellites 9.2 Clouds 9.2.1 Cloud base 9.2.2 Cloud cover 9.2.3 Cloud movement 9.2.4 Water content 9.3 Recommendations for remote sensing of liquid water and ice 10 Remote sensing of trace substances 10.1 Trace gases 10.1.1 Horizontal path-averaging methods 10.1.2 Vertical column densities 10.1.3 Sounding methods 10.2 Aerosols 10.2.1 Aerosol optical depths (AOD) 10.2.2 Sounding methods 10.3 Recommendations for remote sensing of trace substances 11 Remote sensing of surface properties 11.1 Properties of the solid surface 11.1.1 Surface roughness 11.1.2 Land surface temperature 11.1.3 Soil moisture 11.1.4 Vegetation 11.1.5 Snow and ice 11.1.6 Fires 11.2 Properties of the ocean surface 11.2.1 Altitudes of the sea surface 11.2.2 Wave heights 11.2.3 Sea surface temperature 11.2.4 Salinity 11.2.5 Ocean currents 11.2.6 Ice cover, size of ice floes 11.2.7 Algae and suspended sediment concentrations 12 Remote sensing of electrical phenomena 12.1 Spherics 12.1.1 Directional analyses 12.1.2 Distance analyses 12.2 Optical lightning detection 13 Outlook on new developments Literature Subject index Appendix: Technical guidelines and standards Index to the Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Zürich] : IAHS (ICSI)
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G7-12-0001
    In: Glacier mass balance bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 102 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Stockholm : Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology, Stockholm University
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G2-13-0052
    In: Dissertations from the Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is subject to growing economic and political interest. Meanwhile, its water and climate systems are in rapid transformation. Relevant and accessible information about water and climate is therefore vital to detect, understand and adapt to the changes. This thesis investigates hydrological monitoring systems, climate model data, and our understanding of hydro-climatic change, for adaptation to water system changes in the Arctic. Results indicate a lack of harmonized water chemistry data, which may impede efforts to understand transport and origin of key waterborne constituents. Further development of monitoring cannot rely only on a reconciliation of observations and projections on where climate change will be the most severe, as they diverge in this regard. Climate model simulations of drainage basin temperature and precipitation have improved between two recent model generations, but large inaccuracies remain for precipitation projections. Late 20th-century discharge changes in major Arctic rivers generally show excess of water relative to precipitation changes. This indicates a possible contribution of stored water from permafrost or groundwater to sea level rise. The river contribution to the increasing Arctic Ocean freshwater inflow matches that of glaciers, which underlines the importance of considering all sources when assessing change. To provide adequate information for research and policy, Arctic hydrological and hydrochemical monitoring needs to be extended, better integrated and made more accessible. This especially applies to hydrochemistry monitoring, where a more complete set of monitored basins is motivated, including a general extension for the large unmonitored areas close to the Arctic Ocean. Improvements in climate model parameterizations are needed, in particular for precipitation projections. Finally, further water-focused data and modeling efforts are required to resolve the source of excess discharge in Arctic rivers.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: Getr. Zählung
    ISBN: 9789174476385
    Series Statement: Dissertations from the Department of Physical Geography and Quaternary Geology 35
    Language: English
    Note: Zugl.: Stockholm, Univ., Diss., 2013
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Matthes & Seitz
    Call number: AWI E1-15-89047
    Description / Table of Contents: Georg Forster (1754-1794) war eine der faszinierendsten Gestalten seiner Zeit: glänzender Schriftsteller, Naturforscher, Entdecker, Zeichner, Übersetzer und entschiedener Revolutionär. Auf seiner Weltumsegelung mit James Cook berührte er Eisberge mit den eigenen Händen, lief den Strand von Tahiti entlang, besuchte fremde Völker, lebte unter »Menschenfressern« und überquerte Ozeane und den Äquator. Und er stand im Zentrum des politischen Geschehens, als er - inspiriert von der Französischen Revolution - 1793 die »Mainzer Republik« ausrief, die erste Republik auf deutschem Boden. Anschaulich und fesselnd portraitiert Jürgen Goldstein dieses Ausnahmeleben, in dem sich »Freiheit« und »Naturgewalt« berührten. Niemand ist auf vergleichbare Weise das erfahrungsgetriebene Experiment eingegangen, die Natur mit dem Politischen kurzzuschließen. Die Funken, die Forster aus seinen Leitvorstellungen schlug, erhellten für einen Weltaugenblick die Aussicht, es könne so etwas wie natürliche Revolutionen geben. Jürgen Goldstein, geboren 1962, lehrt als Professor für Philosophie an der Universität Koblenz-Landau. Maßgeblich von Hans Blumenberg inspiriert, widmen sich seine Studien der Genese und dem Profil der Moderne. Seine Bücher befassen sich mit der Herausbildung der neuzeitlichen Subjektivität und Rationalität, der politischen Philosophie des 20. Jahrhunderts und der Geschichte der Naturwahrnehmung.
    Description / Table of Contents: Wagemutiger Entdeckungsreisender, empfindsamer Naturbetrachter, glühender Revolutionär: Georg Forster befuhr mit James Cook die Weltmeere, verfasste glänzende Reiseerzählungen und stürzte sich mit provokanten Ansichten in die politischen Debatten seiner Zeit. Er war in Mainz Mitbegründer der ersten Republik auf deutschem Boden und starb - gescheitert und vereinsamt - im Pariser Exil. In seiner ebenso fesselnden wie kenntnisreichen Biographie entwirft Jürgen Goldstein mit Eleganz und Tiefenschärfe ein anschauliches Panorama von Forsters rastlosem Leben zwischen Euphorie und Elend - das Leben eines Weltbürgers, der davon überzeugt war, dass sich die Freiheit eines Tages mit Naturgewalt ihren Wag bahnen müsse.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 301 S. , 22 cm
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 978-3-95757-090-1
    Language: English
    Note: Inhalt: Auftakt. - Ein gefährliches Wort: Natur. - 1. 1754-1772. ANFÄNGE. - Wie ein unbeschriebenes Blatt. - Erste Eindrücke von Weite. - Zur rechten Zeit am rechten Ort. - 2. 1772-1775. ANSICHTEN DER NATUR: DIE REISE UM DIE WELT. - Wahrnehmungsmuster. - Die große Erzählung. - Das Meer. - Entfernungen. - Strapazen. - Wagnisse im Eis. - Das sonnige Arkadien. - Erste und letzte Anblicke. - Edle Wilde?. - Unter Menschenfressern. - Mord und Totschlag. - Eine Gemeinschaft von Gleichen. - Die gekränkten Rechte der Menschheit. - 3. 1776-1788. ZWISCHENSPIELE. - Blue devils. - Der Balsam der Natur. - Eine physische Anthropologie. - Ein Streit um Menschenrassen. - Politisches Wetterleuchten: Cook, der Staatsmann. - 4. 1789-1793. ANSICHTEN DES POLITISCHEN: DIE REVOLUTION. - Pariser Unruhen und politische Öffentlichkeit. - Geschichtszeichen der neuen Welt: Revolutionen. - Politische Ansichten vom Niederrhein. - Natur als Schicksal. - Das Prinzip des politischen Wandels: Gärung. - Die französische Mainzer Freiheit. - Die Mainzer Republik. - Kundige der unterirdischen Gänge: Forster und Goethe. - 5. 1793-1794. DAS ENDE: DIE GROßE RATLOSIGKEIT. - Das ungeheure Haupt der Revolution: Paris. - Das kalte Fieber des Terrors. - Tänzer am Rande des Unsinns: Adam Lux. - Zurück zur Natur: Menschenwürde. - Die Revolution ist die Revolution. - Verlassen wie ein Kind. - Eine Quelle sonderbarer Beschauung. - Schluss. - Das Mahagoni-Schränkchen. - Anmerkungen. - Literatur.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: ZSP-553-159,2
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 14 S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 159,2
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: ZSP-553-159,4
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 17 S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 159,4
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    København : Reitzel
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-553-141,3
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 210 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 141,3
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    København : Lunos
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-553-156,5
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 156,5
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley
    Call number: AWI A14-15-0008
    Description / Table of Contents: The cryosphere, that region of the world where water is temporarily or permanently frozen, plays a crucial role on our planet. Recent developments in remote sensing techniques, and the acquisition of new data sets, have resulted in significant advances in our understanding of all components of the cryosphere and its processes. This book, based on contributions from 40 leading experts, offers a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the methods, techniques and recent advances in applications of remote sensing of the cryosphere. Examples of the topics covered include: snow extent, depth, grain size and impurities; surface and subsurface melting; glaciers; accumulation over the Greenland and Antarctica ice sheets; ice thickness and velocities; gravimetric measurements from space; sea, lake and river ice; frozen ground and permafrost; fieldwork activities; recent and future cryosphere-oriented missions and experiments.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 408 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 1. edition
    ISBN: 9781118368855
    Series Statement: The cryosphere science series
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: List of contributors. - Cryosphere Science: Series Preface. - Preface. - Acknowledgments. - About the companion website. - 1 Remote sensing and the cryosphere. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Remote sensing. - 1.2.1 The electromagnetic spectrum and blackbody radiation. - 1.2.2 Passive systems. - 1.2.3 Active systems. - 1.3 The cryosphere. - References. - 2 Electromagnetic properties of components of the cryosphere. - 2.1 Electromagnetic properties of snow. - 2.1.1 Visible/near-infrared and thermal infrared. - 2.1.2 Microwave region. - 2.2 Electromagnetic properties of sea ice. - 2.2.1 Visible/near-infrared and thermal infrared. - 2.2.2 Microwave region. - 2.3 Electromagnetic properties of freshwater ice. - 2.4 Electromagnetic properties of glaciers and ice sheets. - 2.4.1 Visible/near-infrared and thermal infrared. - 2.4.2 Microwave region. - 2.5 Electromagnetic properties of frozen soil. - 2.5.1 Visible/near-infrared and thermal infrared. - 2.5.2 Microwave region. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 3 Remote sensing of snow extent. - 3.1 lntroduction. - 3.2 Visible/near-infrared snow products. - 3.2.1 The normalized difference snow index (NDSI). - 3.3 Passive microwave products. - 3.4 Blended VNIR/PM products. - 3.5 Satellite snow extent as input to hydrological models. - 3.6 Concluding remarks. - Acknowledgments. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 4 Remote sensing of snow albedo, grain size, and pollution from space. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Forward modeling. - 4.3 Local optical properties of a snow layer. - 4.4 Inverse problem. - 4.5 Pitfalls of retrievals. - 4.6 Conclusions. - Acknowledgments. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 5 Remote sensing of snow depth and snow water equivalent. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Photogrammetry. - 5.3 LiDAR. - 5.4 Gamma radiation. - 5.5 Gravity data. - 5.6 Passive microwave data. - 5.7 Active microwave data. - 5.8 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 6 Remote sensing of melting snow and ice. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 General considerations on optical/thermal and microwave sensors and techniques for remote sensing of melting. - 6.2.1 Optical and thermal sensors. - 6.2.2 Microwave sensors. - 6.2.3 Electromagnetic properties of dry and wet snow. - 6.3 Remote sensing of melting over land. - 6.4 Remote sensing of melting over Greenland. - 6.4.1 Thermal infrared sensors. - 6.4.2 Microwave sensors. - 6.5 Remote sensing of melting over Antarctica. - 6.6 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - 7 Remote sensing of glaciers. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Fundamentals. - 7.3 Satellite instruments for glacier research. - 7.4 Methods. - 7.4.1 Image classification for glacier mapping. - 7.4.2 Mapping debris-covered glaciers. - 7.4.3 Glacier mapping with SAR data. - 7.4.4 Assessing glacier changes. - 7.4.5 Area and length changes. - 7.4.6 Volumetrie glacier changes. - 7.4.7 Glacier velocity. - 7.5 Glaciers of the Greenland ice sheet. - 7.5.1 Surface elevation. - 7.5.2 Glacier extent. - 7.5.3 Glacier dynamics. - 7.6 Summary. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 8 Remote sensing of accumulation over the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets. - 8.1 Introduction to accumulation. - 8.2 Spaceborne methods for determining accumulation over ice sheets. - 8.2.1 Microwave remote sensing. - 8.2.2 Other remote sensing techniques and combined methods. - 8.3 Airborne and ground-based measurements of accumulation. - 8.3.1 Ground-based. - 8.3.2 Airborne. - 8.4 Modeling of accumulation. - 8.5 The future for remote sensing of accumulation. - 8.6 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - Website cited. - 9 Remote sensing of ice thickness and surface velocity. - 9.1 Introduction. - 9.1.1 Electrical properties of glacial ice. - 9.2 Radar principles. - 9.2.1 Radar sounder. - 9.2.2 Radar equation. - 9.3 Pulse compression. - 9.4 Antennas. - 9.5 Example results. - 9.6 SAR and array processing. - 9.7 SAR Interferometry. - 9. 7.1 Introduction. - 9.7.2 Basic theory. - 9.7.3 Practical considerations of InSAR systems. - 9.7.4 Application of InSAR to Cryosphere remote sensing. - 9.8 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - 10 Gravimetry measurements from space. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Observing the Earth's gravity field with inter-satellite ranging. - 10.3 Surface mass variability from GRACE. - 10.4 Results. - 10.5 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - 11 Remote sensing of sea ice. - 11.1 Introduction. - 11.2 Sea ice concentration and extent. - 11.2.1 Passive microwave radiometers. - 11.2.2 Active microwave - scatterometry and radar. - 11.2.3 Visible and infrared. - 11.2.4 Operational sea ice analyses. - 11.3 Sea ice drift. - 11.4 Sea ice thickness and age, and snow depth. - 11.4.1 Altimetric thickness estimates. - 11.4.2 Radiometric thickness estimates. - 11.4.3 Sea ice age estimates as a proxy for ice thickness. - 11.5 Sea ice melt onset and freeze-up, albedo, melt pond fraction and surface temperature. - 11.5.1 Melt onset and freeze-up. - 11.5.2 Sea ice albedo and melt pond fraction. - 11.5.3 Sea ice surface temperature. - 11.6 Summary, challenges and the road ahead. - References. - Acronyms. - Website cited. - 12 Remote sensing of lake and river ice. - 12.1 Introduction. - 12.2 Remote sensing of lake ice. - 12.2.1 Ice concentration, extent and phenology. - 12.2.2 Ice types. - 12.2.3 Ice thickness and snow on ice. - 12.2.4 Snow/ice surface temperature. - 12.2.5 Floating and grounded ice: the special case of shallow Arctic/sub-Arctic lakes. - 12.3 Remote sensing of river ice. - 12.3.1 Ice extent and phenology. - 12.3.2 lce types, ice jams and flooded areas. - 12.3.3 Ice thickness. - 12.3.4 Surface flow velocities. - 12.3.5 Incorporating SAR-derived ice information into a GIS-based system in support of river-flow modeling and flood forecasting. - 12.4 Conclusions and outlook. - Acknowledgments. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 13 Remote sensing of permafrost and frozen ground. - 13.1 Permafrost - an essential climate variable of the "Global Climate Observing System". - 13.2 Mountain permafrost. - 13.2.1 Remote sensing of surface features and permafrost landforms. - 13.2.2 Generation of digital elevation models. - 13.2.3 Terrain elevation change and displacement. - 13.3 Lowland permafrost - identification and mapping of surface features. - 13.3.1 Land cover and vegetation. - 13.3.2 Permafrost landforms. - 13.3.3 Landforms and processes indicating permafrost degradation. - 13.4 Lowland permafrost - remote sensing of physical variables related to the thermal permafrost state. - 13.4.1 Land surface temperature through thermal remote sensing. - 13.4.2 Freeze-thaw state of the surface soil through microwave remote sensing. - 13.4.3 Permafrost mapping with airborne electromagnetic surveys. - 13.4.4 Regional surface deformation through radar interferometry. - 13.4.5 A gravimetric signal of permafrost thaw?. - 13.5 Outlook - remote sensing data and permafrost models. - References. - Acronyms. - 14 Field measurements for remote sensing of the cryosphere. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Physical properties of interest. - 14.2.1 Surface properties. - 14.2.2 Sub-surface properties. - 14.3 Standard techniques for direct measurements of physical properties. - 14.3.1 Topography. - 14.3.2 Snow depth. - 14.3.3 Snow water equivalent and density. - 14.3.4 Temperature. - 14.3.5 Stratigraphy. - 14.3.6 Sea ice depth and ice thickness. - 14.4 New techniques for high spatial resolution measurements. - 14.4.1 Topography. - 14.4.2 Surface properties. - 14.4.3 Sub-surface properties. - 14.5 Simulating airborne and spaceborne observations from the ground. - 14.5.1 Active microwave. - 14.5.2 Passive microwave. - 14.6 Sampling strategies for remote sensing field campaigns: concepts and examples. - 14.6.1 Ice sheet campaigns. - 14.6.2 Seasonal snow campaigns. - 14.6.3 Sea ice campaigns. - 14.7 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 15 Remote sensing missions and the cryosphere. - 15.1 In
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Tokyo : National Institute for Polar Research
    Call number: AWI P5-15-0033
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 26 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 2014, rev. March 2015
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1. Introduction. - (1) The purposes of the long-term plan report. - (2) The background and particulars of this report. - (3) Contents of this report. - 2.Changes in the Arctic environment to date and in the near future. - 3. History of Arctic environmental research. - 4. Abstracts of all themes. - (1) Elucidation of abrupt environmental change in the Arctic associated with the on-going global warming. - Theme 1: Arctic amplification of global warming. - Theme 2: Mechanisms and influence of sea ice decline. - Theme 3: Biogeochemical cycles and ecosystem changes. - Theme 4: Ice sheet, glaciers, permafrost, snowfall, snow cover and hydrological cycle. - Theme 5: Interactions between the Arctic and the entire earth. - Theme 6: Predicting future environmental conditions of the Arctic based on paleoenvironmental records. - Theme 7: Effects of the Arctic environment on human society. - (2) Elucidation of environmental change concerning biodiversity. - Theme 8: Effects on terrestrial ecosystems and biodiversity. - Theme 9: Influence on marine ecosystem and biodiversity. - (3) Broad and important subjects on the Arctic environment. - Theme 10: Geospace environment. - Theme 11: Interaction of surface environment change with solid earth. - Theme 12: Basic understanding on formation and transition process of permafrost. - (4) Development of methods enabling breakthroughs in environmental research. - Theme A: Sustainable seamless monitoring. - Theme B: Earth system-modeling for inter-disciplinary research. - Theme C: Data assimilation to connect monitoring and modeling. - 5. Improvement of research foundation. - Authors and reviewers.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Gdynia : Gdynia Maritime University
    Call number: AWI A4-15-0012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 402 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9788374211918
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENS: 1. lntroduction. - 2. Location of the Polish Polar Station at Hornsund. - 3. The principal climatic parameters. - 3.1. Duralion of day and night. - 3.2. Potential insolation. - 3.3. Changes in the sea ice area and the surface temperatures of surrounding seas. - 3.3.1. Sea surface temperature. - 3.3.2. Sea ice cover. - 3.3.3. Factcrs influencing changes of SST and ice cover in the region of Spitsbergen. - 4. The atmospheric circulation. - 4.1. The mean baric field. - 4.2. The frequency of occurrence of the circulation types. - 4.3. Index of zonal circulation - western (W). - 4.4. Index of meridional circulation - southern (S). - 4.5. Index of cyclonicity (C). - 5. The atmospheric pressure. - 5.1. The annual course. - 5.2. Extreme values and interdiurnal variability. - 6. The winds. - 6.1. The structure of wind directions. - 6.2. Wind speeds. - 6.3. The associations between wind directions and speeds. - 7. Cloudiness and sunshine duration. - 7.1. Cloudiness. - 7.2. Clear and cloudy days. - 7.3. Types of clouds, manifestations of local climatic features in the cloudiness. - 7.4. Sunshine duration. - 8. Solar radiation. - 9. Air temperature. - 9.1. Annual air temperature. - 9.2. Monthly air temperatures. - 9.3 The annual patterns of diurnal temperature. - 9.5 Thermal seasons. - 9.5 Factors shaping interannual variability of the air temperature. - 9.5.1. Associations of air temperature at Hornsund with indices describing the large scale atmospheric circulation. - 9.5.2 lnfluence of atmospheric circulation on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.3. The influence of sea ice cover on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.4. The influence of sea surface temperature (SST) changes on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 9.5.5. Comprehensive effects of changes of sea ice extent, sea surface temperature and atmospheric circulation on the air temperature at Hornsund. - 10. Humidity. - 10.1. Water vapour pressure. - 10.2. Relative humidity. - 11. Atmospheric precipitation. - 11 .1. General information, materials and methods. - 11.2.Distribution of monthly means and annual totals of precipitation. - 11.3. High diurnal precipitation. - 11.4 Number of days with precipitation. - 11.5 The annual cycle of atmospheric precipitation, taking the modes of occurrence into consideration. - 11.6 Associations of precipitation with atmospheric circulation. - 12. The horizontal visibility and fog. - 12.1 The horizontal visibility. - 12.2 Fog. - 13. States of the weather and weather seasonality. - 13.1 Methods. - 13.2 Structure of states of the weather. - 13.2.1 Weather groups and subgroups. - 13.2.2 Weather classes. - 13.2.3. Types of weather. - 13.2.4 The annual structure of states of the weather. - 13.3 Seasonal structure of the climate in the station region. - 13.3.1. Winter (October 21 - May 10). - 13.3.2. Spring (May 11 - July 10). - 13.3.3. Summer (July 11 - August 31). - 13.3.4. Autumn (September 1 - October 20). - 13.3.5. Remarks on the observed climatic seasonality. - 14. The climate of the station in the light of selected climatic indices. - 14.1. Continentality and oceanicity of the climate. - 14.2. The humidity of the climate. - 14.3. Wind chill. - 14.4. Positive and negative degree-days. - 15. The associations between climatic parameters and a model of changes of climatic conditions in the Hornsund region. - 15.1. Associations between climatic parameters. - 15.2. A model to forecast climatic changes in the Hornsund region. - 16. Changes of climate in the Hornsund station region during the meteorological observation, 1979-2009. - 16.1. Changes of atmospheric pressure. - 16.2. Changes of circulation indices. - 16.2.1. The W index of western zonal circulation. - 16.2.2. The S index of southern meridional circulation. - 16.2.3. The C index of cyclonicity. - 16.3. Changes of direction and velocity of the winds. - 16.4. Changes of cloudiness, sunshine duration and horizontal visibility. - 16.5. Changas of air temperature. - 16.6. Changes of precipitation. - 16.6.1. The multiannual variability of precipitation totals. - 16.6.2. Variability of rainfall and snowfall totals. - 16.6.3. Variability of the number of days with precipitation 〉 0.0 mm. - 16.6.4. Variability of number of days with precipitation [greater-than-or-equal sign] 0.1 mm. - 16.6.5. Variability of number of days with rainfall and snowfall. - 16.6.6. General trends of changes in atmospheric precipitation. - 17. Summary. - 18. Results of Observations. - 18. 1. Results of observations of meteorological parameters made at Hornsund during the Founding Expedition (1957-1958). - 18.2. Results of observations of meteorological parameters at Hornsundin 1978-2012. - 19. Snow cover at the Hornsund station. - 20. Ground temperatures at Hornsund. - REFERENCES. - APPENDICES. - 1. Calendar of circulation types for territory of Spitsbergen. - 1.1. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type S. - 1.2. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type W. - 1.3. Monthly, annual and seasonal values of circulation type C. - 2. LF1-4 Index. - 13. DG3L index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI A6-15-0020
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gives a coherent development of the current understanding of the fluid dynamics of the middle latitude atmosphere. lt is primarily aimed at post-graduate and advanced undergraduate level students and does not assume any previous knowledge of fluid mechanics, meteorology or atmospheric science. The book will be an invaluable resource for any quantitative atmospheric scientist who wishes to increase their understanding of the subject. The importance of the rotation of the Earth and the stable stratification of its atmosphere, with their implications for the balance of larger-scale flows, is highlighted throughout. Clearly structured throughout, the first of three themes deals with the development of the basic equations for an atmosphere on a rotating, spherical planet and discusses scale analyses of these equations. The second theme explores the importance of rotation and introduces vorticity and potential vorticity, as well as turbulence. In the third theme, the concepts developed in the first two themes are used to give an understanding of balanced motion in real atmospheric phenomena. lt starts with quasi-geostrophic theory and moves on to linear and nonlinear theories for mid-latitude weather systems and their fronts. The potential vorticity perspective on weather systems is highlighted with a discussion of the Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing covered in the final chapter.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 408 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780470795194
    Series Statement: Advancing weather and climate science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Series foreword. - Preface. - Select bibliography. - The authors. - 1 Observed flow in the Earth's midlalitudes. - 1.1 Vertical structure. - 1.2 Horizontal structure. - 1.3 Transient activity. - 1.4 Scales of motion. - 1.5 The Norwegian frontal model of cyclones. - Theme 1 Fluid dynamics of the midlatitude atmosphere. - 2 Fluid dynamics in an inertial frame of reference. - 2.1 Definition of fluid. - 2.2 Flow variables and the continuum hypothesis. - 2.3 Kinematics: characterizing fluid flow. - 2.4 Governing physical principles. - 2.5 Lagrangian and Eulerian perspectives. - 2.6 Mass conservation equation. - 2.7 First Law of Thermodynamics. - 2.8 Newton's Second Law of Motion. - 2.9 Bernoulli's Theorem. - 2.10 Heating and water vapour. - 3 Rotating frames of reference. - 3.1 Vectors in a rotating frame of reference. - 3.2 Velocity and Acceleration. - 3.3 The momentum equation in a rotating frame. - 3.4 The centrifugal pseudo-force. - 3.5 The Coriolis pseudo-force. - 3.6 The Taylor-Proudman theorem. - 4 The spherical Earth. - 4.1 Spherical polar coordinates. - 4.2 Scalar equations. - 4.3 The momentum equations. - 4.4 Energy and angular momentum.- 4.5 The shallow atmosphere approximation. - 4.6 The beta effect and the spherical Earth. - 5 Scale analysis and its applications. - 5.1 Principles of scaling methods. - 5.2 The use of a reference atmosphere. - 5.3 The horizontal momentum equations. - 5.4 Natural coordinates, geostrophic and gradient wind balance. - 5.5 Vertical motion. - 5.6 The vertical momentum equation. - 5.7 The mass continuity equation. - 5.8 The thermodynamic energy equation. - 5.9 Scalings for Rossby numbers that are not small. - 6 Alternative vertical coordinates. - 6.1 A general vertical coordinate. - 6.2 Isobaric coordinates. - 6.3 Other pressure-based vertical coordinates. - 6.4 Isentropic coordinates. - 7 Variations of density and the basic equations. - 7.1 Boussinesq approximation. - 7.2 Anelastic approximation. - 7.3 Stratification and gravity waves. - 7.4 Balance, gravity waves and Richardson number. - 7.5 Summary of the basic equation sets. - 7.6 The energy of atmospheric motions. - Theme 2 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8.1 The concept of vorticity. - 8.2 The vorticity equation. - 8.3 The vorticity equation for approximate sets of equations. - 8.4 The solenoidal term. - 8.5 The expansion/contraction term. - 8.6 The stretching and tilting terms. - 8.7 Friction and vorticity. - 8.8 The vorticity equation in alternative vertical coordinates. - 8.9 Circulation. - 9 Vorticity and the barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.1 The barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.2 Poisson's equation and vortex interactions. - 9.3 Flow over a shallow hill. - 9.4 Ekman pumping. - 9.5 Rossby waves and the beta plane. - 9.6 Rossby group velocity. - 9.7 Rossby ray tracing. - 9.8 Inflexion point instability. - 10 Potential vorticity. - 10.1 Potential vorticity. - 10.2 Alternative derivations of Ertel's theorem. - 10.3 The principle of invertibility. - 10.4 Shallow water equation potential vorticity. - 11 Turbulence and atmospheric flow. - 11.1 The Reynolds number . - 11.2 Three-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.3 Two-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.4 Vertical mixing in a stratified fluid. - 11.5 Reynolds stresses. - Theme 3 Balance in atmospheric flow. - 12 Quasi-geostrophic flows. - 12.1 Wind and temperature in balanced flows. - 12.2 The quasi-geostrophic approximation. - 12.3 Quasi-geostrophic potential vorticity. - 12.4 Ertel and quasi-geostrophic potential vorticities. - 13 The omega equation. - 13.1 Vorticity and thermal advection form. - 13.2 Sutcliffe Form. - 13.3 Q-vector form. - 13.4 Ageostrophic flow and the maintenance of balance. - 13.5 Balance and initialization. - 14 Linear theories of baroclinic instability. - 14.1 Qualitative discussion. - 14.2 Stability analysis of a zonal flow. - 14.3 Rossby wave interpretation of the stability conditions. - 14.4 The Eady model. - 14.5 The Charney and other quasi-geostrophic models. - 14.6 More realistic basic states. - 14.7 Initial value problem. - 15 Frontogenesis. - 15.1 Frontal scales. - 15.2 Ageostrophic circulation. - 15.3 Description of frontal collapse. - 15.4 The semi-geostrophic Eady model. - 15.5 The confluence model. - 15.6 Upper-level frontogenesis. - 16 The nonlinear development of baroclinic waves. - 16.1 The nonlinear domain. - 16.2 Semi-geostrophic baroclinic waves. - 16.3 Nonlinear baroclinic waves on realistic jetson the sphere. - 16.4 Eddy transports and zonal mean flow changes. - 16.5 Energetics of baroclinic waves. - 17 The potential vorticity perspective. - 17.1 Setting the scene. - 17.2 Potential vorticity and vertical velocity. - 17.3 Life cycles of some baroclinic waves. - 17.4 Alternative perspectives. - 17.5 Midlatitude blocking. - 17.6 Frictional and heating effects. - 18 Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing. - 18.1 Rossby wave propagation. - 18.2 Propagation of Rossby waves into the stratosphere. - 18.3 Propagation through a slowly varying medium. - 18.4 The Eliassen-Palm flux and group velocity. - 18.5 Baroclinic life cycles and Rossby waves. - 18.6 Variations of amplitude. - 18.7 Rossby waves and potential vorticity steps. - 18.8 Potential vorticity steps and the Rhines scale. - Appendices. - Appendix A: Notation. - Appendix B: Revision of vectors and vector calculus. - B.1 Vectors and their algebra. - B.2 Products of vectors. - B.3 Scalar fields and the grad operator. - B.4 The divergence and curl operators. - B.5 Gauss' and Stokes' theorems. - B.6 Some useful vector identities. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: AWI G6-15-0043
    Description / Table of Contents: Cosmogenic radionuclides are radioactive isotopes which are produced by natural processes and distributed across the earth. Utilizing a holistic approach to the environment, the authors show how cosmogenic radionuclides can be used to trace and to reconstruct the history of a large variety of processes. They discuss the ways in which cosmogenic radionuclides can assist in the quantification of complex processes in the present-day environment. The book aims to demonstrate to the reader the strength of analytic tools based on cosmogenic radionuclides, their contribution to almost any field of modern natural science, and how these tools may assist in the solution of many present and future problems that we face here on earth. The book provides a comprehensive discussion of the basic principles behind the applications of cosmogenic (and other) radionuclides as environmental tracers and dating tools. Following the introduction, the second part of the book provides basic information on the origin, properties, and time variability of cosmic radiation, and the concepts, terminology and formulate that will be used in the later chapters. The third part discusses in detail the production of radionuclides by cosmic radiation, their transport and distribution in the atmosphere and the hydrosphere, their storage in natural archives, and how they are measured. The fourth part of the book presents a number of examples selected to illustrate typical tracer and dating applications in a number of different contexts (atmosphere, hydrosphere, geosphere, biosphere, solar physics and astronomy). At the same time the authors outline the limitations of the use of cosmogenic radionuclides. Written on a level accessible to graduate students without specialist skills in physics or mathematics, the book addresses a wide audience, ranging from archaeology, biophysics, and geophysics, to atmospheric physics, hydrology, astrophysics and space science.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 426 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783642146503
    Series Statement: Physics of earth and space environments
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Part 1 Introduction. - 1 Motivation. - 2 Goals. - Reference. - 3 Setting the Stage and Outline. - Part 2 Cosmic Radiation. - 4 Introduction to Cosmic Radiation. - 5 The Cosmic Radiation Near Earth. - 5.1 Introduction and History of Cosmic Ray Research. - 5.2 The "Rosetta Stone" of Paleocosmic Ray Studies. - 5.3 Some Important Definitions. - 5.4 The Origin and Properties of the Galactic Cosmic Radiation. - 5.5 Our Variable Sun. - 5.6 The Heliosphere, the Termination Shock, and the Current Sheet. - 5.7 Modulation of the Cosmic Radiation in the Heliosphere. - 5.7.1 The Cosmic Ray Propagation Equation. - 5.7.2 The Local Interstellar Spectrum. - 5.7.3 The Cosmic Ray Modulation Function and Potential. - 5.7.4 Practical Applications of the Modulation Function. - 5.7.5 Drift Effects (qA Positive and qA Negative Effects). - 5.7.6 Shock Wave Effects (The Forbush Decrease and GMIRs). - 5.8 Geomagnetic Field Effects. - 5.8.1 The Properties of the Geomagnetic Field. - 5.8.2 The Geomagnetic Cut-off Rigidity. - 5.8.3 The Earth's Magnetosphere and the Polar Aurora. - References. - 6 Instrumental Measurements of the Cosmic Radiation. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Ionization Chambers and Muon Telescopes. - 6.3 The IGY and IQSY Neutron Monitors, and Spaceship Earth. - 6.4 Satellite Borne Detectors. - 6.5 Latitude Effects and the Yield Functions. - 6.6 Inter-calibration of the Different Cosmic Ray Records. - 6.7 Cosmic Ray Archives. - References. - 7 Time Variations of the Cosmic Radiation. - 7.1 Introduction and Atmospheric Effects. - 7.2 The Eleven-and Twenty-Two-Year Variations. - 7.3 The Long-term Variations. - 7.4 Forbush Decreases, Globally Merged Interaction Regions and Some Smaller Effects. - References. - 8 The Solar Cosmic Radiation. - 8.1 Historical Overview. - 8.2 The Observed Production of Cosmic Rays by the Sun. - 8.2.1Ground Level Events. - 8.2.2 SEP Events Observed by Satellites. - 8.2.3 Paleo-Cosmic Ray Measurements of SEP Events. - 8.3 Overall Characteristics of the Solar Cosmic Radiation. - 8.3.1 The Energy Spectra. - 8.3.2 The Effect of Longitude Relative to the Central Solar Meridian. - 8.3.3 The Frequency of Occurrence, and the Detection of Historic SEP Events. - References. - Part 3 Cosmogenic Radionuclides. - 9 Introduction to Cosmogenic Radionuclides. - 10 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in the Atmosphere. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Interaction of Primary Cosmic Rays with the Atmosphere. - 10.2.1 Production of Secondary Particles. - 10.2.2 Ionization and Excitation Processes. - 10.2.3 Simulated Atmospheric Proton and Neutron Fluxes. - 10.3 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in the Atmosphere. - 10.3.1 Early Production Models. - 10.3.2 Production Cross-Sections. - 10.3.3 Production Rates and Inventories. - 10.4 Production Results and Analytical Tools. - References. - 11 Production of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in Other Environmental Systems. - 11.1 Introduction. - 11.2 Terrestrial Solid Matter (Rocks, Ice). - 11.2.1 36Cl Production in Limestone and Dolomite. - 11.2.2 10Be and 14C Production in Ice. - 11.3 Extraterrestrial Solid Matter. - References. - 12 Alternative Production Mechanisms. - 12.1 Introduction. - 12.2 Natural Production Mechanisms. - 12.2.1 Cosmic Ray Induced Reactions. - 12.2.2 Radioactive Decay-Induced Reactions. - 12.3 Anthropogenic Production Mechanisms. - 12.3.1 Nuclear Power Plant and Nuclear Bomb-Induced Reactions. - 12.3.2 Research, Industrial, and Medical Induced Reactions. - References. - 13 Transport and Deposition. - 13.1 Introduction. - 13.2 Basics of the Atmosphere. - 13.3 Removal or Scavenging Processes. - 13.3.1 Wet Deposition. - 13.3.2 Dry Deposition. - 13.3.3 Gravitational Settling. - 13.3.4 The Big Picture. - 13.4 Modelling the Atmospheric Transport. - 13.4.1 Summary. - 13.5 Geochemical Cycles. - 13.5.1 Introduction. - 13.5.2 The Beryllium Cycle. - 13.5.3 Carbon Cycle. - 13.5.4 The Chlorine Cycle. - 13.5.5 The Iodine Cycle. - References. - 14 Archives. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Intrinsic Properties of the Cosmogenic Radionuclide Archives. - 14.3 Time Scales. - 14.4 Examples of Archives. - 14.5 Proxies and Surrogates. - 14.6 Properties of Data in the Cosmogenic Archives. - 14.6.1 Sampling Effects. - 14.6.2 Transfer Functions. - 14.7 Modelled Transfer Functions. - 14.7.1 10Be and 7Be in the Atmosphere. - 14.7.2 10Be and 26Al in Deep-Sea Sediments. - References. - 15 Detection. - 15.1 Introduction. - 15.2 Low-Level Decay Counting. - 15.3 Accelerator Mass Spectrometry. - 15.4 Decay Versus Atom Counting. - 15.5 Other Techniques, Optical Methods. - 15.5.1 Final Remarks. - References. - Part 4 Applications. - 16 Introduction to Applications. - 17 Solar Physics. - 17.1 Introduction. - 17.2 Solar Periodicities and the "Grand Minima" in the Cosmogenic Radionuclide Record. - 17.2.1 Solar Periodicities: Time Domain Studies. - 17.2.2 Solar Periodicities: Frequency Domain Studies. - 17.3 Cosmic Rayand Solar Effects in the Past. - 17.3.1 The Past Millennium. - 17.3.2 The Past 10,000 Years (the "Holocene"). - 17.3.3 The Long Solar Minimum of 2007-2009. - 17.4 The Heliomagnetic Field Throughout the Past 10,000 Years. - 17.5 Solar Irradiance and Terrestrial Climate. - 17.6 Radiation Doses on Earth and in Space in the Future. - 17.7 Quantitative Measures of Solar Activity for the Past. - 17.7.1 Reconstructed Sunspot Numbers. - 17.7.2 Modulation Function. - References. - 18 Galactic Astronomy. - 18.1 Introduction. - 18.2 Galactic Structure. - 18.3 Individual Supernova. - References. - 19 Atmosphere. - 19.1 Introduction. - 19.2 Studies of Atmospheric Mixing. - 19.3 36Cl Bomb Pulse as a Tracer of Atmospheric Transport. - 19.4 Concentrations and Fluxes. - References. - 20 Hydrosphere. - 20.1 Introduction. - 20.2 Tritium. - 20.3 Carbon-14. - 20.4 Krypton-81. - 20.5 Chlorine-36. - 20.6 Beryllium-7 to Beryllium-10 Ratio. - References. - 21 Geosphere. - 21.1 Introduction. - 21.2 Geomagnetic Field Intensity. - 21.3 Transport of Cosmogenic Radionuclides in Geological Systems. - 21.3.1 Introduction. - 21.3.2 Migration in Ice. - 21.3.3 Transport in Soils. - 21.3.4 Transport in Rocks. - 21.3.5 Formation of Loess Plateaus. - 21.3.6 Subduction. - References. - 22 Biosphere. - 22.1 Introduction. - 22.2 Radiocarbon Applications. - 22.3 Chlorine-36 in Ecosystems. - 22.4 Iodine-129. - 22.5 Aluminium-26. - References. - 23 Dating. - 23.1 Introduction. - 23.2 Absolute Dating. - 23.2.1 Principle of Radiocarbon Dating. - 23.2.2 Exposure Dating. - 23.2.3 10Be/36Cl- and 7Be/10Be-Dating. - 23.3 Synchronization of Records. - 23.3.1 10Be or 36Cl with 14C During the Holocene. - 23.3.2 The Use of Time Markers. - References. - Glossary. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: AWI A4-15-0009
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 174 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9788389743060
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1. Research purpose. - 1.2. Research area and methodology. - 2. Atmospheric circulation and dynamic conditions. - 2.1. Atmospheric circulation. - 2.2. Atmospheric pressure. - 2.3. Wind. - 3. Radiation conditions. - 3.1. Cloud cover. - 3.2. Sunshine duration. - 3.3. Solar radiation. - 4. Thermal conditions. - 4.1. Ground temperature. - 4.2. Air temperature. - 5. Higric conditions. - 5.1. Relative air humidity. - 5.2. Precipitation. - 6. The influence of atmospheric circulation on temperature and humidity conditions. - 6.1. The influence of atmospheric circulation on temperature conditions. - 6.2. The influence of atmospheric circulation on humidity conditions. - 7. Comparison of meteorological conditions in the area of Forlandsundet in the summer seasons of 2010-2011 with meteorological conditions in the years of 1975-2011. - 7.1. Introduction. - 7.2. Kaffiøyra. - 7.3. Waldemar Glacier. - Appendixes.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: AWI A11-15-0048
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook aims to be a one stop shop for those interested in aerosols and their impact on the climate system. It starts with some fundamentals on atmospheric aerosols, atmospheric radiation and cloud physics, then goes into techniques used for in-situ and remote sensing measurements of aerosols, data assimilation, and discusses aerosol-radiation interactions, aersol-cloud interactions and the multiple impacts of aerosols on the climate system. The book aims to engage those interested in aerosols and their impacts on the climate system: graduate and PhD students, but also post-doctorate fellows who are new to the field or would like to broaden their knowledge. The book includes exercises at the end of most chapters. Atmospheric aerosols are small (microscopic) particles in suspension in the atmosphere, which play multiple roles in the climate system. They interact with the energy budget through scattering and absorption of solar and terrestrial radiation. They also serve as cloud condensation and ice nuclei with impacts on the formation, evolution and properties of clouds. Finally aerosols also interact with some biogeochemical cycles. Anthropogenic emissions of aerosols are responsible for a cooling effect that has masked part of the warming due to the increased greenhouse effect since pre-industrial time. Natural aerosols also respond to climate changes as shown by observations of past climates and modelling of the future climate.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 311 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789401796484
    Uniform Title: Aérosols atmosphériques : propriétés et impacts climatiques
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 General Introduction. - 1.1 The Climate System. - 1.2 The Atmosphere. - 1.3 Energy Budget and Atmospheric Composition. - 1.4 The Water Cycle. - 1.5 Aerosols and Climate Change. - 1.6 Outline of this Textbook. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles. - 2 Atmospheric Aerosols. - 2.1 Definitions. - 2.2 Sources of Aerosols and Aerosol Precursors. - 2.2.1 Marine Aerosols. - 2.2.2 Desert Dust. - 2.2.3 Volcanic Aerosols. - 2.2.4 Biogenic Aerosols. - 2.2.5 Biomass Burning Aerosols. - 2.2.6 Aerosols from Fossil Fuel Combustion. - 2.3 Spatial and Temporal Aerosol Distributions. - 2.4 Aerosol-Cloud-Radiation Interactions. - 2.5 Climate Effects of Aerosols. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 3 Physical, Chemical and Optical Aerosol Properties. - 3.1 Fine, Accumulation and Coarse Modes. - 3.2 Size Distribution. - 3.3 Chemical Composition. - 3.3.1 Aerosol Mixture. - 3.3.2 Inorganic Aerosols. - 3.3.3 Black Carbon Aerosols. - 3.3.4 Organic Aerosols. - 3.3.5 Geographic Distribution of Aerosol Chemical Composition. - 3.4 Refractive Index. - 3.5 Deliquescence, Efflorescence and Hysteresis. - 3.6 Definition of Aerosol Optical Properties. - 3.6.1 Absorption and Scattering Cross Sections. - 3.6.2 Phase Function. - 3.6.3 Upscatter Fractions. - 3.7 Calculation of Aerosol Optical Properties. - 3.7.1 Mie Theory. - 3. 7.2 Extinction, Scattering and Absorption. - 3.7.3 Optical Depth and Angström Coefficient. - 3.8 Optical Properties of Nonspherical Aerosols. - 3.9 Aerosols and Atmospheric Visibility. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 4 Aerosol Modelling. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Emissions. - 4.2.1 Generalities. - 4.2.2 Fossil Fuels, Biofuels, and Other Anthropogenic Sources. - 4.2.3 Vegetation Fires. - 4.2.4 Sea Spray. - 4.2.5 Desert Dust. - 4.2.6 Dimethylsulphide. - 4.2.7 Biogenic Volatile Organic Compounds. - 4.2.8 Volcanoes. - 4.2.9 Resuspension. - 4.3 Atmospheric Processes. - 4.3.1 Nucleation. - 4.3.2 Condensation of Semi-Volatile Compounds. - 4.3.3 Coagulation. - 4.3.4 In-Cloud Aerosol Production. - 4.3.5 Wet Deposition. - 4.3.6 Dry Deposition. - 4.3.7 Sedimentation. - 4.3.8 Aerosol Transport. - 4.4 Modelling Approaches. - 4.4.1 Bulk Approach. - 4.4.2 Sectional Approach. - 4.4.3 Modal Approach. - 4.5 Example: The Sulphur Budget. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 5 Interactions of Radiation with Matter and Atmospheric Radiative Transfer. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Electromagnetic Radiation. - 5.2.1 Generalities. - 5.2.2 Definitions. - 5.3 Interactions of Radiation with Matter. - 5.3.1 Matter, Energy and Spectral Lines. - 5.3.2 Intensity of Spectral Lines. - 5.3.3 Spectral Line Profiles. - 5.3.4 Processes of lnteractions of Radiation with Matter. - 5.4 Modelling of the Interaction Processes. - 5.4.1 Molecular Absorption Coefficient. - 5.4.2 Scattering Phase Function. - 5.4.3 Molecular Scattering. - 5.4.4 Absorption and Scattering by Aerosols. - 5.4.5 Thermal Emission. - 5.5 Atmospheric Radiative Transfer. - 5.5.1 Equation of Radiative Transfer. - 5.5.2 Extinction Only. - 5.5.3 Scattering Medium. - 5.5.4 Plane-Parallel Atmosphere. - 5.5.5 Resolution of the Equation of Radiative Transfer. - 5.6 Absorption Bands, Energy, and Actinic Fluxes. - 5.6.1 Main Molecular Absorption Bands in the Atmosphere. - 5.6.2 Radiative Flux. - 5.6.3 Two-Flux Method. - 5.6.4 Stefan-Boltzmann Law. - 5.6.5 Radiative Budget. - 5.6.6 Actinic Fluxes. - 5.6.7 Polarization of Radiation. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 6 In Situ and Remote Sensing Measurements of Aerosols. - 6.1 Introduction to Aerosol Remote Sensing. - 6.2 Passive Remote Sensing: Measurement of the Extinction. - 6.2.1 General Principles. - 6.2.2 Ground-Based Photometry. - 6.2.3 Spaceborne Occultation Measurements. - 6.2.4 Retrieval of Aerosol Size Distribution. - 6.3 Passive Remote Sensing: Measurement of the Scattering. - 6.3.1 General Principles. - 6.3.2 Ground-Based Measurement of Scattered Radiation. - 6.3.3 Spaceborne Measurements of Scattered Radiation. - 6.4 Measurement of Infrared Radiation. - 6.4.1 General Principles. - 6.4.2 Spaceborne Nadir Measurement of Infrared Radiation. - 6.4.3 Spaceborne Limb Measurement of Infrared Radiation. - 6.5 Active Remote Sensing: Lidar. - 6.5.1 General Principles. - 6.5.2 The Lidar Equation. - 6.5.3 Raman Lidar. - 6.6 In Situ Aerosol Measurements. - 6.6.1 Measurement of Aerosol Concentrations. - 6.6.2 Measurement of Aerosol Chemical Composition. - 6.6.3 Measurement of Aerosol Scattering. - 6.6.4 Measurement of Aerosol Absorption. - 6.7 Conclusions. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 7 Aerosol Data Assimilation. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Basic Principles of Data Assimilation. - 7.3 Applications of Data Assimilation for Aerosols. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 8 Aerosol-Radiation Interactions. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Atmospheric Radiative Effects Due to Aerosols. - 8.2.1 Simplified Equation for Scattering Aerosols. - 8.2.2 Simplified Equation for Absorbing Aerosols. - 8.2.3 Radiative Transfer Calculations. - 8.2.4 Global Estimates and Sources of Uncertainty. - 8.3 Rapid Adjustments to Aerosol-Radiation Interactions. - 8.4 Radiative Impact of Aerosols on Surface Snow and Ice. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 9 Aerosol-Cloud lnteractions. - 39.1 Introduction. - 9 .1.1 Cloud Formation. - 9 .1.2 Cloud Distribution. - 9 .1.3 Aerosol-Cloud Interactions. - 9.2 Aerosol Effects on Liquid Clouds. - 9 .2.1 Saturation Pressure of Water Vapour. - 9.2.2 Kelvin Effect. - 9.2.3 Raoult's Law. - . - 9.2.4 Köhler Theory. - 9.2.5 Extensions to the Köhler Theory. - 9.2.6 CCN and Supersaturation in the Cloud. - 9.2.7 Dynamical and Radiative Effects in Clouds. - 9.2.8 Principle of the Cloud Albedo Effect. - 9.2.9 Observations of the Cloud Albedo Effect. - 9.2.10 Adjustments in Liquid Water Clouds. - 9.2.11 Rapid Adjustments Occurring in Liquid Clouds. - 9.3 Aerosols Effects on Mixed-Phased and Ice Clouds. - 9.3.1 Elements of Microphysics of Ice Clouds. - 9.3.2 Impact of Anthropogenic Aerosols on Ice Clouds. - 9.4 Forcing Due to Aerosol-Cloud lnteractions. - 9.5 Aerosols, Contrails and Aviation-Induced Cloudiness. - 9.5.1 Formation of Condensation Trails. - 9.5.2 Estimate of the Climate Impact of Contrails. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 10 Climate Response to Aerosol Forcings. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Radiative Forcing, Feedbacks and Climate Response. - 10.2.1 Radiative Forcing. - 10.2.2 Climate Feedbacks. - 10.2.3 Rapid Adjustments and Effective Radiative Forcing. - 10.2.4 Climate Response and Climate Efficacy. - 10.3 Climate Response to Aerosol Forcings. - 10.3.1 Equilibrium Response. - 10.3.2 Past Emissions. - 10.3.3 Detection and Attribution of Aerosol Impacts. - 10.3.4 Future Emissions Scenarios. - 10.4 Nuclear Winter. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 11 Biogeochemical Effects and Climate Feedbacks of Aerosols. - 11 .1 Introduction. - 11.2 Impact of Aerosols on Terrestrial Ecosystems. - 11.2.1 Diffuse Radiation and Primary Productivity. - 11.2.2 Aerosols as a Source of Nutrients. - 11.2.3 Acidification of Precipitation. - 11.3 Impact of Aerosols on Marine Ecosystems. - 11.4 Aerosols-Atmospheric Chemistry Interactions. - 11.4.1 Interactions with Tropospheric Chemistry. - 11.4.2 Impact of Stratospheric Aerosols on the Ozone Layer and Ultravialet Radiation. - 11.5 Climate Feedbacks Involving Marine Aerosols. - 11.5.1 Sulphate Aerosols from DMS Emissions. - 11.5.2 Marine Aerosols. - 11.5.3 Other Aerosols of Maritime Origin. - 11.6 Climate Feedbacks Involving Continental Aerosols. - 11.6.1 Secondary Organic Aerosols. - 11.6.2 Primary Aerosols of Biogenic Origin. - 11.6.3 Aerosols from Vegetation Fires. - 11.6.4 Desert Dust. - 11.7 Climate Feedbacks Involving Stratospheric Aerosols. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 12 Strato
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: AWI A14-10-0012
    Description / Table of Contents: Demonstrating the breadth and depth of growth in the field since the publication of the popular first edition, Image Analysis, Classification and Change Detection in Remote Sensing, with Algorithms for ENVI/IDL, Second Edition has been updated and expanded to keep pace with the latest versions of the ENVI software environment. Effectively interweaving theory, algorithms, and computer codes, the text supplies an accessible introduction to the techniques used in the processing of remotely sensed imagery.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 441Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-1-4200-8713-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface to the First Edition 1. Images, Arrays, and Matrices 1.1 Multispectral Satellite Images 1.2 Algebra of Vectors and Matrices 1.2.1 Elementary Properties 1.2.2 Square Matrices 1.2.3 Singular Matrices 1.2.4 Symmetric, Positive Definite Matrices 1.2.5 Linear Dependence and Vector Spaces 1.3 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors 1.4 Singular Value Decomposition 1.5 Vector Derivatives 1.6 Finding Minima and Maxima 1.7 Exercises 2. Image Statistics 2.1 Random Variables 2.1.1 Discrete Random Variables 2.1.2 Continuous Random Variables 2.1.3 Normal Distribution 2.2 Random Vectors 2.3 Parameter Estimation 2.3.1 Sampling a Distribution 2.3.2 Interval Estimation 2.3.3 Provisional Means 2.4 Hypothesis Testing and Sample Distribution Functions 2.4.1 Chi-Square Distribution 2.4.2 Student-t Distribution 2.4.3 F-Distribution 2.5 Conditional Probabilities, Bayes' Theorem, and Classification 2.6 Ordinary Linear Regression 2.6.1 One Independent Variable 2.6.2 More Than One Independent Variable 2.6.3 Regularization, Duality, and the Gram Matrix 2.7 Entropy and Information 2.7.1 Kullback-Leibler Divergence 2.7.2 Mutual Information 2.8 Exercises 3. Transformations 3.1 Discrete Fourier Transform 3.2 Discrete Wavelet Transform 3.2.1 Haar Wavelets 3.2.2 Image Compression 3.2.3 Multiresolution Analysis 3.2.3.1 Dilation Equation and Refinement Coefficients 3.2.3.2 Cascade Algorithm 3.2.3.3 Mother Wavelet 3.2.3.4 Daubechies D4 Scaling Function 3.3 Principal Components 3.3.1 Primal Solution 3.3.2 Dual Solution 3.4 Minimum Noise Fraction 3.4.1 Additive Noise 3.4.2 Minimum Noise Fraction Transformation in ENVI 3.5 Spatial Correlation 3.5.1 Maximum Autocorrelation Factor 3.5.2 Noise Estimation 3.6 Exercises 4. Filters, Kernels, and Fields 4.1 Convolution Theorem 4.2 Linear Filters 4.3 Wavelets and Filter Banks 4.3.1 One-Dimensional Arrays 4.3.2 Two-Dimensional Arrays 4.4 Kernel Methods 4.4.1 Valid Kernels 4.4.2 Kernel PCA 4.5 Gibbs-Markov Random Fields 4.6 Exercises 5. Image Enhancement and Correction 5.1 Lookup Tables and Histogram Functions 5.2 Filtering and Feature Extraction 5.2.1 Edge Detection 5.2.2 Invariant Moments 5.3 Panchromatic Sharpening 5.3.1 HSV Fusion 5.3.2 Brovey Fusion 5.3.3 PCA Fusion 5.3.4 DWT Fusion 5.3.5 A Trous Fusion 5.3.6 Quality Index 5.4 Topographic Correction 5.4.1 Rotation, Scaling, and Translation 5.4.2 Imaging Transformations 5.4.3 Camera Models and RFM Approximations 5.4.4 Stereo Imaging and Digital Elevation Models 5.4.5 Slope and Aspect 5.4.6 Illumination Correction 5.5 Image-Image Registration 5.5.1 Frequency-Domain Registration 5.5.2 Feature Matching 5.5.2.1 High-Pass Filtering 5.5.2.2 Closed Contours 5.5.2.3 Chain Codes and Moments 5.5.2.4 Contour Matching 5.5.2.5 Consistency Check 5.5.2.6 Implementation in IDL 5.5.3 Resampling and Warping 5.6 Exercises 6. Supervised Classification: Part 1 6.1 Maximum a Posteriori Probability 6.2 Training Data and Separability 6.3 Maximum Likelihood Classification 6.3.1 ENVI's Maximum Likelihood Classifier 6.3.2 Modified Maximum Likelihood Classifier 6.4 Gaussian Kernel Classification 6.5 Neural Networks 6.5.1 Neural Network Classifier 6.5.2 Cost Functions 6.5.3 Backpropagation 6.5.4 Overfitting and Generalization 6.6 Support Vector Machines 6.6.1 Linearly Separable Classes 6.6.1.1 Primal Formulation 6.6.1.2 Dual Formulation 6.6.1.3 Quadratic Programming and Support Vectors 6.6.2 Overlapping Classes 6.6.3 Solution with Sequential Minimal Optimization 6.6.4 Multiclass SVMs 6.6.5 Kernel Substitution 6.6.6 Modified SVM Classifier 6.7 Exercises 7. Supervised Classification: Part 2 7.1 Postprocessing 7.1.1 Majority Filtering 7.1.2 Probabilistic Label Relaxation 7.2 Evaluation and Comparison of Classification Accuracy 7.2.1 Accuracy Assessment 7.2.2 Model Comparison 7.3 Adaptive Boosting 7.4 Hyperspectral Analysis 7.4.1 Spectral Mixture Modeling 7.4.2 Unconstrained Linear Unmixing 7.4.3 Intrinsic End-Members and Pixel Purity 7.5 Exercises 8. Unsupervised Classification 8.1 Simple Cost Functions 8.2 Algorithms That Minimize the Simple Cost Functions 8.2.1 K-Means Clustering 8.2.2 Kernel K-Means Clustering 8.2.3 Extended K-Means Clustering 8.2.4 Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering 8.2.5 Fuzzy K-Means Clustering 8.3 Gaussian Mixture Clustering 8.3.1 Expectation Maximization 8.3.2 Simulated Annealing 8.3.3 Partition Density 8.3.4 Implementation Notes 8.4 Including Spatial Information 8.4.1 Multiresolution Clustering 8.4.2 Spatial Clustering 8.5 Benchmark 8.6 Kohonen Self-Organizing Map 8.7 Image Segmentation 8.7.1 Segmenting a Classified Image 8.7.2 Object-Based Classification 8.7.3 Mean Shift 8.8 Exercises 9. Change Detection 9.1 Algebraic Methods 9.2 Postclassification Comparison 9.3 Principal Components Analysis 9.3.1 Iterated PCA 9.3.2 Kernel PCA 9.4 Multivariate Alteration Detection 9.4.1 Canonical Correlation Analysis 9.4.2 Orthogonality Properties 9.4.3 Scale Invariance 9.4.4 Iteratively Reweighted MAD 9.4.5 Correlation with the Original Observations 9.4.6 Regularization 9.4.7 Postprocessing 9.5 Decision Thresholds and Unsupervised Classification of Changes 9.6 Radiometrie Normalization 9.7 Exercises Appendix A: Mathematical Tools A.l Cholesky Decomposition A.2 Vector and Inner Product Spaces A.3 Least Squares Procedures A.3.1 Recursive Linear Regression A.3.2 Orthogonal Linear Regression Appendix B: Efficient Neural Network Training Algorithms B.1 Hessian Matrix B.1.1 R-Operator B.1.1.1 Determination of Rv{n} B.1.1.2 Determination of Rv{δo} B.1.1.3 Determination of Rv{δh} B.1.2 Calculating the Hessian B.2 Scaled Conjugate Gradient Training B.2.1 Conjugate Directions B.2.2 Minimizing a Quadratic Function B.2.3 Algorithm B.3 Kaiman Filter Training B.3.1 Linearization B.3.2 Algorithm B.4 A Neural Network Classifier with Hybrid Training Appendix C: ENVI Extensions in IDL C.1 Installation C.2 Extensions C.2.1 Kernel Principal Components Analysis C.2.2 Discrete Wavelet Transform Fusion C.2.3 A Trous Wavelet Transform Fusion C.2.4 Quality Index C.2.5 Calculating Heights of Man-Made Structures in High-Resolution Imagery C.2.6 Illumination Correction C.2.7 Image Registration C.2.8 Maximum Likelihood Classification C.2.9 Gaussian Kernel Classification C.2.10 Neural Network Classification C.2.11 Support Vector Machine Classification C.2.12 Probabilistic Label Relaxation C.2.13 Classifier Evaluation and Comparison C.2.14 Adaptive Boosting a Neural Network Classifier C.2.15 Kernel K-Means Clustering C.2.16 Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering C.2.17 Fuzzy K-Means Clustering C.2.18 Gaussian Mixture Clustering C.2.19 Kohonen Self-Organizing Map C.2.20 Classified Image Segmentation C.2.21 Mean Shift Segmentation C.2.22 Multivariate Alteration Detection C.2.23 Viewing Changes C.2.24 Radiometric Normalization Appendix D: Mathematical Notation References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-994(2008/2007)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2008/2009
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 256 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Series Statement: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung 2008/2009
    Language: German , English
    Note: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Methanemission aus dem Permafrost im Lena-Delta = Methane emission from permafrost in the Lena River Delta / Torsten Sachs, Julia Boike Neue Biomarker belegen Schwankungen der arktischen Meereisbedeckung während der letzten 30.000 Jahre = New biomarkers reveal fluctuations in Arctic sea ice cover during the past 30,000 years / Juliane Müller, Rüdiger Stein Die Stabilität des Westantarktischen Eisschildes – Ergebnisse der ANDRILL Tiefbohrungen = The stability of the West Antarctic ice sheet – results of ANDRILL deep drilling operations / Gerhard Kuhn, Frank Niessen Meeresalgen global - detaillierter Blick aus dem All = Detailed view from space – marine algae globally observed / Astrid Bracher, Tilman Dinter, Ilka Peeken, Bettina Schmitt Was verrät der Jahreszyklus über die Klimaentwicklung der letzten Millionen Jahre? = What does the annual cycle tell us about climate change in the last millions of years? / Thomas Laepple, Gerrit Lohmann Der Puls der Atmosphäre: Dekadisches Auf und Ab / The pulse of the tmosphere: The decadal Ups and Downs / Dörthe Handorf, Klaus Dethloff, Sascha Brand, Matthias Läuter Das Eisendüngungsexperiment LOHAFEX = The Iron Fertilization Experiment LOHAFEX / Philipp Assmy, Christine Klaas, Victor Smetacek, Dieter Wolf-Gladrow Ein nützliches genetisches Erbe - Wie alte Gene das Überleben in neuen Lebensräumen ermöglichen = A convenient genetic heritage - How ancestral genes help to survive in new habitats / Doris Abele, Ellen Weihe, Magnus Lucassen, Christoph Held, Kevin Pöhlmann Verursacher von Muschelvergiftungen identifiziert = Cause of Shellfish Poisoning Identified / Urban Tillmann, Malte Elbrächter, Bernd Krock, Uwe John, Allan Cembella Mikrobielle Stoffumsätze im Klimawandel = Climate change and the microbial cycling of organic matter / Anja Engel, Judith Piontek, Mascha Wurst, Nicole Händel, Mirko Lunau, Corinna Borchard 3. Forschung = Research PACES 3.1 TOPIC 1: The changing Arctic and Antarctic 3.2 TOPIC 2: Coastal change 3.3 TOPIC 3: Lehrstunden aus der Erdgeschichte = Lessons from the past 3.4 TOPIC 4: Das Erdsystem aus polarer Perspektive = The Earth System from a Polar Perspective 4. Helmholtz-Nachwuchsgruppen = Helmholtz Young Investigator Groups 5. Entwicklungen in den Fachbereichen = Progresses in the scientific divisions 6. Tiefseeökologie und -technologie (HGF-MPG) = Deep-sea ecology and technology (HGF-MPG) 7. Logistik und Forschungsplattformen = Logistics and research platforms 8. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 9. Wissenschaftliches Rechenzentrum = Scientific data processing centre 10. Bibliothek = Library 11. Technologietransfer = Technology transfer 12. Kommunikation und Medien = Communications and Media 13. Schulprojekt = School project 14. Personeller Aufbau und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personnel structure and budget trends 15. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex , In deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: AWI G3-11-0007
    In: Advances in global change research, 40
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers a round-up of environmental changes in Siberia with a focus on the terrestrial biosphere but also discussing climate and atmosphere and the hydrolofical cycle. It concludes with a discussion of information system approaches that are being developed to safeguard and make accessible spatial and temporal data for environmental studies.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 282 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789048186402
    Series Statement: Advances in global change research 40
    Language: English
    Note: PART I: BIOSPHERE - 1. Forest disturbance assessment using satellite data of moderate and low resolution / M. A. Korets, V. A. Ryzhkova, A. I. Sukhinin, S. A. Bartalev and I. V. Danilova 2. Fire / climate interactions in Siberia / Heiko Balzter, Kevin Tansey, Jorg Kaduk, Charles George, France Gerard, Maria Cuevas Gonzalez, Anatoly Sukhinin and Evgeni Ponomarev 3. Long-term dynamics of mixed fir-aspen forests in West Sayan (Altai-Sayan Ecoregion) / D. M. Ismailova and D. I. Nazimova 4. Evidence of evergreen conifers invasion into larch dominated forests during recent decades / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson and M. L. Dvinskaya 5. Potential climate-induced vegetation change in Siberia in the 21st century / N. M. Tchebakova , E. I. Parfenova, and A. J. Soja 6. Wildfire dynamics in mid-Siberian larch dominated forests / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson and M. L. Dvinskaya 7. Dendroclimatological evidence of climate changes across Siberia / Vladimir V. Shishov, Eugene A. Vaganov 8. Siberian pine and larch response to climate warming in the southern Siberian mountain forest: tundra ecotone / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson, M. L. Dvinskaya and S. T. Im PART II: HYDROSPHERE 9. Remote sensing of spring snowmelt in Siberia / A. Bartsch, W. Wagner and R. Kidd 10. Response of river runoff in the cryolithic zone of Eastern Siberia (Lena River Basin) to future climate warming / A. G. Georgiadi, I. P. Milyukova and E. A. Kashutina PART III: ATMOSPHERE 11. Investigating regional scale processes using remotely sensed atmospheric CO2 column concentrations from SCIAMACHY / M. P. Barkley, A. J. Hewitt and P. S. Monks 12. Climatic and geographic patterns of spatial distribution of precipitation in Siberia / A. Onuchin and T. Burenina PART IV: INFORMATION SYSTEMS 13. Interoperability, data discovery and access: the e-Infrastructures for Earth Sciences resources / Stefano Nativi, Christiana Schmullius, Lorenzo Bigagli and Roman Gerlach 14. Development of a web based information-computational infrastructure for the Siberia Integrated Regional Study / E. P. Gordov, A. Z. Fazliev, V. N. Lykosov, I. G. Okladnikov and A. G. Titov 15. Conclusions / Heiko Balzter. - Appendix. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-11-0010
    Description / Table of Contents: This much revised and expanded edition provides a valuable and detailed summary of the many uses of diatoms in a wide range of applications in the environmental and earth sciences. Particular emphasis is placed on the use of diatoms in analyzing ecological problems related to climate change, acidification, eutrophication, and other pollution issues. The chapters are divided into sections for easy reference, with separate sections covering indicators in different aquatic environments. A final section explores diatom use in other fields of study such as forensics, oil and gas exploration, nanotechnology, and archeology. Sixteen new chapters have been added since the first edition including introductory chapters on diatom biology and the numerical approaches used by diatomists. The extensive glossary has also been expanded and now includes over 1000 detailed entries, which will help non-specialists to use the book effectively
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 667 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780521509961 , 0-521-50996-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of Contributors. - Preface. - Part I. Introduction: 1. Applications and uses of diatoms: prologue ; 2. The diatoms: a primer ; 3. Numerical methods for the analysis of diatom assemblage data ; Part II. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in flowing waters and lakes: 4. Assessing environmental conditions in rivers and streams with diatoms ; 5. Diatoms as indicators of long-term environmental change in rivers, fluvial lakes and impoundments ; 6. Diatoms as indicators of surface-water acidity ; 7. Diatoms as indicators of lake eutrophication ; 8. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in shallow lakes ; 9. Diatoms as indicators of water-level change in freshwater lakes ; 10. Diatoms as indicators of hydrologic and climatic change in saline lakes ; 11. Diatoms in ancient lakes ; Part III. Diatoms as Indicators in Arctic, Antarctic and alpine lacustrine environments: 12. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in subarctic and alpine regions ; 13. Freshwater diatoms as indicators of environmental change in the High Arctic ; 14. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in Antarctic and subantarctic freshwaters ; Part IV. Diatoms as indicators in marine and estuarine environments: 15. Diatoms and environmental change in large brackish-water ecosystems ; 16. Applied diatom studies in estuaries and shallow coastal environments ; 17. Estuarine paleoenvironmental reconstructions using diatoms ; 18. Diatoms on coral reefs and in tropical marine lakes ; 19. Diatoms as indicators of former sea levels, earthquakes, tsunamis and hurricanes ; 20. Marine diatoms as indicators of modern changes in oceanographic conditions ; 21. Holocene marine diatom records of environmental change ; 22. Diatoms as indicators of paleoceanographic events ; 23. Reconsidering the meaning of biogenic silica accumulation rates in the glacial Southern Ocean ; Part V. Other applications: 24. Diatoms of aerial habitats ; 25. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in wetlands and peatlands ; 26. Tracking fish, seabirds, and wildlife population dynamics with diatoms and other limnological indicators ; 27. Diatoms and archaeology ; 28. Diatoms in oil and gas exploration ; 29. Forensic science and diatoms ; 30. Toxic marine diatoms ; 31. Diatoms as markers of atmospheric transport ; 32. Diatoms as nonnative species ; 33. Diatomite ; 34. Stable isotopes from diatom silica ; 35. Diatoms and nanotechnology: early history and imagined future as seen through patents ; Part IV. Conclusions: 36. Epilogue: a view to the future ; Glossary, acronyms, and abbreviations ; Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI G3-11-0064
    Description / Table of Contents: This is the first textbook to address all the components of the Earth's cryosphere - all forms of snow and ice, both terrestrial and marine. It provides a concise but comprehensive summary of snow cover, glaciers, ice sheets, lake and river ice, permafrost, sea ice and icebergs - their past history and projected future state. It is designed for courses at upper undergraduate and graduate level in environmental science, geography, geology, glaciology, hydrology, water resource engineering and ocean sciences. It also provides a superb up-to-date summary for researchers of the cryosphere. The book includes an extensive bibliography, numerous figures and color plates, thematic boxes on selected topics and a glossary. The book builds on courses taught by the authors for many decades at the University of Colorado and the University of Alberta. Whilst there are many existing texts on individual components of the cryosphere, no other textbook covers the whole cryosphere.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 472 Seiten , Illustrationen , 25x19x2 cm
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 9780521156851
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Ackowledgements 1 Introduction 1.1 Definition and extent 1.2 The role of the cryosphere in the climate system 1.3 The organization of cryospheric observations and research 1.4 Remote sensing of the cryosphere Part I The terrestrial cryosphere 2A Snowfall and snow cover 2.1 History 2.2 Snow formation 2.3 Snow cover 2.4 Snow cover modeling in land surface schemes of GCMs 2.5 Snow interception by the canopy 2.6 Sublimation 2.7 Snow metamorphism 2.8 In situ measurements of snow 2.9 Remote sensing of snowpack properties and snow-cover area 2.10 Snowmelt modeling 2.11 Recent observed snow cover changes 2B Avalanches 2.12 History 2.13 Avalanche characteristics 2.14 Avalanche models 2.15 Trends' in avalanchf:' conditions 3 Glaciers and ice caps 3.1 History 3.2 Definitions 3.3 Glacier characteristics 3.4 Mass balance 3.5 Remote sensing 3.6 Glacier flow and flowlines 3.7 Scaling 3.8 Glacier modeling 3.9 Ice caps 3.10 Glacier hydrology 3.11 Changes in glaciers and ice caps 4 Ice sheets 4.1 History of exploration 4.2 Mass balance 4.3 Remote sensing 4.4 Mechanisms of ice sheet changes 4.5 The Greenland Ice Sheet 4.6 Antarctica 4.7 Overall ice sheet changes 4.8 Ice sheet models 4.9 Ice sheet and ice shelf interaction 4.10 Ice sheet contributions to sea level change 5 Frozen ground and permafrost 5.1 History 5.2 Frozen ground definitions and extent 5.3 Thermal relationships 5.4 Vertical characteristics of permafrost 5.5 Remote sensing 5.6 Ground ice 5.7 Permafrost models 5.8 Geomorphological features associated with permafrost 5.9 Changes in permafrost and soil freezing 6 Freshwater ice 6.1 History 6.2 Lake ice 6.3 Changes in lake ice cover 6.4 River ice 6.5 Trends in river ice cover 6.6 Icings Part II The marine cryosphere 7 Sea ice 7.1 History 7.2 Sea ice characteristics 7.3 Ice drift and ocean circulation 7.4 Sea ice models 7.5 Leads, polynyas, and pressure ridges 7.6 Ice thickness 7.7 Trends in sea ice extent and thickness 8 Ice shelves and icebergs 8.1 History 8.2 Ice shelves 8.3 Ice streams 8.4 Conditions beneath ice shelves 8.5 Ice shelf buttressing 8.6 Icebergs 8.7 Ice islands Part Ill The cryosphere past and future 9 The cryosphere in the past 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Snowball Earth and ice-free Cretaceous 9.3 Phanerozoic glaciations 9.4 Late Cenozoic polar glaciations 9.5 The Quaternary 9.6 The Holocene 10 The future cryosphere: impacts of global warming 10.1 Introduction 10.2 General observations 10.3 Recent cryospheric changes 10.4 Climate projections 10.5 Projected changes to Northern Hemisphere snow cover 10.6 Projected changes in land ice 10.7 Projected permafrost changes 10.8 Projected changes in freshwater ice 10.9 Projected sea ice changes Part IV Applications 11 Applications of snow and ice research 11.1 Snowfall 11.2 Freezing precipitation 11.3 Avalanches 11.4 Ice avalanches 11.5 Winter sports industry 11.6 Water resources 11.7 Hydropower 11.8 Snow melt floods 11.9 Freshwater ice 11.10 Ice roads 11.11 Sea ice 11.12 Glaciers and ice sheets 11.13 Icebergs 11.14 Permafrost and ground ice I 1.15 Seasonal ground freezing Glossary References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A13-12-0036
    Description / Table of Contents: The modeling of the past, present, and future climates is of fundamental importance to the issue of climate change and variability. Climate change and climate modeling provides a solid foundation for science students in all disciplines for our current understanding of global warming and important natural climate variations such as El Niño, and lays out the essentials of how climate models are constructed. As issues of climate change and impacts of climate variability become increasingly important, climate scientists must reach out to science students from a range of disciplines. Climate models represent one of our primary tools for predicting and adapting to climate change. An understanding of their strengths and limitations - and of what aspects of climate science are well understood and where quantitative uncertainities arise - can be communicated very effectively to students from a broad range of the sciences. This book will provide a basis for students to make informed decisions concerning climate change, whether they go on to study atmospheric science at a higher level or not. The book has been developed over a number of years form the course that the author teaches at UCLA. It has been extensively class-tested by hundreds of students, and assumes no previous background in atmospheric science except basic calculus and physics.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 282 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 1. published 2011, reprinted 2012
    ISBN: 9780521602433
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Overview of climate variability and climate science. - 1.1 Climate dynamics, climate change and climate prediction. - 1.2 The chemical and physical climate system. - 1.2.1 Chemical and physical aspects of the climate system. - 1.2.2 El Niño and global warming. - 1.3 Climate models: a brief overview. - 1.4 Global change in recent history. - 1.4.1 Trace gas concentrations. - 1.4.2 A word on the ozone hole. - 1.4.3 Some history of global warming studies. - 1.4.4 Global temperatures. - 1.5 El Niño: an example of natural climate variability. - 1.5.1 Some history of El Niño studies. - 1.5.2 Observations of El Niño: the 1997-98 event. - 1.5.3 The first El Niño forecast with a coupled ocean-atmosphere model. - 1.6 Paleoclimate variability. - Notes. - 2. Basics of global climate. - 2.1 Components and phenomena in the climate system. - 2.1.1 Time and space scales. - 2.1.2 Interactions among scales and the parameterization problem. - 2.2 Basics of radiative forcing. - 2.2.1 Blackbody radiation. - 2.2.2 Solar energy input. - 2.3 Globally averaged energy budget: first glance. - 2.4 Gradients of radiative forcing and energy transports. - 2.5 Atmospheric circulation. - 2.5.1 Vertical structure. - 2.5.2 Latitude structure of the circulation. - 2.5.3 Latitude-Iongitude dependence of atmospheric climate features. - 2.6 Ocean circulation. - 2.6.1 Latitude-longitude dependence of oceanic climate features. - 2.6.2 The ocean vertical structure. - 2.6.3 The ocean thermohaline circulation. - 2.7 Land surface proeesses. - 2.8 The carbon cycle. - Notes. - 3. Physical processes in the climate system. - 3.1 Conservation of momentum. - 3.1.1 Coriolis force. - 3.1.2 Pressure gradient force. - 3.1.3 Velocity equations. - 3.1.4 Application: geostrophic wind. - 3.1.5 Pressure-height relation: hydrostatic balance. - 3.1.6 Application: pressure coordinates. - 3.2 Equation of state. - 3.2.1 Equation of state for the atmosphere: ideal gas law. - 3.2.2 Equation of state for the ocean. - 3.2.3 Application: atmospheric height-pressure-temperature relation. - 3.2.4 Application: thermal circulations. - 3.2.5 Application: sea level rise due to oceanic thermal expansion. - 3.3 Temperature equation. - 3.3.1 Ocean temperature equation. - 3.3.2 Temperature equation for air. - 3.3.3 Application: the dry adiabatic lapse rate near the surface. - 3.3.4 Application: decay of a sea surface temperature anomaly. - 3.3.5 Time derivative following the parcel. - 3.4 Continuity equation. - 3.4.1 Oceanic continuity equation. - 3.4.2 Atmospheric continuity equation. - 3.4.3 Application: coastal upwelling. - 3.4.4 Application: equatorial upwelling. - 3.4.5 Application: conservation of warm water mass in an idealized layer above the thermocline. - 3.5 Conservation of mass applied to moisture. - 3.5.1 Moisture equation for the atmosphere and surface. - 3.5.2 Sources and sinks of moisture, and latent heat. - 3.5.3 Application: surface melting on an ice sheet. - 3.5.4 Salinity equation for the ocean. - 3.6 Moist processes. - 3.6.1 Saturation. - 3.6.2 Saturation in convection; lifting condensation level. - 3.6.3 The moist adiabat and lapse rate in convective regions. - 3.6.4 Moist convection. - 3.7 Wave processes in the atmosphere and ocean. - 3.7.1 Gravity waves. - 3.7.2 Kelvin waves. - 3.7.3 Rossby waves. - 3.8 Overview. - Notes. - 4. El Niño and year-to-year climate prediction. - 4.1 Recap of El Niño basics. - 4.1.1 The Bjerknes hypothesis. - 4.2 Tropical Pacific climatology. - 4.3 ENSO mechanisms I: extreme phases. - 4.4 Pressure gradients in an idealized upper layer. - 4.4.1 Subsurface temperature anomalies in an idealized upper layer. - 4.5 Transition into the 1997-98 El Niño. - 4.5.1 Subsurface temperature measurements. - 4.5.2 Subsurface temperature anomalies during the onset of El Niño. - 4.5.3 Subsurface temperature anomalies during the transition to La Niña. - 4.6 El Niño mechanisms II: dynamics of transition phases. - 4.6.1 Equatorial jets and the Kelvin wave. - 4.6.2 The Kelvin wave speed. - 4.6.3 What sets the width of the Kelvin wave and equatorial jet?. - 4.6.4 Response of the ocean to a wind anomaly. - 4.6.5 The delayed oscillator model and the recharge oscillator model. - 4.6.6 ENSO transition mechanism in brief. - 4.7 El Niño prediction. - 4.7.1 Limits to skill in ENSO forecasts. - 4.8 El Niño remote impacts: teleconnections. - 4.9 Other interannual climate phenomena. - 4.9.1 Hurricane season forecasts. - 4.9.2 Sahel drought. - 4.9.3 North Atlantic oscillation and annular modes. - Notes. - 5. Climate models. - 5.1 Constructing a climate model. - 5.1.1 An atmospheric model. - 5.1.2 Treatment of sub-grid-scale processes. - 5.1.3 Resolution and computational cost. - 5.1.4 An ocean model and ocean-atmosphere coupling. - 5.1.5 Land surface, snow, ice and vegetation. - 5.1.6 Summary of principal climate model equations. - 5.1.7 Climate system modeling. - 5.2 Numerical representation of atmospheric and oceanic equations. - 5.2.1 Finite-difference versus spectral models. - 5.2.2 Time-stepping and numerical stability. - 5.2.3 Staggered grids and other grids. - 5.2.4 Parallel computer architecture. - 5.3 Parameterization of small-scale processes. - 5.3.1 Mixing and surface fluxes. - 5.3.2 Dry convection. - 5.3.3 Moist convection. - 5.3.4 Land surface processes and soil moisture. - 5.3.5 Sea ice and snow. - 5.4 The hierarchy of climate models. - 5.5 Climate simulations and climate drift. - 5.6 Evaluation of climate model simulations for present-day climate. - 5.6.1 Atmospheric model climatology from specified SST. - 5.6.2 Climate model simulation of climatology. - 5.6.3 Simulation of ENSO response. - Notes. - 6. The greenhouse effect and climate feedbacks. - 6.1 The greenhouse effect in Earth's current climate. - 6.1.1 Global energy balance. - 6.1.2 A global-average energy balance model with a one-layer atmosphere. - 6.1.3 Infrared emissions from a layer. - 6.1.4 The greenhouse effect: example with a completely IR-absorbing atmosphere. - 6.1.5 The greenhouse effect in a one-layer atmosphere, global-average model. - 6.1.6 Temperatures from the one-layer energy balance model. - 6.2 Global warming I: example in the global-average energy balance model. - 6.2.1 Increases in the basic greenhouse effect. - 6.2.2 Climate feedback parameter in the one-layer global-average model. - 6.3 Climate feedbacks. - 6.3.1 Climate feedback parameter. - 6.3.2 Contributions of climate feedbacks to global-average temperature response. - 6.3.3 Climate sensitivity. - 6.4 The water vapor feedback. - 6.5 Snow/ice feedback. - 6.6 Cloud feedbacks. - 6.7 Other feedbacks in the physical climate system. - 6.7.1 Stratospheric cooling. - 6.7.2 Lapse rate feedback. - 6.8 Climate response time in transient climate change. - 6.8.1 Transient climate change versus equilibrium response experiments. - 6.8.2 A doubled-CO2 equilibrium response experiment. - 6.8.3 The role of the oceans in slowing warming. - 6.8.4 Climate sensitivity in transient climate change. - Notes. - 7. Climate model scenarios for global warming. - 7.1 Greenhouse gases, aerosols and other climate forcings. - 7.1.1 Scenarios, forcings and feedbacks. - 7.1.2 Forcing by sulfate aerosols. - 7.1.3 Commonly used scenarios. - 7.2 Global-average response to greenhouse warming scenarios. - 7.3 Spatial patterns of warming for time-dependent scenarios. - 7.3.1 Comparing projections of different climate models. - 7.3.2 Multi-model ensemble averages. - 7.3.3 Polar amplification of warming. - 7.3.4 Summary of spatial patterns of the response. - 7.4 Ice, sea level, extreme events. - 7.4.1 Sea ice and snow. - 7.4.2 Land ice. - 7.4.3 Extreme events. - 7.5 Summary: the best-estimate prognosis. - 7.6 Climate change observed to date. - 7.6.1 Temperature trends and natural variability: scale dependence. - 7.6.2 Is the observed trend consistent with natural variability or anthropogenic forcing?. - 7.6.3 Sea ice, land ice, ocean heat storage and sea level rise. - 7.7 Emissions
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press
    Call number: AWI G6-12-0047
    Description / Table of Contents: The Global Carbon Cycle is a short introduction to this essential geochemical driver of the earth's climate system, written by one of the world's leading climate-science experts. In this one-of-a-kind primer, David Archer engages readers in clear and simple terms about the many ways the global carbon cycle is woven into our climate system. He begins with a concise overview of the subject, and then looks at the carbon cycle on three different time scales, describing how the cycle interacts with climate in very distinct ways in each. On million-year time scales, feedbacks in the carbon cycle stabilize earth's climate and oxygen concentrations. Archer explains how on hundred-thousand-year glacial / interglacial time scales, the carbon cycle in the ocean amplifies climate change, and how, on the human time scale of decades, the carbon cycle has been dampening climate change by absorbing fossil-fuel carbon dioxide into the oceans and land biosphere. A central question of the book is whether the carbon cycle could once again act to amplify climate change in centuries to come, for example through melting permafrost peatlands and methane hydrates. The Global Carbon Cycle features a glossary of terms, suggestions for further reading, and explanations of equations, as well as a forward-looking discussion of open questions about the global carbon cycle.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 205 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780691144146
    Series Statement: Princeton Primers in climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Carbon on earth. - 2 The stable geologic carbon cycle. - 3 The unstable ice age carbon cycle. - 4 The present and future carboncycle - stable or unstable?. - 5 Methane.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: AWI G3-12-0048
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction to the Cryosphere. - Chapter 2: Material Properties of Snow and Ice. - Chapter 3: Snow and Ice Thermodynamics. - Chapter 4: Seasonal Snow and Freshwater Ice. - Chapter 5: Sea Ice. - Chapter 6: Glaciers and Ice Sheets. - Chapter 7: Permafrost. - Chapter 8: Cryosphere-Climate Processes. - Chapter 9: The Cryosphere and Climate Change.
    Description / Table of Contents: The cryosphere encompasses the Earth's snow and ice masses. It is a critical part of our planet's climate system, one that is especially at risk from climate change and global warming. "The Cryosphere" provides an essential introduction to the subject, written by one of the world's leading experts in Earth-system science. In this primer, glaciologist Shawn Marshall introduces readers to the cryosphere and the broader role it plays in our global climate system. After giving a concise overview, he fully explains each component of the cryosphere and how it works - seasonal snow, permafrost, river and lake ice, sea ice, glaciers, ice sheets, and ice shelves. Marshall describes how snow and ice interact with our atmosphere and oceans and how they influence climate, sea level, and ocean circulation. He looks at the cryosphere's role in past ice ages, and considers the changing cryosphere's future impact on our landscape, oceans, and climate. Accessible and authoritative, this primer also features a glossary of key terms, suggestions for further reading, explanations of equations, and a discussion of open research questions in the field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780691145266
    Series Statement: Princeton primers in climate
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton [u.a.] : Princeton Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI A3-13-0048
    Description / Table of Contents: The atmosphere is critical to climate change. It can amplify shifts in the climate system, and also mitigate them. This primer offers a short, reader-friendly introduction to these atmospheric processes and how they work, written by a leading expert on the subject. Giving readers an overview of key atmospheric processes, David Randall looks at how our climate system receives energy from the sun and sheds it by emitting infrared radiation back into space. The atmosphere regulates these radiative energy flows and transports energy through weather systems such as thunderstorms, monsoons, hurricanes, and winter storms. Randall explains how these processes work, and also how precipitation, cloud formation, and other phase changes of water strongly influence weather and climate. He discusses how atmospheric feedbacks affect climate change, how the the large-scale atmospheric circulation works, how predicting the weather and the climate are fundamentally different challenges, and much more. This is the ideal introduction for students and nonspecialists. No prior experience in atmospheric science is needed, only basic college physics.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 277 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9780691143750
    Series Statement: Princeton primers in climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1 Basics. - 2 Radiative energy flows. - 3 How turbulence and cumulus clouds carry energy upward. - Appendix to Chapter 3: More about Eddy Fluxes. - 4 How energy travels from the tropics to the poles. - Appendix to chapter 4: Conservation of momentum on a rotating sphere. - 5 Feedbacks. - 6 The water planet. - 7 Predictability of weather and climate. - 8 Air, sea, land. - 9 Frontiers. - Notes. - Glossary. - Suggestions for further reading. - Bibliography. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: AWI A14-13-0083 ; ad AWI A14-13-0083
    Description / Table of Contents: This handbook provides the first comprehensive review of measurement principles, instruments and processing techniques for airborne observation of the earth's atmosphere and surface. For each field, the major prinicples of measurement are presented and illustrated with commonly-used airborne instruments, to assess the present capabilities in terms of accuracy, to raise awareness of specific issues with the interpretation of measurements from airborne operations, and to review emerging measurement techniques. The authors are internationally-recognized experts in their field, who actively contribute to the design and developement of modern airborne instrumentation and processing techniques. While primarily intended for climate, geophysical and atmospheric researchers, its relevance to the solar system makes this work useful to astronomers studying planetary atmospheres with telescopes and space probes.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXII, 655 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783527409969
    Series Statement: Wiley series in atmospheric physics and remote sensing
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface A Tribute to Dr. Robert Knollenberg List of Contributors 1 Introduction to Airborne Measurements of the Earth Atmosphere and Surface / Ulrich Schumann, David W. Fahey, Manfred Wendisch, and Jean-Louis Brenguier 2 Measurement of Aircraft State and Thermodynamic and Dynamic Variables / Jens Bange, Marco Esposito, Donald H. Lenschow, Philip R. A. Brown,Volker Dreiling, Andreas Giez, Larry Mahrt, Szymon P. Malinowski, Alfred R. Rodi, Raymond A. Shaw, Holger Siebert, Herman Smit, Martin Zöger 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Historical 2.3 Aircraft State Variables 2.3.1 Barometric Measurement of Aircraft Height 2.3.2 Inertial Attitude, Velocity, and Position 2.3.2.1 System Concepts 2.3.2.2 Attitude Angle Definitions 2.3.2.3 Gyroscopes and Accelerometers 2.3.2.4 Inertial-Barometric Corrections 2.3.3 Satellite Navigation by Global Navigation Satellite Systems 2.3.3.1 GNSS Signals 2.3.3.2 Differential GNSS 2.3.3.3 Position Errors and Accuracy of Satellite Navigation 2.3.4 Integrated IMU/GNSS Systems for Position and Attitude Determination 2.3.5 Summary, Gaps, Emerging Technologies 2.4 Static Air Pressure 2.4.1 Position Error 2.4.1.1 Tower Flyby 2.4.1.2 Trailing Sonde 2.4.2 Summary 2.5 Static Air Temperature 2.5.1 Aeronautic Definitions of Temperatures 2.5.2 Challenges of Airborne Temperature Measurements 2.5.3 Immersion Probe 2.5.4 Reverse-Flow Sensor 2.5.5 Radiative Probe 2.5.6 Ultrasonic Probe 2.5.7 Error Sources 2.5.7.1 Sensor 2.5.7.2 Dynamic Error Sources 2.5.7.3 In-Cloud Measurements 2.5.8 Calibration of Temperature Sensors 2.5.9 Summary, Gaps, Emerging Technologies 2.6 Water Vapor Measurements 2.6.1 Importance of Atmospheric Water Vapor 2.6.2 Humidity Variables 2.6.3 Dew or Frost Point Hygrometer 2.6.4 Lyman-α Absorption Hygrometer 2.6.5 Lyman-α Fluorescence Hygrometer 2.6.6 Infrared Absorption Hygrometer 2.6.7 Tunable Laser Absorption Spectroscopy Hygrometer 2.6.8 Thin Film Capacitance Hygrometer 2.6.9 Total Water Vapor and Isotopic Abundances of 18O and 2H 2.6.10 Factors Influencing In-Flight Performance 2.6.10.1 Sticking of Water Vapor at Surfaces 2.6.10.2 Sampling Systems 2.6.11 Humidity Measurements with Dropsondes 2.6.12 Calibration and In-Flight Validation 2.6.13 Summary and Emerging Technologies 2.7 Three-Dimensional Wind Vector 2.7.1 Airborne Wind Measurement Using Gust Probes 2.7.1.1 True Airspeed (TAS) and Aircraft Attitude 2.7.1.2 Wind Vector Determination 2.7.1.3 Baseline Instrumentation 2.7.1.4 Angles of Attack and Sideslip 2.7.2 Errors and Flow Distortion 2.7.2.1 Parameterization Errors 2.7.2.2 Measurement Errors 2.7.2.3 Timing Errors 2.7.2.4 Errors due to Incorrect Sensor Configuration 2.7.3 In-Flight Calibration 2.8 Small-Scale Turbulence 2.8.1 Hot-Wire/Hot-Film Probes for High-Resolution Flow Measurements 2.8.2 Laser Doppler Anemometers 2.8.3 Ultrasonic Anemometers/Thermometers 2.8.4 Measurements of Atmospheric Temperature Fluctuations with Resistance Wires 2.8.5 Calibration of Fast-Response Sensors 2.8.6 Summary, Gaps, and Emerging Technologies 2.9 Flux Measurements 2.9.1 Basics 2.9.2 Measurement Errors 2.9.3 Flux Sampling Errors 2.9.3.1 Systematic Flux Error 2.9.3.2 Random Flux Error 2.9.4 Area-Averaged Turbulent Flux 2.9.5 Preparation for Airborne Flux Measurement 3 In SituTrace Gas Measurements / Jim McQuaid, Hans Schlager, Maria Dolores Andrés-Hernández,Stephen Ball, Agnès Borbon, Steve S. Brown, Valery Catoire, Piero Di Carlo, Thomas G. Custer, Marc von Hobe, James Hopkins, Klaus Pfeilsticker, Thomas Röckmann, Anke Roiger, Fred Stroh, Jonathan Williams, and Helmut Ziereis 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Historical and Rationale 3.3 Aircraft Inlets for Trace Gases 3.4 Examples of Recent Airborne Missions 3.5 Optical In SituTechniques 3.5.1 UV Photometry 3.5.2 Differential Optical Absorption Spectroscopy 3.5.2.1 Measurement Principle 3.5.2.2 Examples of Measurement 3.5.3 Cavity Ring-Down Spectroscopy 3.5.3.1 Measurement Principle 3.5.3.2 Aircraft Implementation 3.5.3.3 Calibration and Uncertainty 3.5.3.4 Broadband Cavity Spectroscopic Methods 3.5.4 Gas Filter Correlation Spectroscopy 3.5.5 Tunable Laser Absorption Spectroscopy 3.5.5.1 Tunable Diode Versus QCLs 3.5.5.2 Further Progress 3.5.6 Fluorescence Techniques 3.5.6.1 Resonance Fluorescence 3.5.6.2 LIF Techniques 3.5.6.3 Chemical Conversion Resonance Fluorescence Technique 3.6 Chemical Ionization Mass Spectrometry 3.6.1 Negative-Ion CIMS 3.6.1.1 Measurement Principle and Aircraft Implementation 3.6.1.2 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.6.1.3 Measurement Example 3.6.2 The Proton Transfer Reaction Mass Spectrometer 3.6.3 Summary and Future Perspectives 3.7 Chemical Conversion Techniques 3.7.1 Peroxy Radical Chemical Amplification 3.7.1.1 Measurement Principles 3.7.1.2 Airborne Measurements 3.7.1.3 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.7.2 Chemiluminescence Techniques 3.7.2.1 Measurement Principle 3.7.2.2 Measurement of Ozone Using Chemiluminescence 3.7.2.3 NOy and NO2 Conversion 3.7.2.4 Calibration and Uncertainties 3.7.2.5 Measurement Examples 3.7.2.6 Summary 3.7.3 Liquid Conversion Techniques 3.7.3.1 Measurement Principles 3.7.3.2 Aircraft Implementation 3.7.3.3 Data Processing 3.7.3.4 Limitations, Uncertainties, and Error Propagation 3.7.3.5 Calibration and Maintenance 3.7.3.6 Measurement Examples 3.7.3.7 Summary and Emerging Technologies 3.8 Whole Air Sampler and Chromatographic Techniques 3.8.1 Rationale 3.8.2 Whole Air Sampling Systems 3.8.2.1 Design of Air Samplers 3.8.2.2 The M55-Geophysica Whole Air Sampler 3.8.3 Water Vapor Sampling for Isotope Analysis 3.8.4 Measurement Examples 3.8.5 Off-Line Analysis of VOCs 3.8.5.1 Air Mass Ageing 3.8.5.2 Using VOC Observations to Probe Radical Chemistry 4 In Situ Measurements of Aerosol Particles / Andreas Petzold, Paola Formenti, Darrel Baumgardner, Ulrich Bundke, Hugh Coe, Joachim Curtius, Paul J. DeMott, Richard C. Flagan, Markus Fiebig, James G. Hudson, Jim McQuaid, Andreas Minikin, Gregory C. Roberts, and Jian Wang 4.1 Introduction 4.1.1 Historical Overview 4.1.2 Typical Mode Structure of Aerosol Particle Size Distribution 4.1.3 Quantitative Description of Aerosol Particles 4.1.4 Chapter Structure 4.2 Aerosol Particle Number Concentration 4.2.1 Condensation Particle Counters 4.2.2 Calibration of Cut-Off and Low-Pressure Detection Efficiency 4.3 Aerosol Particle Size Distribution 4.3.1 Single-Particle Optical Spectrometers 4.3.1.1 Measurement Principles and Implementation 4.3.1.2 Measurement Issues 4.3.2 Aerodynamic Separators 4.3.3 Electrical Mobility Measurements of Particle Size Distributions 4.3.4 Inversion Methods 4.4 Chemical Composition of Aerosol Particles 4.4.1 Direct Offline Methods 4.4.2 Direct Online Methods (Aerosol Mass Spectrometer, Single Particle Mass Spectrometer, and Particle-Into-Liquid Sampler) 4.4.2.1 Bulk Aerosol Collection and Analysis 4.4.2.2 Mass Spectrometric Methods 4.4.2.3 Incandescence Methods 4.4.3 Indirect Methods 4.5 Aerosol Optical Properties 4.5.1 Scattering Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.2 Absorption of Solar Radiation Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.2.1 Filter-Based Methods 4.5.2.2 In Situ Methods 4.5.2.3 Airborne Application 4.5.3 Extinction Due to Aerosol Particles 4.5.4 Inversion Methods 4.6 CCN and IN 4.6.1 CCN Measurements Methods 4.6.2 IN Measurement Methods 4.6.3 Calibration 4.6.3.1 CCN Instrument Calibration 4.6.3.2 IN Instrument Calibration 4.7 Challenges and Emerging Techniques 4.7.1 Particle Number 4.7.2 Particle Size 4.7.3 Aerosol Optical Properties 4.7.4 Chemical Composition of Aerosol Particles 4.7.5 CCN Measurements 4.7.6 IN Measurements 5 In Situ Measurements of Cloud and Precipitation Particles / Jean-Louis Brenguier, William Bachalo, Patrick Y. Chuang, Biagio M. Esposito, Jacob Fugal, Timothy Garrett, Jean-Francois Gayet, Hermann Gerber, Andy Heymsfield, Alexander Kokhanovsky, Alexei Korolev, R. Paul Lawson, David C. Rogers, Raymond A. Shaw, Walter Strapp, and Manfred Wendisch 5.1 Introduction 5.1.1 Rationale 5.1.2 Characterization of Cloud Microphysical Properties 5.1.3 Chapter Outline 5.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Washington, DC : United States Government Printing Office
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 90.0002(1386-F) ; AWI G7-11-0050
    In: Satellite image atlas of glaciers of the world, 1386-F
    In: Professional paper, 1386-F
    Description / Table of Contents: This chapter is the ninth to be released in U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1386, Satellite Image Atlas of Glaciers of the World, a series of 11 chapters. In each of the geographic area chapters, remotely sensed images, primarily from the Landsat 1, 2, and 3 series of spacecraft, are used to analyze the specific glacierized region of our planet under consideration and to monitor glacier changes. Landsat images, acquired primarily during the middle to late 1970s and early 1980s, were used by an international team of glaciologists and other scientists to study various geographic regions and (or) to discuss related glaciological topics. In each glacierized geographic region, the present areal distribution of glaciers is compared, wherever possible, with historical information about their past extent. The atlas provides an accurate regional inventory of the areal extent of glacier ice on our planet during the 1970s as part of a growing international scientific effort to measure global environmental change on the Earth's surface.The chapter is divided into seven geographic parts and one topical part: Glaciers of the Former Soviet Union (F-1), Glaciers of China (F-2), Glaciers of Afghanistan (F-3), Glaciers of Pakistan (F-4), Glaciers of India (F-5), Glaciers of Nepal (F-6), Glaciers of Bhutan (F-7), and the Paleoenvironmental Record Preserved in Middle-Latitude, High-Mountain Glaciers (F-8). Each geographic section describes the glacier extent during the 1970s and 1980s, the benchmark time period (1972-1981) of this volume, but has been updated to include more recent information.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VIII, F349 S. , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781411326095
    Series Statement: Satellite image atlas of glaciers of the world / ed. by Richard S. Williams ... F
    Classification:
    Regional Geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: F–1. GLACIERS OF THE FORMER SOVIET UNION / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, with contributions from A.M. DYAKOVA (Siberia), V.S. KORYAKIN (Russian Arctic Islands), V.I. KRAVTSOVA (Caucasus, Altay), G.B. OSIPOVA (Tien Shan), G.M. VARNAKOVA (Pamirs and Alai Range), V.N. VINOGRADOV (Kamchatka), O.N. VINOGRADOV (Caucasus), and N.M. ZVERKOVA (Ural Mountains and Taymyr Peninsula) Sections on FLUCTUATIONS OF GLACIERS OF THE CENTRAL CAUCASUS AND GORA EL’BRUS (With a subsection on THE GLACIOLOGICAL DISASTER IN NORTH OSETIYA / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, O.V. ROTOTAEVA, and G.A. NOSENKO INVESTIGATIONS OF THE FLUCTUATIONS OF SURGE-TYPE GLACIERS IN THE PAMIRS BASED ON OBSERVATIONS FROM SPACE / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, G.B. OSIPOVA, and D.G. TSVETKOV THE GLACIOLOGY OF THE RUSSIAN HIGH ARCTIC FROM LANDSAT IMAGERY / J.A. DOWDESWELL, E.K. DOWDESWELL, M. WILLIAMS, and A.F. GLAZOVSKII F–2. GLACIERS OF CHINA / SHI YAFENG, MI DESHENG, YAO TANDONG, ZENG QUNZHU, and LIU CHAOHAI F–3 GLACIERS OF AFGHANISTAN / JOHN E. SHRODER , JR ., and MICHAEL P. BISHOP F–4 GLACIERS OF PAKISTAN / JOHN E. SHRODER , JR ., and MICHAEL P. BISHOP F–5 GLACIERS OF INDIA / CHANDER P. VOHRA Updated supplement on A STUDY OF SELECTED GLACIERS UNDER THE CHANGING CLIMATE REGIME / SYED IQBAL HASNAIN, RAJESH KUMAR , SAFARAZ AHMAD, and SHRESTH TAYAL F–6 GLACIERS OF NEPAL — GLACIER DISTRIBUTION IN THE NEPAL HIMALAYA WITH COMPARISON TO THE KARAKORAM RANGE / KEIJI HIGUCHI, OKITSUGU WATANABE, HIROJI FUSHIMI, SHUHEI TAKENAKA, and AKIO NAGOSHI, Supplement by YUTAKA AGETA F–7 GLACIERS OF BHUTAN / SHUJI IWATA F–8 THE PALEOENVIRONMENTAL RECORD PRESERVED IN MIDDLE-LATITUDE, HIGH-MOUNTAIN GLACIERS: AN OVERVIEW OF U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESEARCH IN CENTRAL ASIA AND THE UNITED STATES / L. DeWAYNE CECIL, DAVID L. NAFTZ, PAUL F. SCHUSTER , DAVID D. SUSONG, and JAROMY R . GREEN
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A4-11-0035
    Description / Table of Contents: The polar regions have experienced some remarkable environmental changes in recent decades, such as the Antarctic ozone hole, the loss of large amounts of sea ice from the Arctic Ocean and major warming on the Antarctic Peninsula. The polar regions are also predicted to warm more than any other region on Earth over the next century if greenhouse gas concentrations continue to rise. Yet trying to separate natural climate variability from anthropogenic forcing still presents many problems. This book presents a thorough review of how the polar climates have changed over the last million years and sets recent changes within a long term perspective, as determined from ice and ocean sediment cores. The approach taken is highly cross-disciplinary and the close links between the atmosphere, ocean and ice at high latitudes are stressed. The volume will be invaluable for researchers and advanced students in polar science, climatology, global change, meteorology, oceanography and glaciology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 434 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 9780521850100 , 978-0-521-85010-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1 The environment of the polar regions. - 1.2 The role of the polar regions in the global climate system. - 1.3 Possible implications of high latitude climate change. - 2. Polar climate data and models. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Instrumental observations. - 2.3 Meteorological analysis fields. - 2.4 Remotely sensed data. - 2.5 Proxy climate data. - 2.6 Models. - 3. The high latitude climates and mechanisms of change. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Factors influencing the broadscale climated of the polar regions. - 3.3 Processes of the high latitude climates. - 3.4 The mechanisms of high latitude climate change. - 3.5 Atmospheric circulation. - 3.6 Temperature. - 3.7 Cloud and precipitation. - 3.8 Sea ice. - 3.9 The ocean circulation. - 3.10 Concluding remarks. - 4. The last million years. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 The Arctic. - 4.3 The Antarctic. - 4.4 Linking high latitude climate change in the two hemispheres. - 5. The Holocene. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Forcing of the climate system during the Holocene. - 5.3 Atmospheric circulation. - 5.4 Temperature. - 5.5 The ocean circulation. - 5.6 Sea ice and sea surface temperatures. - 5.7 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 5.8 The cryosphere, precipitation and sea level. - 5.9 Concluding remarks. - 6. The instrumental period. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 The main meteorological elements. - 6.3 Changes in the atmospheric circulation. - 6.4 The ocean environment. - 6.5 Sea ice. - 6.6. Snow cover. - 6.7 Permafrost. - 6.8 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 6.9 Terrestrial ice and sea level. - 6.10 Attribution of recent changes. - 6.11 Concluding remarks. - 7. Predictions for the next 100 years. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Possible future greenhouse gas emission scenarios and the IPCC models. - 7.3 Changes in the atmospheric circulation and the modes of climate variability. - 7.4 The main meteorological elements. - 7.5 The ocean circulation and water masses. - 7.6 Sea ice. - 7.7 Seasonal snow cover and the terrestrial environment. - 7.8 Permafrost. - 7.9 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 7.10 Terrestrial ice, the ice shelves and sea level. - 7.11 Concluding remarks. - 8. Summary and future research needs. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Gaining improved understanding of past climate change. - 8.3 Modelling the high latitude climate system. - 8.4 Data required. - 8.5 Concluding remarks. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: AWI A3-12-0018
    In: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library, Vol. 43
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is now experiencing some of the most rapid and severe climate change on earth. Over the next 100 years, climate change is expected to accelerate, contributing to major physical, ecological, social, and economic changes, many of which have already begun. Changes in arctic climate will also affect the rest of the world through increased global warming and rising sea levels. The volume addresses the following major topics: research results in observing aspects of the Arctic climate system and its processes across a range of time and space scales; representation of cryospheric, atmospheric, and oceanic processes in models, including simulation of their interaction with coupled models; our understanding of the role of the arctic in the global climate system, its response to large-scale climate variations, and the processes involved.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 464 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789400720268
    Series Statement: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library 43
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 The origins of ACSYS / Victor Savtchenko. - PART I OBSERVATIONS: 2 Advances in Arctic atmospheric research / James E. Overland and Mark C. Serreze. - 3 Sea-ice observation: advances and challenges / Humfrey Melling. - 4 Observations in the ocean / Bert Rudels, Leif Anderson, Patrick Eriksson, Eberhard Fahrbach, Martin Jakobsson, E. Peter Jones, Humfrey Melling, Simon Prinsenberg, Ursula Schauer, and Tom Yao. - 5 Observed hydrological cycle / Hermann Mächel, Bruno Rudolf, Thomas Maurer, Stefan Hagemann, Reinhard Hagenbrock, Lev Kitaev, Eirik J. Førland, Vjacheslav Rasuvaev, and Ole Einar Tveito. - 6 Interaction with the global climate system / T. A. McClimans, G. V. Alekseev, O. M. Johannessen, and M. W. Miles. - PART II MODELLING: 7 Mesoscale modelling of the Arctic atmospheric boundary layer and its interaction with sea ice / Christof Lüpkes, Timo Vihma, Gerit Birnbaum, Silke Dierer, Thomas Garbrecht, Vladimir M. Gryanik, Micha Gryschka, Jörg Hartmann, Günther Heinemann, Lars Kaleschke, Siegfried Raasch, Hannu Savijärvi, K. Heinke Schlünzen, and Ulrike Wacker. - 8 Arctic regional climate models / K. Dethloff, A. Rinke, A. Lynch, W. Dorn, S. Saha, and D. Handorf. - 9 Progress in hydrological modeling over high latitudes: under arctic climate system study (ACSYS) / Dennis P. Lettenmaier and Fengge Su. - 10 Sea-ice-ocean modelling / Rüdiger Gerdes and Peter Lemke. - 11 Global climate models and 20th and 21st century Arctic climate change / Cecilia M. Bitz, Jeff K. Ridley, Marika Holland, and Howard Cattle. - 12 ACSYS: Scientific foundation for the climate and cryosphere (CliC) project / Konrad Steffen, Daqing Yang, Vladimir Ryabinin, and Ghassem Asrar.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: ZSP-168-640
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: ii, 192 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 640
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: AWI G5-12-0041
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, Volume 5
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, Volume 5
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 745 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789400727441 , 978-94-007-2744-1
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: PART I INTRODUCTION, NUMERICAL OVERVIEW, AND DATA-SETS. - 1 The march towards the quantitative analysis of palaeolimnological data. - 2 Overview of numerical metods in Palaeolimnology. - 3 Data-Sets. - PART II NUMERICAL METHODS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF MODERN AND STRATIGRAPHICAL PALAEOLIMNOLOGICAL DATA. - 4 Introduction and overview Part II. - 5 Exploratory data analysis and data display. - Assessment of uncertainities associated with Palaeolimnological laboratory methods and microfossil analysis. - 7 Clustering and partitioning. - 8 From Classical to canonical ordination. - 9 Statistical learning in Palaeolimnology. - PART III NUMERICAL METHODS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF STRATIGRAPHICAL PALAEOLIMNOLOGICAL DATA. - 10 Introduction and overview of Part III. - 11 Analysis of stratigraphical data. - 12 Estimation of age-depth relationships. - 13 Core correlation. - 14 Quantitative environmental reconstructions from biological data. - 15 Analogue methods in Palaeolimnology. - 16 Autocorrelogram and Periodogram analysis of palaeolimnological temporal-series from lakes in Central and Western North America to assess shifts in drought conditions. - PART IV CASE STUDIES AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS IN QUANTITATIVE PALAEOLIMNOLOGY. - 17 Introduction and overview of Part IV. - 18 Limnological responses to environmental changes at Inter-annual to decadal time-scales. - 19 Human impacts: applications of numerical methods to evaluate surface-water acidification and eutrophication. - 20 Tracking Holocene climatic change with aquatic biota from lake sediments: case studies of commonly used numerical techniques. - 21 Conclusions and future challenges. - Glossary. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI P6-13-0049
    Description / Table of Contents: Antarctica is the coldest and driest continent on earth - a place for adventure and a key area for global science. Research conducted in this extreme environment has received increasing international attention in recent years due to concerns over destruction of the ozone layer above it and the problems of global warming and rising sea levels. Data collected in the Antarctic now informs a wide range of scientific fields. A record of the globe's climate is locked up in its deep snow and ice while, as part of the early supercontinent Gondwana, its rocks have much to teach us about the geological history of the earth. Adiversity of unique plants and animals abound in Antarctic waters and the clear skies overhead allow astronomers to probe the outer reaches of the universe. Governed internationally since 1959, the Antarctic is also an object lesson in collaboration between nations. This dramatically illustrated new book brings together an international group of leading Antarctic scientists to explain why the Antarctic is so central to understanding the history and potential fate of our planet. It introduces the beauty of the world's greatest wilderness, its remarkable attributes, and the global importance of the international science done there. Spanning topics from marine biology to space science, this book is an accessible overview for anyone interested in the Antarctic and its science and governance. It provides a valuable summary for those involved in polar management and development of new research programmes, and is an inspiration for the next generation of Antarctic researchers.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 342 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9781107003927
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of contributors. - Introduction. - 1 Discovering the unknown continent. - 2 A keystone in a changing world. - 3 Ice with everything. - 4 Climate of extremes. - 5 Stormy and icy seas. - 6 Life in a cold environment. - 7 Space science research from Antarctica. - 8 Living and working in the cold. - 9 Scientists together in the cold. - 10 Managing the frozen commons. - 11 Antarctica: a global change perspective. - Appendix A Visiting Antarctica. - Appendix B Further reading. - Acknowledgements. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A4-13-0079
    In: Springer Praxis books in geophysical sciences
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: Preface to the first edition. - Preface to the second editon. - List of figures. - List of tables. - List of symbols. - List of abbreviations. - 1 Introduction. - 2 Drift ice material. - 2.1 Sea ice cover. - 2.2 Ice floes to drift ice particles. - 2.3 Sea ice growth and melting. - 2.4 Ice thickness distribution. - 2.5 Sea ice ridges. - 2.6 Drift ice state. - 3 Ice kinematics. - 3.1 Description of ice velocity field. - 3.2 Observations. - 3.3 Stochastic modelling. - 3.4 Conservation of ice. - 4 Sea ice rheology. - 4.1 General. - 4.2 Viscous laws. - 4.3 Plastic laws. - 4.4 Granular floe collision models. - 4.5 Scaling of ice strength. - 5 Equation of drift ice motion. - 5.1 Derivation of the equation of motion. - 5.2 Atmospheric and oceanic boundary layers. - 5.3 Sea ice-ocean interaction. - 5.4 Scale analysis. - 5.5 Dynamics of a single ice floe. - 6 Free drift. - 6.1 Steady state solution. - 6.2 Non-steady case. - 6.3 Linear coupled ice-ocean model. - 6.4 Frequency spectrum of free drift. - 6.5 Spatial aspects of free drift. - 7 Drift in the presence of internal friction. - 7.1 The role of internal friction. - 7.2 Channel flow of sea ice. - 7.3 Ice drift along coastal boundary. - 7.4 Zonal sea ice drift. - 7.5 Modelling of ice tank experiments. - 7.6 Timespace scaling of ice drift. - 8 Numerical modelling. - 8.1 Numerical solutions. - 8.2 Examples of sea ice dynamics models. - 8.3 Short-term modelling applications. - 8.4 Oil spills in ice conditions. - 8.5 Climate models. - 9 Use and need of knowledge on ice drift. - 9.1 Science. - 9.2 Practice. - 9.3 Final comments. - 10 Study problems. - 10.1 Problems. - 10.2 Instructions and solutions. - 11 References. - Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: This new edition of The drift of sea ice brings the theory, observations and practical applications of research into sea ice drift completely up to date, taking in to account and discussing the many new scientific results which have been published, in particular connected with thermodynamics, ice-ocean interaction, scaling, and numerical model applications in short-term and climate forecasting. This revised and expanded text presents the geophysical theory, observations from field programs, mathematical modelling techniques, and applications of sea ice drift science. It shows how the fundamental laws of sea ice drift come from the material properties of sea ice and the basic laws of mechanics. The book provides detailed analytical modelling and mathematical models and presents the construction of numerical ice drift models. The drift of sea ice gives a collection of worked examples on sea ice dynamics; details the derivation of the fundamental laws of sea ice dynamics in an understandable form; teaches methods for local and regional ice forecasting for ice engineering applications; analyses the system of equations for the general properties of sea ice drift and the derivation of the free drift model and analytical models for ice drift in the presence of internal friction; makes an excellant source book for climate research concerning the role of sea ice dynamics in the global climate.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXX, 347 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2. Aufl., Softcover reprint of hardcover 2011
    ISBN: 9783642267574
    Series Statement: Springer Praxis books in geophysical sciences
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : Hodder Education
    Call number: AWI G7-11-0061
    Description / Table of Contents: Glaciers & Glaciation is the classic textbook for all students of glaciation. Stimulating and accessible, it has established a reputation as a comprehensive and essential resource. In this new edition, the text, references and illustrations have been thoroughly updated to provide a state-of-the-art overview of the nature, origin and behaviour of glaciers and the geological and geomorphological evidence for their past history on earth. The first part of the book investigates the processes involved in forming glacier ice, the natureof glacier-climate relationships, the mechanisms of glacier flow and the interactions of glaciers with other natural systems such as rivers, lakes and oceans. In the second part, the emphasis moves to landforms and sediment, the interpretation of the earth's glacial legacy and the reconstruction of glacial depositional environments and palaeoglaciology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 802 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780340905791
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS PART ONE GLACIERS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Glacier systems 1.1.1 Mass balance 1.1.2 Meltwater 1.1.3 Glacier motion 1.1.4 Glaciers and sea-level change 1.1.5 Erosion and debris transport 1.1.6 Glacial sediments, landforms and landscapes 1.2 Glacier morphology 1.2.1 Ice sheets and ice caps 1.2.2 Glaciers constrained by topography 1.2.3 Ice shelves 1.3 Present distribution of glaciers 1.3.1 Influence of latitude and altitude 1.3.2 Influence of aspect, relief and distance from a moisture source 1.4 Past distribution of glaciers 1.4.1 'Icehouse' and 'greenhouse' worlds 1.4.2 Cenozoic glaciation 2 SNOW, ICE AND CLIMATE 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Surface energy balance 2.2.1 Changes of state and temperature 2.2.2 Shortwave radiation 2.2.3 Longwave radiation 2.2.4 Sensible and latent heat: turbulent fluxes 2.2.5 Energy supplied by rain 2.2.6 Why is glacier ice blue? 2.3 Ice temperature 2.3.1 The melting point of ice 2.3.2 Controls on ice temperature 2.3.3 Thermal structure of glaciers and ice sheets 2.4 Processes of accumulation and ablation 2.4.1 Snow and ice accumulation 2.4.2 Transformation of snow to ice 2.4.3 Melting of snow and ice 2.4.4 Sublimation and evaporation 2.4.5 The influence of debris cover 2.5 Mass balance 2.5.1 Definitions 2.5.2 Measurement of mass balance 2.5.3 Annual mass balance cycles 2.5.4 Mass balance gradients 2.5.5 The equilibrium line 2.5.6 Glaciation levels or glaciation thresholds 2.5.7 Glacier sensitivity to climate change 2.6 Glacier-climate interactions 2.6.1 Effects of glaciers and ice sheets on the atmosphere 2.7 Ice cores 2.7.1 Ice coring programmes 2.7.2 Stable isotopes 2.7.3 Ancient atmospheres: the gas content of glacier ice 2.7.4 Solutes and particulates 3 GLACIER HYDROLOGY 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Basic concepts 3.2.1 Water sources and routing 3.2.2 Hydraulic potential 3.2.3 Resistance to flow 3.2.4 Channel wall processes: melting, freezing and ice deformation 3.3 Supraglacial and englacial drainage 3.3.1 Supraglacial water storage and drainage 3.3.2 Englacial drainage 3.4 Subglacial drainage 3.4.1 Subglacial channels 3.4.2 Water films 3.4.3 Linked cavity systems 3.4.4 Groundwater flow 3.4.5 Water at the ice-sediment interface 3.5 Glacial hydrological systems 3.5.1 Temperate glaciers 3.5.2 Polythermal glaciers 3.5.3 Modelling glacial hydrological systems 3.6 Proglacial runoff 3.6.1 Seasonal and shorter-term cycles 3.6.2 Runoff and climate change 3.7 Glacial lakes and outburst floods 3.7.1 Introduction 3.7.2 Moraine-dammed lakes 3.7.3 Ice-dammed lakes 3.7.4 Icelandic subglacial lakes 3.7.5 Estimating GLOF magnitudes 3.8 Life in glaciers 3.8.1 Supraglacial ecosystems 3.8.2 Subglacial ecosystems 3.9 Glacier hydrochemistry 3.9.1 Overview 3.9.2 Snow chemistry 3.9.3 Chemical weathering processes 3.9.4 Subglacial chemical weathering 3.9.5 Proglacial environments 3.9.6 Rates of chemical erosion 4 PROCESSES OF GLACIER MOTION 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Stress and strain 4.2.1 Stress 4.2.2 Strain 4.2.3 Rheology: stress-strain relationships 4.2.4 Force balance in glaciers 4.3 Deformation of ice 4.3.1 Glen's Flow Law 4.3.2 Crystal fabric, impurities and water content 4.3.3 Ice creep velocities 4.4 Sliding 4.4.1 Frozen beds 4.4.2 Sliding of wet-based ice 4.4.3 Glacier-bed friction 4.4.4 The role of water 4.5 Deformable beds 4.5.1 The Boulton-Hindmarsh model 4.5.2 Laboratory testing of subglacial tills 4.5.3 Direct observations of deformable glacier beds 4.5.4 Rheology of subglacial till 4.6 Rates of basal motion 4.6.1 'Sliding laws' 4.6.2 Local and non-local controls on ice velocity 4.7 Crevasses and other structures: strain made visible 4.7.1 Crevasses 4.7.2 Crevasse patterns 4.7.3 Layering, foliation and related structures 5 GLACIER DYNAMICS 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Understanding glacier dynamics 5.2.1 Balance velocities 5.2.2 Deviations from the balance velocity 5.2.3 Changes in ice thickness: continuity 5.2.4 Thermodynamics 5.3 Glacier models 5.3.1 Overview 5.3.2 Equilibrium glacier profiles 5.3.3 Time-evolving glacier models 5.4 Dynamics of valley glaciers 5.4.1 Intra-annual velocity variations 5.4.2 Multi-annual variations 5.5 Calving glaciers 5.5.1 Flow of calving glaciers 5.5.2 Calving processes 5.5.3 'Calving laws' 5.5.4 Advance and retreat of calving glaciers 5.6 Ice shelves 5.6.1 Mass balance of k e shelves 5.6.2 Flow of ice shelves 5.6.3 Ice shelf break-up 5.7 Glacier surges 5.7.1 Overview 5.7.2 Distribution of surging glaciers 5.7.3 Temperate glacier surges 5.7.4 Polythermal surging glaciers 5.7.5 Surge mechanisms 6 THE GREENLAND AND ANTARCTIC ICE SHEETS 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Greenland Ice Sheet 6.2.1 Overview 6.2.2 Climate and surface mass balance 6.2.3 Ice sheet flow 6.2.4 Ice streams and outlet glaciers 6.3 The Antarctic Ice Sheet 6.3.1 Overview 6.3.2 Climate and mass balance 6.3.3 Flow of inland ice 6.3.4 Ice streams 6.3.5 Hydrology and subglacial lakes 6.3.6 Ice stream stagnation and reactivation 6.3.7 Stability of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet 7 GLACIERS AND SEA LEVEL CHANGE 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Causes of sea-level change 7.2.1 Overview 7.2.2 Glacio-eustasy and global ice volume 7.2.3 Glacio-isostasy and ice sheet loading 7.3 Sea-level change over glacial-interglacial cycles 7.3.1 Ice sheet fluctuations and eustatic sea-level change 7.3.2 Sea-level histories in glaciated regions 7.4 Glaciers and recent sea-level change 7.4.1 Recorded sea-level change 7.4.2 Global glacier mass balance 7.5 Future sea-level change 7.5.1 IPCC climate and sea-level projections 7.5.2 Predicting the glacial contribution to sea-level change PART TWO GLACIATION 8 EROSIONAL PROCESSES, FORMS AND LANDSCAPES 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Subglacial erosion 8.2.1 Rock fracture: general principles 8.2.2 Abrasion 8.2,3 Quarrying 8.2.4 Erosion beneath cold ice 8.2.5 Erosion of soft beds 8.3 Small-scale erosional forms 8.3.1 Striae and polished surfaces 8.3.2 Rat tails 8.3.3 Chattermarks, gouges and fractures 8.3.4 P-forms 8.4 Intermediate-scale erosional forms 8.4.1 Roches moutonnees 8.4.2 Whalebacks and rock drumlins 8.4.3 Crag and tails 8.4.4 Channels 8.5 Large-scale erosional landforms 8.5.1 Rock basins and overdeepenings 8.5.2 Basins and overdeepenings in soft sediments 8.5.3 Troughs and fjords 8.5.4 Cirques 8.5.5 Strandflats 8.6 Landscapes of glacial erosion 8.6.1 Areal scouring 8.6.2 Selective linear erosion 8.6.3 Landscapes of little or no glacial erosion 8.6.4 Alpine landscapes 8.6.5 Cirque landscapes 8.6.6 Continent-scale patterns of erosion 9 DEBRIS ENTRAPMENT AND TRANSPORT 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Approaches to the study of glacial sediments 9.2.1 The glacial debris cascade 9.2.2 Spatial hierarchies of sediments and landforms 9.3 Glacial debris entrainment 9.3.1 Supraglacial debris entrainment 9.3.2 Incorporation of debris into basal ice 9.4 Debris transport and release 9.4.1 Subglacial transport 9.4.2 High-level debris transport 9.4.3 Glacifluvial transport 9.5 Effects of transport on debris 9.5.1 Granulometry 9.5.2 Clast morphology 9.5.3 Particle micromorphology 10 GLACIGENIC SEDIMENTS AND DEPOSITIONAL PROCESSES 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Sediment description and classification 10.2.1 Sediment description 10.2.2 Deformation structures 10.2.3 Primary and secondary deposits 10.3 Primary glacigenic deposits (till) 10.3.1 Overview 10.3.2 Processes of subglacial till formation 10.3.3 Glacitectonite 10.3.4 Subglacial traction till 10.4 Glacifluvial deposits 10.4.1 Terminology and classification of glacifluvial sediments 10.4.2 Plane bed deposits 10.4.3 Ripple cross-laminated facies 10.4.4 Dunes 10.4.5 Antidunes 10.4.6 Scour and minor channel fills 10.4.7 Gravel sheets 10.4.8 Silt and mud drapes 10.4.9 Hyperconcentrated flow deposits 10.5 Gravitational mass movement deposits and syn-sedimentary deformation structures 10.5.1 Overview 10.5.2 Fall deposits 10.5.3 Slide and slump deposits 10.5.4 Debris (sediment-gravity) flow deposits 10.5.5
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A5-12-0038
    Description / Table of Contents: Murry Salby's new book provides an integrated treatment of the processes controlling the Earth-atmosphere system developed from first principles through a balance of theory and applications. This book builds on Salby's previous book Fundamentals of Atmospheric Physics. The scope has been expanded to include climate, while streamlining the presentation for undergraduates in scinece, mathematics, and engineering. Advanced material, suitable for graduate students and researchers, has been retained but distingushed from the basic development. The book offers a conceptual yet quantitative understanding of the controlling influences integrated through theory and major applications. It leads readers through a methodical development of the diverse physical processes that shape weather, global energetics, and climate. End-of-chapter problems of varying difficulty develop student knowledge and ist quanitative application, supported by answers and detailed solutions online for instructors.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 666 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published 2012, 2nd edition
    ISBN: 9780521767187 , 978-0-521-76718-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Prelude 1 The Earth-atmosphere system 1.1 Introduction 1.1.1 Descriptions of atmospheric behavior 1.1.2 Mechanisms influencing atmospheric behavior 1.2 Composition and structure 1.2.1 Description of air 1.2.2 Stratification of mass 1.2.3 Thermal and dynamical structure 1.2.4 Trace constituents 1.2.5 Cloud 1.3 Radiative equilibrium of the Earth 1.4 The global energy budget 1.4.1 Global-mean energy balance 1.4.2 Horizontal distribution of radiative transfer 1.5 The general circulation 1.6 Historical perspective: Global-mean temperature 1.6.1 The instrumental record 1.6.2 Proxy records Suggested references Problems 2 Thermodynamics of gases 2.1 Thermodynamic concepts 2.1.1 Thermodynamic properties 2.1.2 Expansion work 2.1.3 Heat transfer 2.1.4 State variables and thermodynamic processes 2.2 The First Law 2.2.1 Internal energy 2.2.2 Diabatic changes of state 2.3 Heat capacity 2.4 Adiabatic processes 2.4.1 Potential temperature 2.4.2 Thermodynamic behavior accompanying vertical motion 2.5 Diabatic processes 2.5.1 Polytropic processes Suggested references Problems 3 The Second Law and its implications 3.1 Natural and reversible processes 3.1.1 The Carnot cycle 3.2 Entropy and the Second Law 3.3 Restricted forms of the Second Law 3.4 The fundamental relations 3.4.1 The Maxwell Relations 3.4.2 Noncompensated heat transfer 3.5 Conditions for thermodynamic equilibrium 3.6 Relationship of entropy to potential temperature 3.6.1 Implications for vertical motion Suggested references Problems 4 Heterogeneous systems 4.1 Description of a heterogeneous system 4.2 Chemical equilibrium 4.3 Fundamental relations for a mufti-component system 4.4 Thermodynamic degrees of freedom 4.5 Thermodynamic characteristics of water 4.6 Equilibrium phase transformations 4.6.1 Latent heat 4.6.2 Clausius-Clapeyron Equation Suggested references Problems 5 Transformations of moist air 5.1 Description of moist air 5.1.1 Properties of the gas phase 5.1.2 Saturation properties 5.2 Implications for the distribution of water vapor 5.3 State variables of the two-component system 5.3.1 Unsaturated behavior 5.3.2 Saturated behavior 5.4 Thermodynamic behavior accompanying vertical motion 5.4.1 Condensation and the release of latent heat 5.4.2 The pseudo-adiabatic process 5.4.3 The Saturated Adiabatic Lapse Rate 5.5 The pseudo-adiabatic chart Suggested references Problems 6 Hydrostatic equilibrium 6.1 Effective gravity 6.2 Geopotential coordinates 6.3 Hydrostatic balance 6.3.1 Hypsometric equation 6.3.2 Meteorological Analyses 6.4 Stratification 6.4.1 Idealized stratification 6.5 Lagrangian interpretation of stratification 6.5.1 Adiabatic stratification: A paradigm of the troposphere 6.5.2 Diabatic stratification: A paradigm of the stratosphere Suggested references Problems 7 Static stability 7.1 Reaction to vertical displacement 7.2 Stability categories 7.2.1 Stability in terms of temperature 7.2.2 Stability in terms of potential temperature 7.2.3 Moisture dependence 7.3 Implications for vertical motion 7.4 Finite displacements 7.4.1 Conditional instability 7.4.2 Entrainment 7.4.3 Potential instability 7.4.4 Modification of stability under unsaturated conditions 7.5 Stabilizing and destabilizing influences 7.6 Turbulent dispersion 7.6.1 Convective mixing 7.6.2 Inversions 7.6.3 Life cycle of the nocturnal inversion 7.7 Relationship to observed thermal structure Suggested references Problems 8 Radiative transfer 8.1 Shortwave and longwave radiation 8.1.1 Spectra of observed SW and LW radiation 8.2 Description of radiative transfer 8.2.1 Radiometric quantities 8.2.2 Absorption 8.2.3 Emission 8.2.4 Scattering 8.2.5 The Equation of Radiative Transfer 8.3 Absorption characteristics of gases 8.3.1 Interaction between radiation and molecules 8.3.2 Line broadening 8.4 Radiative transfer in a plane parallel atmosphere 8.4.1 Transmission function 8.4.2 Two-stream approximation 8.5 Thermal equilibrium 8.5.1 Radiative equilibrium in a gray atmosphere 8.5.2 Radiative-convective equilibrium 8.5.3 Radiative heating 8.6 Thermal relaxation 8.7 The greenhouse effect 8.7.1 Feedback in the climate system 8.7.2 Unchecked feedback 8.7.3 Simulation of climate Suggested references Problems 9 Aerosol and cloud 9.1 Morphology of atmospheric aerosol 9.1.1 Continental aerosol 9.1.2 Marine aerosol 9.1.3 Stratospheric aerosol 9.2 Microphysics of cloud 9.2.1 Droplet growth by condensation 9.2.2 Droplet growth by collision 9.2.3 Growth of ice particles 9.3 Macroscopic characteristics of cloud 9.3.1 Formation and classification of cloud 9.3.2 Microphysical properties of cloud 9.3.3 Cloud dissipation 9.3.4 Cumulus detrainment: Influence on the environment 9.4 Radiative transfer in aerosol and cloud 9.4.1 Scattering by molecules and particles 9.4.2 Radiative transfer in a cloudy atmosphere 9.5 Roles of cloud and aerosol in climate 9.5.1 Involvement in the global energy budget 9.5.2 Involvement in chemical processes Suggested references Problems 10 Atmospheric motion 10.1 Description of atmospheric motion 10.2 Kinematics of fluid motion 10.3 The material derivative 10.4 Reynolds'transport theorem 10.5 Conservation of mass 10.6 The momentum budget 10.6.1 Cauchy's Equations of Motion 10.6.2 Momentum equations in a rotating reference frame 1 0.7 The first law of thermodynamics Suggested references Problems 11 Atmospheric equations of motion 11.1 Curvilinear coordinates 11.2 Spherical coordinates 11.2.1 The traditional approximation 11.3 Special forms of motion 11.4 Prevailing balances 11.4.1 Motion-related stratification 11.4.2 Scale analysis 11.5 Thermodynamic coordinates 11.5.1 Isobaric coordinates 11.5.2 Log-pressure coordinates 11.5.3 Isentropic coordinates Suggested references Problems 12 Large-scale motion 12.1 Ceostrophic equilibrium 12.1.1 Motion on an f plane 1 2.2 Vertical shear of the geostrophic wind 12.2.1 Classes of stratification 12.2.2 Thermal wind balance 12.3 Frictional geostrophic motion 1 2.4 Curvilinear motion 12.4.1 Inertial motion 12.4.2 Cyclostrophic motion 12.4.3 Gradient motion 12.5 Weakly divergent motion 12.5.1 Barotropic nondivergent motion 12.5.2 Vorticity budget under baroclinic stratification 12.5.3 Quasi-geostrophic motion Suggested references Problems 13 The planetary boundary layer 13.1 Description of turbulence 13.1.1 Reynolds decomposition 13.1.2 Turbulent diffusion 13.2 Structure of the boundary layer 13.2.1 The Ekman Layer 13.2.2 The surface layer 1 3.3 Influence of stratification 1 3.4 Ekman pumping Suggested references Problems 14 Wave propagation 14.1 Description of wave propagation 14.1.1 Surface water waves 14.1.2 Fourier synthesis 14.1.3 Limiting behavior 14.1.4 Wave dispersion 14.2 Acoustic waves 14.3 Buoyancy waves 14.3.1 Shortwave limit 14.3.2 Propagation of gravity waves in an inhomogeneous medium 14.3.3 The WKB approximation 14.3.4 Method of geometric optics 1 4.4 The Lamb wave 14.5 Rossby waves 14.5.1 Barotropic nondivergent Rossby waves 14.5.2 Rossby wave propagation in three dimensions 14.5.3 Planetary wave propagation in sheared mean flow 14.5.4 Transmission of planetary wave activity 14.6 Wave absorption 14.7 Nonlinear considerations Suggested references Problems 15 The general circulation 15.1 Forms of atmospheric energy 15.1.1 Moist static energy 15.1.2 Total potential energy 15.1.3 Available potential energy 1 5.2 Heat transfer in a zonally symmetric circulation 1 5.3 Heat transfer in a laboratory analogue 1 5.4 Quasi-permanent features 15.4.1 Thermal properties of the Earth's surface 1 5.4.2 Surface pressure and wind systems 1 5.4.3 Tropical circulations 15.5 Fluctuations of the circulation 15.5.1 Interannual changes 15.5.2 Intraseasonal variations Suggested references Problems 16 Dynamic stability 16.1 Inertial instability 16.2 Shear instability 16.2.1 Necessary conditions for instability 16.2.2
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Apress
    Call number: AWI S2-12-0083
    Description / Table of Contents: Beginning R: An Introduction to Statistical Programming shows you how to use this open-source language and take advantage of its extensive statistical and graphing capabilities. Indeed, R has become the de facto standard for doing, teaching, and learning computational statistics. With this book, you'll learn the language by using it right from the start - an approach giving valuable, firsthand experience. Author and expert R programmer Larry Pace guides you through a wide range of projects, teaching you best practices and offering clear explanations of the statistics involved and how they are applied. You'll see how to: acquire and install R; import and export data and scripts; generate basic statistics and graphics; write custom functions in the R language; explore different statistical interpretations of your data; implement simulations and other advanced techniques.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiv, 310 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781430245544
    Series Statement: The expert's voice in programming
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: About the author. - About the technical reviewer. - Acknowledgments. - Introduction. - Chapter 1: Getting R and getting started. - Chapter 2: Programming in R. - Chapter 3: Writing reusable functions. - Chapter 4: Summary statistics. - Chapter 5: Creating Tables and graphs. - Chapter 6: Discrete probability distributions. - Chapter 7: Computing normal probabilities. - Chapter 8: Creating confidence intervals. - Chapter 9: Performing t tests. - Chapter 10: One-way analysis of variance. - Chapter 11: Advanced analysis of variance. - Chapter 12: Correlation and regression. - Chapter 13: Multiple regression. - Chapter 14: Logistic regression. - Chapter 15: Chi-square tests. - Chapter 16: Nonparametric tests. - Chapter 17: Using R for simulation. - Chapter 18: The 'new' statistics: resampling and bootstrapping. - Chapter 19: Making an R package. - Chapter 20: The R commander package. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Sankt-Peterburg : Sankt-Peterburgskij Gosudarstvennyj Universitet
    Call number: AWI Bio-13-0030
    Description / Table of Contents: Atlas contains photographic images of 91 plant species and pollen which are found in Lena River Delta as well as information about current conditions of their growth. This is a major advantage of this atlas as compared to other publications of this kind. All information is presented in Russian and English. All materials were collected in framework of the Russian-German expeditions "Lena-2009", "Lena-2010", "Lena-2011" and "Lena-2012". Photographs illustrate the general view of the plant, inflorescence and pollen grains in different positions and from high to low focus. Plants are grouped into families, where each family has its own color. Atlas is addressed not only to specialists in palynology, but to all who are interested in the flora and vegetation of the Arctic region, including students of geographical, biological and environmental fields.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 111 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9785439100361
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: Contents: Introduction. - Apiaceae. - Asteraceae. - Betulaceae. - Boraginaceae. - Brassicaceae. - Campanulaceae. - Caryophyllaceae. - Crassulaceae. - Cyperaceae. - Diapensiaceae. - Ericaceae. - Fabaceae. - Gentianaceae. - Hippuriadaceae. - Juncaceae. - Lentibulariaceae. - Liliaceae. - Onagraceae. - Papaveraceae. - Parnassiaceae. - Pinaceae. - Plumbaginaceae. - Poaceae. - Polemoniaceae. - Polygonaceae. - Portulacaceae. - Primulaceae. - Pyrolaceae. - Ranunculaceae. - Rosaceae. - Salicaceae. - Saxifragaceae. - Scrophulariaceae. - Valerianaceae. - Index of plants by family. - Alphabetical index of plants. , In englischer und russischer Sprache. , Teilw. in kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-13-0054
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost hydrology systematically elucidates the roles of seasonally and perennially frozen ground on the distribution, storage and flow of water. Cold regions of the world are subject to mounting development which significantly affects the physical environment. Climate change, natural or human-induced, reinforces the impacts. Knowledge of surface and ground water processes operating in permafrost terrain is fundamental to planning, management and conservation. This book is an indispensable reference for libraries and researchers, an information source for practitioners, and a valuable text for training the next generations of cold region scientists and engineers.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 563 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9783642234613
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 1.1 The world cold regions. - 1.2 Water in frozen soils. - 1.3 Permafrost. - 1.3.1 Definitions. - 1.3.2. Distribution. - 1.3.3. Factors influencing permafrost occurence. - 1.4 Permafrost and hydrology. - 1.4.1 Permafrost hydrology. - 1.4.2 Hydrologic behavior of seasonal frost and permafrost. - 1.5 Environments of permafrost regions. - 1.5.1 Hydroclimatology. - 1.5.2 Geology. - 1.5.3 Glaciation. - 1.5.4 Physiography. - 1.5.5 Vegetation. - 1.5.6 Peat cover. - 1.6 Presentation of the book. - 2 Moisture and heat. - 2.1 Precipitation. - 2.1.1 General pattern. - 2.1.2 Cyclones. - 2.1.3 Recycling. - 2.1.4 Trace precipitation. - 2.2 Surface energy balance. - 2.3 Evaporation. - 2.3.1 Eddy Fluctuation Method. - 2.3.2 Aerodynamic method. - 2.3.3 Bowen Ratio Method. - 2.3.4 Priestley and Taylor Method. - 2.4 Energy balance of the active layer. - 2.4.1 Energy Balance. - 2.4.2 Thermal conductivity and heat capacity. - 2.5 Ground temperature. - 2.5.1 Penetration of temperature waves. - 2.5.2 Frost table development. - 2.6 Heat and moisture flows in frozen soils. - 2.6.1 Stefan's Algorithm. - 2.6.2 Near-Surface ground temperature. - 2.6.3 Moisture migration and ice lens formation. - 2.7 Ground ice. - 2.7.1 Types of ground ice. - 2.7.2 Excess ice. - 3 Groundwater. - 3.1 Groundwater occurence in permafrost. - 3.1.1 Suprapermafrost groundwater. - 3.1.2 Intrapermafrost groundwater. - 3.1.3 Subpermafrost groundwater. - 3.2 Groundwater recharge and circulation. - 3.2.1 Recharge. - 3.2.2 Groundwater movement. - 3.3 Groundwater discharge. - 3.3.1 Seeps. - 3.3.2 Springs. - 3.3.3 Baseflow. - 3.3.4 Ponds and lakes. - 3.4 Icings. - 3.4.1 Ground and spring icings. - 3.4.2 River icings. - 3.4.3 Icing dimension. - 3.4.4 Icing problems. - 3.5 Domed ice features. - 3.5.1 Frost mounds and icing mounds. - 3.5.2 Pingos. - References. - 4 Snow cover. - 4.1 Snow accumulation. - 4.1.1 Winter precipitation. - 4.1.2 Blowing snow. - 4.1.3 Terrain heterogeneity. - 4.1.4 Vegetation cover. - 4.2 Characteristics of the snow cover. - 4.2.1 Snow temperature and insulation. - 4.2.2 Snow metamorphism. - 4.2.3 Snow stratigraphy. - 4.3 Snowmelt processes. - 4.3.1 Radiation melt. - 4.3.2 Turbulent fluxes melt. - 4.3.3 Other melt terms. - 4.4 Snowmelt in permafrost areas. - 4.4.1 Tundra and Barren areas. - 4.4.2 Dirty snow. - 4.4.3 Shrub fields. - 4.4.4 Forests. - 4.5 Meltwater movement in snow. - 4.5.1 Dry snow. - 4.5.2 Wet snow. - References. - 5 Active layer dynamics. - 5.1 Freeze-back and winter periods. - 5.1.1 Snow cover and ground freezing. - 5.1.2 Moisture flux and ice formation. - 5.1.3 Vapor flux from soil to snow. - 5.2 Snowmelt period. - 5.2.1 Snowmelt and basal ice. - 5.2.2 Infiltration into frozen soil. - 5.2.3 Soil warming. - 5.2.4 Surface saturation, evaporation and runoff. - 5.3 Summer. - 5.3.1 Active layer thaw. - 5.3.2 Summer precipitation. - 5.3.3 Evaporation. - 5.3.4 Rainwater infiltration. - 5.3.5 Soil moisture. - 5.3.6 Groundwater. - References. - 6 Slope processes. - 6.1 Flow paths. - 6.1.1 Flow paths in snow. - 6.1.2 Surface and subsurface flows. - 6.1.3 Flow in bedrock areas. - 6.1.4 Flow in unconsolidated materials. - 6.2 Water sources. - 6.3 Factors influencing slope runoff generation. - 6.3.1 Microclimatic control. - 6.3.2 Topographic influence. - 6.3.3 Importance of the Frost table. - 6.3.4 Roles of organic materials. - 6.3.5 Bedrock control. - 6.4 Basin slopes in permafrost regions. - 6.4.1 High Arctic slopes. - 6.4.2 Low Arctic slopes. - 6.4.3 Subarctic slopes. - 6.4.4 Alpine permafrost zones. - 6.4.5 Precambrian bedrock terrain. - 6.5 Concepts for basin flow generation. - 6.5.1 Variable source area and fill-and-spill concepts. - 6.5.2 Heterogenous slopes. - References. - 7 Cold lakes. - 7.1 Types of lake. - 7.2 Lake ice. - 7.2.1 Lake ice regime. - 7.2.2 Ice formation and growth. - 7.2.3 Ice decay. - 7.3 Lake circulation. - 7.4 Hydrologic inputs. - 7.5 Lake evaporation. - 7.6 Lake outflow. - 7.6.1 Outflow conditions. - 7.6.2 Fill-and-Spill concept and lake outflow. - 7.7 Lake level. - 7.8 Large lakes. - 7.9 Permafrost and lakes. - References. - 8 Northern wetlands. - 8.1 Wetlands in permafrost regions. - 8.2 Factors favoring wetland occurence. - 8.2.1 Climate. - 8.2.2 Topography. - 8.2.3 Stratigraphy. - 8.2.4 Other factors. - 8.3 Hydrogeomorphic features in wetlands. - 8.3.1 Bog-related features. - 8.3.2 Fen-related features. - 8.3.3 Marshes and swamps. - 8.3.4 Shallow water bodies. - 8.4 Hydrologic behavior of wetlands. - 8.4.1 Seasonality of hydrologic activities. - 8.4.2 Wetland storage. - 8.4.3 Flow paths. - 8.4.4 Application of Fill-and-Spill concept. - 8.5 Patchy arctic wetlands. - 8.5.1 Wetlands maintained by snowmelt. - 8.5.2 Groundwater-fed wetlands. - 8.5.3 Valley bottom fens. - 8.5.4 Wetlands due to lateral inundation. - 8.5.5 Tundra ponds. - 8.5.6 Lake-fed and lake-bed wetlands. - 8.6 Extensive wetlands. - 8.6.1 Wet terrain. - 8.6.2 Ice-wedge polygon fields. - 8.6.3 Coastal plains. - 8.6.4 Deltas. - 8.6.5 Subarctic continental wetlands. - 8.7 Wetlands, permafrost and disturbances. - References. - 9 Rivers in cold regions. - 9.1 Drainage patterns. - 9.2 In-valley conditions. - 9.2.1 Geological setting for channels. - 9.2.2 River ice. - 9.2.3 River icing. - 9.2.4 In-channel snow. - 9.2.5 Permafrost. - 9.2.6 Alluvial environment. - 9.3 In-channel hydrology. - 9.3.1 Lateral inflow. - 9.3.2 Channel inflow. - 9.3.3 Vertical water exchanges. - 9.3.4 Storage in channels. - 9.4 Flow connectivity and delivery. - 9.4.1 Flow network integration. - 9.4.2 Decoupling of flow network. - 9.4.3 Flow delivery. - References. - 10 Basin hydrology. - 10.1 Basin outflow generation. - 10.1.1 The roles of snow. - 10.1.2 Meltwater from glaciers. - 10.1.3 Rainfall contribution. - 10.1.4 Groundwater supply. - 10.1.5 Evaporation losses. - 10.1.6 Permafrost effects. - 10.1.7 Consequences of basin storage. - 10.2 Streamflow hydrograph. - 10.3 Streamflow regimes. - 10.3.1 Nival regime. - 10.3.2 Proglacial regime. - 10.3.3 Pluvial regime. - 10.3.4 Spring-fed Regime. - 10.3.5 Prolacustrine regime. - 10.3.6 Wetland regime. - 10.4 Streamflow in large basins. - 10.4.1 Scaling up to large rivers. - 10.4.2 Flow generation in a large basin: the Liard river. - 10.4.3 Regulated discharge of large rivers. - 10.4.4 Flow in a sub-continental scale basin: Mackenzie basin. - 10.5 Basin water balance. - 10.5.1 Considerations in water balance investigation. - 10.5.2 Regional tendencies. - 10.5.3 Examples from permafrost environments. - 10.6 Permafrost basin hydrology: general remarks. - References. - Appendices. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI G1-14-0041
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 442 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: first published
    ISBN: 9780521696715 , 978-0-521-69671-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - PART 1 INTRODUCTION. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Humans and the coastal zone. - 1.2 Approaches to the study of coasts. - 1.3 Information sources. - 1.4 Approach and organisation. - References. - 2. Coastal geomorphology. - 2.1 Definition and scope of coastal geomorphology. - 2.2 The coastal zone: definition and nomenclature. - 2.3 Factors influencing coastal morphology and processes. - References. - PART 2 COASTAL PROCESSES. - 3. Sea level fluctuations and changes. - 3.1 Synopsis. - 3.2 Mean sea level, the geoid, and changes in mean sea level. - 3.3 Changes in mean sea level. - 3.4 Astronomical tides. - 3.5 Short-term dynamic changes in sea level. - 3.6 Climate change and sea level rise. - References. - 4. Wind-generated waves. - 4.1 Synopsis. - 4.2 Definition and characteristics of waves. - 4.3 Measurement and description of waves. - 4.4 Wave generation. - 4.5 Wave prediction. - 4.6 Wave climate. - Further reading. - Preferences. - 5. Waves - wave theory and wave dynamics. - 5.1 Synopsis. - 5.2 Wave theories. - 5.3 Wave shoaling and refraction. - 5.4 Wave breaking. - 5.5 Wave groups and low-frequency energy in the surf and swash zones. - Further reading. - References. - 6. Surf zone circulation. - 6.1 Synopsis. - 6.2 Undertow. - 6.3 Rip cells. - 6.4 Longshore currents. - 6.5 Wind and tidal currents. - Further reading. - References. - 7. Coastal sediment transport. - 7.1 Synopsis. - 7.2 Sediment transport mechanisms, boundary layers and bedforms. - 7.3 On-offshore sand transport. - 7.4 Longshore sand transport. - 7.5 Littoral sediment budget and littoral drift cells. - Further reading. - References. - PART 3 COASTAL SYSTEMS. - 8. Beach and nearshore systems. - 8.1 Synopsis. - 8.2 Beach and nearshore sediments and morphology. - 8.3 Nearshore morphodynamics. - 8.4 Beach morphodynamics. - References. - 9. Coastal sand dunes. - 9.1 Synopsis. - 9.2 Morphological components of coastal dunes and dune fields. - 9.3 Plant communities of coastal dunes. - 9.4 Aeolian processes in coastal dunes. - 9.5 Sand deposition. - 9.6 Beach / dune interaction and foredune evolution. - 9.7 Management of coastal dunes. - References. - 10. Barrier systems. - 10.1 Synopsis. - 10.2 Barrier types and morphology. - 10.3 Barrier dynamics: overwash and inlets. - 10.4 Barrier spit morphodynamics. - 10.5 Barrier islands. - 10.6 Management of barrier systems. - References. - 11. Salt marshes and mangroves. - 11.1 Synopsis. - 11.2 Saltmarsh and mangrove ecosystems. - 11.3 Salt marshes. - 11.4 Mangroves. - 11.5 Conservation and management of saltmarshes and mangroves. - Further reading. - References. - 12. Coral reefs and atolls. - 12.1 Synopsis. - 12.2 Corals and reef formation. - 12.3 Geomorphology and sedimentology of coral reefs. - 12.4 Impacts of disturbance on coral reefs. - Further reading. - References. - 13. Cliffed and rocky coasts. - 13.1 Synopsis. - 13.2 Cliffed coast morphology. - 13.3 Cliffed coast erosion system. - 13.4 Cohesive bluff coasts. - 13.5 Rock coasts. - 13.6 Shore platforms. - 13.7 Management of coastal cliff shorelines. - Further reading. - References. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI G6-15-89028
    Description / Table of Contents: The book offers a modern, comprehensive, and holistic view of natural gas seepage, defined as the visible or invisible flow of gaseous hydrocarbons from subsurface sources to Earth’s surface. Beginning with definitions, classifications for onshore and offshore seepage, and fundamentals on gas migration mechanisms, the book reports the latest findings for the global distribution of gas seepage and describes detection methods. Seepage implications are discussed in relation to petroleum exploration, environmental impacts (hazards, pollution, atmospheric emissions, and past climate change), emerging scientific issues (abiotic gas and methane on Mars), and the role of seeps in ancient cultures. With an updated bibliography and an integrated analysis of available data, the book offers a new fundamental awareness - gas seepage is more widespread than previously thought and influences all of Earth’s external “spheres”, including the hydrosphere, atmosphere, biosphere, and anthroposphere.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 199 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 978-3-319-14600-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Basic Concepts and Definitions. - 1.1.1 What Gas Seepage Is, What It Is Not. - 1.1.2 A Jungle of Names: Seeps, Macroseeps, Microseepage, Microseeps, and Miniseepage. - 1.1.3 Seepage id est Migration. - 1.1.4 Microbial, Thermogenic, and Abiotic Methane. - 1.2 Significance of Seepage and Implications. - 1.2.1 Seepage and Petroleum Exploration. - 1.2.2 Marine Seepage on the Crest of the Wave. - 1.2.3 From Sea to Land. - 1.2.4 A New Vision. - References. - 2 Gas Seepage Classification and Global Distribution. - 2.1 Macro-Seeps. - 2.1.1 Gas Seeps. - 2.1.2 Oil Seeps. - 2.1.3 Gas-Bearing Springs. - 2.1.4 Mud Volcanoes. - 2.1.5 Miniseepage. - 2.1.6 The Global Distribution of Onshore Macro-Seeps. - 2.2 Microseepage. - 2.3 Marine Seepage Manifestations. - References. - 3 Gas Migration Mechanisms. - 3.1 Fundamentals. - 3.1.1 Sources and Pathways. - 3.1.2 Diffusion and Advection. - 3.2 Actual Mechanisms and Migration Forms. - 3.2.1 Bubble and Microbubble Flow. - 3.2.2 Gas Seepage Velocity. - 3.2.3 Matter Transport by Microbubbles. - 3.2.4 The Concept of Carrier Gas and Trace Gas. - References. - 4 Detecting and Measuring Gas Seepage. - 4.1 Gas Detection Methods. - 4.1.1 Above-Ground (Atmospheric) Measurements. - 4.1.2 Ground Measurements. - 4.1.3 Measurements in Aqueous Systems. - 4.2 Indirect Methods. - 4.2.1 Chemical-Mineralogical Alterations of Soils. - 4.2.2 Vegetation Changes (Geobotanical Anomalies). - 4.2.3 Microbiological Analyses of Soils. - 4.2.4 Radiometric Surveys. - 4.2.5 Geophysical Techniques. - References. - 5 Seepage in Field Geology and Petroleum Exploration. - 5.1 Seepage and Faults. - 5.2 Microseepage Applied to Areal Petroleum Exploration. - 5.2.1 Which Gas Can Be Measured?. - 5.2.2 Microseepage Methane Flux Measurements. - 5.3 Seep Geochemistry for Petroleum System Evaluation. - 5.3.1 Recognising Post-genetic Alterations of Gases. - 5.3.2 Assessing Gas Source Type and Maturity. - 5.3.3 The Presence of Undesirable Gases (CO2, H2S, N2). - 5.3.4 Helium in Seeps… for Connoisseurs. - References. - 6 Environmental Impact of Gas Seepage. - 6.1 Geohazards. - 6.1.1 Methane Explosiveness. - 6.1.2 The Toxicity of Hydrogen Sulphide. - 6.1.3 Mud Expulsions and the Degradation of Soil-Sediments. - 6.2 Stray Gas, Natural versus Man-Made. - 6.3 Hypoxia in Aquatic Environments. - 6.4 Gas Emissions to the Atmosphere. - 6.4.1 Methane Fluxes and the Global Atmospheric Budget. - 6.4.2 Ethane and Propane Seepage, a Forgotten Potential Source of Ozone Precursors. - 6.5 Natural Seepage and CO2 Geological Sequestration. - References. - 7 Seepage in Serpentinised Peridotites and on Mars. - 7.1 Seeps and Springs in Active Serpentinisation Systems. - 7.1.1 Where Abiotic Methane Is Seeping. - 7.1.2 How Abiotic Methane in Land-Based Serpentinisation Systems Is Formed. - 7.1.3 How to Distinguish Abiotic and Biotic Methane. - 7.1.4 Seepage to the Surface. - 7.1.5 Is Abiotic Gas Seepage Important for the Atmospheric Methane Budget?. - 7.2 Potential Methane Seepage on Mars. - 7.2.1 Looking for Methane on Mars. - 7.2.2 A Theoretical Martian Seepage. - References. - 8 Gas Seepage and Past Climate Change. - 8.1 Past Seepage Stronger than Today. - 8.2 Potential Proxies of Past Seepage. - 8.3 Methane and Quaternary Climate Change. - 8.3.1 Traditional Models: Wetlands versus Gas Hydrates. - 8.3.2 Adding Submarine Seeps. - 8.3.3 Considering Onshore and Offshore Seepage in Total. - 8.3.4 CH4 Isotope Signatures in Ice Cores. - 8.4 Longer Geological Time Scale Changes. - 8.4.1 The Concept of Sedimentary Organic Carbon Mobilization. - 8.4.2 Paleogene Changes. - References. - 9 Seeps in the Ancient World: Myths, Religions, and Social Development. - 9.1 Seeps in Mythology and Religion. - 9.2 Seeps in Social and Technological Development. - References. - Epilogue. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Baltimore, Md. : Johns Hopkins University Pr.
    Call number: AWI E1-15-89213
    Description / Table of Contents: Alfred Wegener aimed to create a revolution in science which would rank with those of Nicolaus Copernicus and Charles Darwin. After completing his doctoral studies in astronomy at the University of Berlin, Wegener found himself drawn not to observatory science but to rugged fieldwork, which allowed him to cross into a variety of disciplines. The author of the theory of continental drift - the direct ancestor of the modern theory of plate tectonics and one of the key scientific concepts of the past century - Wegener also made major contributions to geology, geophysics, astronomy, geodesy, atmospheric physics, meteorology, and glaciology. Remarkably, he completed this pathbreaking work while grappling variously with financial difficulty, war, economic depression, scientific isolation, illness, and injury. He ultimately died of overexertion on a journey to probe the Greenland ice cap and calculate its rate of drift. This landmark biography - the only complete account of the scientist's fascinating life and work - is the culmination of more than twenty years of intensive research. In Alfred Wegener, Mott T. Greene places Wegener's background and theoretical advances in earth science in the context of his brilliantly eclectic career, bringing Wegener to life by analyzing his published scientific work, delving into all of his surviving letters and journals, and tracing both his passionate commitment to science and his thrilling experiences as a polar explorer, a military officer during World War I, and a world record-setting balloonist. In the course of writing this book, Greene traveled to every place that Alfred Wegener lived and worked - to Berlin, rural Brandenburg, Marbug, Hamburg, and Heidelberg in Germany; to Innsbruck and Graz in Austria; and onto the Greenland ice cap. He also pored over archives in Copenhagen, Munich, Marburg, Graz, and Bremerhaven, where the majority of Wegener's surviving papers are found. Written with great immediacy and descriptive power, Alfred Wegener is a powerful portrait of the scientist who pioneered the modern notion of unified earth science. The book should be of interest not only to earth scientists, students of polar travel and exploration, and historians but to all readers who are fascinated by the great minds of science.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiv, 675 S. , Ill., Kt.
    ISBN: 9781421417127
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - 1. The boy: Berlin and Brandenburg, 1880-1899. - 2. The student: Berlin - Heidelberg - Innsbruck - Berlin, 1899-1901. - 3. The astronomer: Berlin, 1901-1904. - 4. The aerologist: Lindenberg, 1905-1906. - 5. The polar meteorologist: Greenland, 1906. - 6. The Arctic explorer (1): Greenland, 1907-1908. - 7. The atmospheric physicist (1): Berlin und Marburg, 1908-1910. - 8. The atmospheric physicist (2): Marburg, 1910. - 9. At a crossroads: Marburg, 1911. - 10. The theorist of continental drift (1): Marburg, December 1911 - February 1912. - 11. The theorist of continental drift (2): Marburg, February - April 1912. - 12. The Arctic explorer (2): Greenland, 1912-1913. - 13. The soldier: Marburg and "The Field", 1913-1915. - 14. The meteorologist: "In the field", 1916-1918. - 15. The geophysicist: Hamburg, 1919-1920. - 16. From geophysicist to climatologist: Hamburg, 1920-1922. - 17. The paleoclimatologist: Hamburg, 1922-1924. - 18. The professor: Graz, 1924-1928. - 19. Theorist and Arctic explorer: Graz and Greenland, 1928-1929. - 20. The expedition leader: Graz and Greenland, 1929-1930. - Epilogue. - Notes. - Bibliographical essay. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI A11-15-89031
    Description / Table of Contents: Thermodynamics, Kinetics and Microphysics of Clouds presents a unified theoretical foundation that provides the basis for incorporating cloud microphysical processes in cloud and climate models. In particular, the book provides: • a theoretical basis for understanding the processes of cloud particle formation, evolution and precipitation, with emphasis on spectral cloud microphysics based on numerical and analytical solutions of the kinetic equations for the drop and crystal size spectra along with the supersaturation equation; • the latest detailed theories and parameterizations of drop and crystal nucleation suitable for cloud and climate models derived from the general principles of thermodynamics and kinetics; • a platform for advanced parameterization of clouds in weather prediction and climate models; • the scientific foundation for weather and climate modification by cloud seeding. This book will be invaluable for researchers and advanced students engaged in cloud and aerosol physics, and air pollution and climate research.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 782 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-1-107-01603-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1. Relations among Thermodynamics, Kinetics, and Cloud Microphysics. - 1.2. The Correspondence Principle. - 1.3. Structure of the Book. - 2. Clouds and Their Properties. - 2.1. Cloud Classification. - 2.2. Cloud Regimes and Global Cloud Distribution. - 2.2.1. Large-Scale Condensation in Fronts and Cyclones. - 2.2.2. Sc-St Clouds and Types of Cloud-Topped Boundary Layer. - 2.2.3. Convective Cloudiness in the Intertropical Convergence Zone. - 2.2.4. Orographic Cloudiness. - 2.3. Cloud Microphysical Properties. - 2.4. Size Spectra and Moments. - 2.4.1. Inverse Power Laws. - 2.4.2. Lognormal Distributions. - 2.4.3. Algebraic Distributions. - 2.4.4. Gamma Distributions. - 2.5. Cloud Optical Properties. - Appendix A.2. Evaluation of the Integrals with Lognormal Distribution. - 3. Thermodynamic Relations. - 3.1. Thermodynamic Potentials. - 3.2. Statistical Energy Distributions. - 3.2.1. The Gibbs Distribution. - 3.2.2. The Maxwell Distribution. - 3.2.3. The Boltzmann Distribution. - 3.2.4. Bose–Einstein Statistics. - 3.2.5. Fermi–Dirac Statistics. - 3.3. Phase Rules. - 3.3.1. Bulk Phases. - 3.3.2. Systems with Curved Interfaces. - 3.4. Free Energy and Equations of State. - 3.4.1. An Ideal Gas. - 3.4.2. Free Energy and the van der Waals Equation of State for a Non-Ideal Gas. - 3.5. Thermodynamics of Solutions. - 3.6. General Phase Equilibrium Equation for Solutions. - 3.6.1. General Equilibrium Equation. - 3.6.2. The Gibbs–Duhem Relation. - 3.7. The Clausius–Clapeyron Equation. - 3.7.1. Equilibrium between Liquid and Ice Bulk Phases. - 3.7.2. Equilibrium of a Pure Water Drop with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.3. Equilibrium of an Ice Crystal with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.4. Humidity Variables. - 3.8. Phase Equilibrium for a Curved Interface - The Kelvin Equation. - 3.9. Solution Effects and the Köhler Equation. - 3.10. Thermodynamic Properties of Gas Mixtures and Solutions. - 3.10.1. Partial Gas Pressures in a Mixture of Gases. - 3.10.2. Equilibrium of Two Bulk Phases around a Phase Transition Point. - 3.10.3. Raoult’s Law for Solutions. - 3.10.4. Freezing Point Depression and Boiling Point Elevation. - 3.10.5. Relation of Water Activity and Freezing Point Depression. - 3.11. A diabatic Processes. - 3.11.1. Dry Adiabatic Processes. - 3.11.2. Wet Adiabatic Processes. - Appendix A.3. Calculation of Integrals with the Maxwell Distribution. - 4. Properties of Water and Aqueous Solutions. - 4.1. Properties of Water at Low Temperatures and High Pressures. - 4.1.1. Forms of Water at Low Temperatures. - 4.1.2. Forms of Water at High Pressures. - 4.2. Theories of Water. - 4.3. Temperature Ranges in Clouds and Equivalence of Pressure and Solution Effects. - 4.4. Parameterizations of Water and Ice Thermodynamic Properties. - 4.4.1. Saturated Vapor Pressures. - 4.4.2. Heat Capacity of Water and Ice. - 4.4.3. Latent Heats of Phase Transitions. - 4.4.4. Surface Tension between Water and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.5. Surface Tension between Ice and Water or Solutions. - 4.4.6. Surface Tension between Ice and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.7 Density of Water. - 4.4.8. Density of Ice. - 4.5. Heat Capacity and Einstein-Debye Thermodynamic Equations of State for Ice. - 4.6. Equations of State for Ice in Terms of Gibbs Free Energy. - 4.7. Generalized Equations of State for Fluid Water. - 4.7.1. Equations of the van der Waals Type and in Terms of Helmholtz Free Energy. - 4.7.2. Equations of State Based on the Concept of the Second Critical Point. - Appendix A.4. Relations among Various Pressure Units. - 5. Diffusion and Coagulation Growth of Drops and Crystals. - 5.1. Diffusional Growth of Individual Drops. - 5.1.1. Diffusional Growth Regime. - 5.1.2. The Kinetic Regime and Kinetic Corrections to the Growth Rate. - 5.1.3. Psychrometric Correction Due to Latent Heat Release. - 5.1.4. Radius Growth Rate. - 5.1.5. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.2. Diffusional Growth of Crystals. - 5.2.1. Mass Growth Rates. - 5.2.2. Axial Growth Rates. - 5.2.3. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.3. Equations for Water and Ice Supersaturations. - 5.3.1. General Form of Equations for Fractional Water Supersaturation. - 5.3.2. Supersaturation Relaxation Times and Their Limits. - 5.3.3. E quation for Water Supersaturation in Terms of Relaxation Times. - 5.3.4. Equivalence of Various Forms of Supersaturation Equations. - 5.3.5. Equation for Fractional Ice Supersaturation. - 5.3.6. Equilibrium Supersaturations over Water and Ice. - Liquid Clouds. - Ice Clouds. - Mixed Phase Clouds. - 5.3.7. A diabatic Lapse Rates with Non zero Supersaturations. - 5.4. The Wegener–Bergeron–Findeisen Process and Cloud Crystallization. - 5.5. Kinetic Equations of Condensation and Deposition in the Adiabatic Process. - 5.5.1. Derivation of the Kinetic Equations. - 5.5.2. Some Properties of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.3. Analytical Solution of the Kinetic Equations of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.4. Equation for the Integral Supersaturation. - 5.6. Kinetic Equations of Coagulation. - 5.6.1. Various Forms of the Coagulation Equation. - 5.6.2. Collection Kernels for Various Coagulation Processes. - Brownian Coagulation. - Gravitational Coagulation. - 5.7. Thermodynamic and Kinetic Equations for Multidimensional Models. - 5.8. Fast Algorithms for Microphysics Modules in Multidimensional Models. - 6. Wet Aerosol Processes. - 6.1. Introduction. - 6.1.1. Empirical Parameterizations of Hygroscopic Growth. - 6.1.2. Empirical Parameterizations of Droplet Activation. - 6.2. Equilibrium Radii. - 6.2.1. Equilibrium Radii at Subsaturation. - 6.2.2. Equilibrium Radii of Interstitial Aerosol in a Cloud. - 6.3. Critical Radius and Supersaturation. - 6.4. Aerosol Size Spectra. - 6.4.1. Lognormal and Inverse Power Law Size Spectra. - 6.4.2. Approximation of the Lognormal Size Spectra by the Inverse Power Law. - 6.4.3. Examples of the Lognormal Size Spectra, Inverse Power Law, and Power Indices. - 6.4.4. Algebraic Approximation of the Lognormal Distribution. - 6.5. Transformation of the Size Spectra of Wet Aerosol at Varying Humidity. - 6.5.1. Arbitrary Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.2. Lognormal Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.3. Inverse Power Law Spectrum. - 6.5.4. Algebraic Size Spectra. - 6.6. CCN Differential Supersaturation Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.1. A rbitrary Dry Aerosol Size Spectrum. - 6.6.2. Lognormal Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.3. Algebraic Activity Spectrum. - 6.7. Droplet Concentration and the Modified Power Law for Drops Activation. - 6.7.1. Lognormal and Algebraic CCN Spectra. - 6.7.2. Modified Power Law for the Drop Concentration. - 6.7.3. Supersaturation Dependence of Power Law Parameters. - Appendix A.6. Solutions of Cubic Equations for Equilibrium and Critical Radii. - 7. Activation of Cloud Condensation Nuclei into Cloud Drops. - 7.1. Introduction. - 7.2. Integral Supersaturation in Liquid Clouds with Drop Activation. - 7.3. Analytical Solutions to the Supersaturation Equation. - 7.4. Analytical Solutions for the Activation Time, Maximum Supersaturation, and Drop Concentration. - 7.5. Calculations of CCN Activation Kinetics. - 7.6. Four Analytical Limits of Solution. - 7.7. Limit #1: Small Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.7.1. Lower Bound. - 7.7.2. Upper Bound. - 7.7.3. Comparison with Twomey’s Power Law. - 7.8. Limit #2: Small Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.8.1. Lower Bound. - 7.8.2. Upper Bound. - 7.9. Limit #3: Large Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.9.1. Lower Bound. - 7.9.2. Upper Bound. - 7.10. Limit #4: Large Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.10.1. Lower Bound. - 7.10.2. Upper Bound. - 7.11. Interpolation Equations and Comparison with Exact Solutions. - Appendix A.7. Evaluation of the Integrals J2 and J3 for Four Limiting Cases. - 8. Homogeneous Nucleation. - 8.1. Metastable States and Nucleation of a New Phase. - 8.2. Nucleation Rates for Condensation and Deposition. - 8.2.1. Application of Boltzmann Statistics. - 8.2.2. The Fokker–Planck
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hamburg : maribus
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G2-15-89285
    In: World ocean review
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 151 S. , zahlr. Ill, graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783866482531
    Series Statement: World ocean review 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Chapter 1: Concepts for a better world. - What is sustainability?. - The value of nature. - Conclusion: “Sustainability” – a difficult concept to define. - Chapter 2: How the sea serves us. - The bounty of the sea. - Oceans under threat. - Conclusion: Marine ecosystem services at risk. - Chapter 3: Politics and the oceans. - On the difficulty of governing the sea. - Conclusion: The ideal of good marine policy. - Chapter 4: Hope for the oceans. - Roadmap towards a sustainable future?. - Protecting the seas is possible. - Conclusion: How marine conservation can work. - Overall conclusion. - Glossary. - Contributors. - Bibliography. - Table of figures. - Index. - Abbreviations. - Partners and Acknowledgements. - Publication details.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Zürich] : IAHS (ICSI)
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G7-14-0007
    In: Glacier mass balance bulletin
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 106 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Washington : National Academies Press
    Call number: AWI P5-14-0057
    Description / Table of Contents: Once ice-bound, difficult to access, and largely ignored by the rest of the world, the Arctic is now front and center in the midst of many important questions facing the world today. Our daily weather, what we eat, and coastal flooding are all interconnected with the future of the Arctic. The year 2012 was an astounding year for Arctic change. The summer sea ice volume smashed previous records, losing approximately 75 percent of its value since 1980 and half of its areal coverage. Multiple records were also broken when 97 percent of Greenland's surface experienced melt conditions in 2012, the largest melt extent in the satellite era. Receding ice caps in Arctic Canada are now exposing land surfaces that have been continuously ice covered for more than 40,000 years. What happens in the Arctic has far-reaching implications around the world. Loss of snow and ice exacerbates climate change and is the largest contributor to expected global sea level rise during the next century. Ten percent of the world's fish catches comes from Arctic and sub-Arctic waters. The U.S. Geological Survey estimated that up to 13 percent of the world's remaining oil reserves are in the Arctic. The geologic history of the Arctic may hold vital clues about massive volcanic eruptions and the consequent release of massive amount of coal fly ash that is thought to have caused mass extinctions in the distant past. How will these changes affect the rest of Earth? What research should we invest in to best understand this previously hidden land, manage impacts of change on Arctic communities, and cooperate with researchers from other nations? The Arctic in the Anthropocene reviews research questions previously identified by Arctic researchers, and then highlights the new questions that have emerged in the wake of and expectation of further rapid Arctic change, as well as new capabilities to address them. This report is meant to guide future directions in U.S. Arctic research so that research is targeted on critical scientific and societal questions and conducted as effectively as possible. The Arctic in the Anthropocene identifies both a disciplinary and a cross-cutting research strategy for the next 10 to 20 years, and evaluates infrastructure needs and collaboration opportunities. The climate, biology, and society in the Arctic are changing in rapid, complex, and interactive ways. Understanding the Arctic system has never been more critical; thus, Arctic research has never been more important. This report will be a resource for institutions, funders, policy makers, and students. Written in an engaging style, The Arctic in the Anthropocene paints a picture of one of the last unknown places on this planet, and communicates the excitement and importance of the discoveries and challenges that lie ahead.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 210 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: [Final report]
    ISBN: 9780309301831 , 0-309-30183-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: SUMMARY. - 1 INTRODUCTION. - Study Context and Charge to the Committee. - Study Approach and Methodology. - Report Organization. - 2 RATIONALE FOR CONTINUED ARCTIC RESEARCH. - 3 EMERGING QUESTIONS. - Evolving Arctic. - Will Arctic communities have greater or lesser influence on their futures?. - Will the land be wetter or drier, and what are the associated implications for surface water, energy balances, and ecosystems?. - How much of the variability of the Arctic system is linked to ocean circulation?. - What are the impacts of extreme events in the new ice-reduced system?. - How will primary productivity change with decreasing sea ice and snow cover?. - How will species distributions and associated ecosystem structure change with the evolving cryosphere?. - Hidden Arctic. - What surprises are hidden within and beneath the ice?. - What is being irretrievably lost as the Arctic changes?. - Why does winter matter?. - What can "break or brake" glaciers and ice sheets?. - How unusual is the current Arctic warmth?. - What is the role of the Arctic in abrupt change?. - What has been the Cenozoic evolution of the Arctic Ocean Basin?. - Connected Arctic. - How will rapid Arctic warming change the jet stream and affect weather patterns in lower latitudes?. - What is the potential for a trajectory of irreversible loss of Arctic land ice, and how will its impact vary regionally?. - How will climate change affect exchanges between the Arctic Ocean andsubpolar basins?. - How will Arctic change affect the long-range transport and persistence of biota?. - How will changing societal connections between the Arctic and the rest of the world affect Arctic communities?. - Managed Arctic. - How will decreasing populations in rural villages and increasing urbanization affect Arctic peoples and societies?. - Will local, regional, and international relations in the Arctic move toward cooperation or conflict?. - How can 21st-century development in the Arctic occur without compromising the environment or indigenous cultures while still benefiting global and Arctic inhabitants?. - How can we prepare forecasts and scenarios to meet emerging management needs?. - What benefits and risks are presented by geoengineering and other large-scale technological interventions to prevent or reduce climate change and associated impacts in the Arctic?. - Undetermined Arctic. - Priority Setting. - 4 MEETING THE CHALLENGES. - Enhancing Cooperation. - Interagency. - International. - Interdisciplinary. - Intersectoral. - Cooperation through Social Media. - Sustaining Long-Term Observations. - Rationale for Long-Term Observations. - Coordinating Long-Term Observation Efforts. - Managing and Sharing Information. - Preserving the Legacy of Research through Data Preservation and Dissemination. - Creating a Culture of Data Preservation and Sharing. - Infrastructure to Ensure Data Flows from Observation to Users, Stakeholders, and Archives. - Data Visualization and Analysis. - Maintaining and Building Operational Capacity. - Mobile Platforms. - Fixed Platforms and Systems. - Remote Sensing. - Sensors. - Power and Communication. - Models in Prediction, Projection, and Re-Analyses. - Partnerships with Industry. - Growing Human Capacity. - Community Engagement. - Investing in Research. - Comprehensive Systems and Synthesis Research. - Non-Steady-State Research. - Social Sciences and Human Capacity. - Stakeholder-Initiated Research. - International Funding Cooperation. - Long-Term Observations. - 5 BUILDING KNOWLEDGE AND SOLVING PROBLEMS. - REFERENCES. - APPENDIXES. - A Acronyms and Abbreviations. - B Speaker and Interviewee Acknowledgments. - C Summary of Questionnaire Responses. - D Biographical Sketches of Committee Members.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: AWI S1-16-89841
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the basics of processing and spectral analysis of monovariate discrete-time signals. The approach is practical, the aim being to acquaint the reader with the indications for and drawbacks of the various methods and to highlight possible misuses. The book is rich in original ideas, visualized in new and illuminating ways, and is structured so that parts can be skipped without loss of continuity. Many examples are included, based on synthetic data and real measurements from the fields of physics, biology, medicine, macroeconomics etc., and a complete set of MATLAB exercises requiring no previous experience of programming is provided. Prior advanced mathematical skills are not needed in order to understand the contents: a good command of basic mathematical analysis is sufficient. Where more advanced mathematical tools are necessary, they are included in an Appendix and presented in an easy-to-follow way. With this book, digital signal processing leaves the domain of engineering to address the needs of scientists and scholars in traditionally less quantitative disciplines, now facing increasing amounts of data.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiv, 900 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-319-25466-1
    Series Statement: Signals and Communication Technology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Chapter Summary. - 1.2 The Meaning of the Book’s Title. - 1.3 Historical Background. - 1.4 How to Read This Book. - 1.5 Further Reading. - References. - PART 1 BASIC THEORETICAL CONCEPTS. - 2 Discrete-Time Signals and Systems. - 2.1 Chapter Summary. - 2.2 Basic Definitions and Concepts. - 2.3 Discrete-Time Signals: Sequences. - 2.3.1 Basic Sequence Operations. - 2.3.2 Basic Sequences. - 2.3.3 Deterministic and Random Signals. - 2.4 Linear Time-Invariant (LTI) Systems. - 2.4.1 Impulse Response of an LTI System and Linear Convolution. - 2.4.2 An Example of Linear Convolution. - 2.4.3 Interconnections of LTI Systems. - 2.4.4 Effects of Stability and Causality Constraints on the Impulse Response of an LTI System. - 2.4.5 Finite (FIR) and Infinite (IIR) Impulse Response Systems. - 2.4.6 Linear Constant-Coefficient Difference Equation (LCCDE). - 2.4.7 Examples of LCCDE. - 2.4.8 The Solutions of an LCCDE. - 2.4.9 From the LCCDE to the Impulse Response: Examples. - 2.4.10 Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions of LTI Systems. - References. - 3 Transforms of Discrete-Time Signals. - 3.1 Chapter Summary. - 3.2 z-Transform. - 3.2.1 Examples of z-Transforms and Special Cases. - 3.2.2 Rational z-Transforms. - 3.2.3 Inverse z-Transform. - 3.2.4 The z-Transform on the Unit Circle. - 3.2.5 Selected z-Transform Properties. - 3.2.6 Transfer Function of an LTI System. - 3.2.7 Output Sequence of an LTI System. - 3.2.8 Zeros and Poles: Forms for Rational Transfer Functions. - 3.2.9 Inverse System. - 3.3 Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (DTFT). - 3.3.1 An Example of DTFT Converging in the Mean-Square Sense. - 3.3.2 Line Spectra. - 3.3.3 Inverse DTFT. - 3.3.4 Selected DTFT Properties. - 3.3.5 The DTFT of a Finite-Length Causal Sequence. - 3.4 Discrete Fourier Series (DFS). - 3.4.1 Selected DFS Properties. - 3.4.2 Sampling in the Frequency Domain and Aliasing in the Time Domain. - 3.5 Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT). - 3.5.1 The Inverse DFT in Terms of the Direct DFT. - 3.5.2 Zero Padding. - 3.5.3 Selected DFT Properties. - 3.5.4 Circular Convolution Versus Linear Convolution. - 3.6 Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). - 3.7 Discrete Trigonometric Expansion. - 3.8 Appendix: Mathematical Foundations of Signal Representation. - 3.8.1 Vector Spaces. - 3.8.2 Inner Product Spaces. - 3.8.3 Bases in Vector Spaces. - 3.8.4 Signal Representation by Orthogonal Bases. - 3.8.5 Signal Representation by Standard Bases. - 3.8.6 Frames and Biorthogonal Bases. - 3.8.7 Summary and Complements. - References. - 4 Sampling of Continuous-Time Signals. - 4.1 Chapter Summary. - 4.2 Sampling Theorem. - 4.3 Reconstruction of a Continuous-Time Signal from Its Samples. - 4.4 Aliasing in the Frequency Domain and Anti-Aliasing Filter. - 4.5 The Uncertainty Principle for the Analog Fourier Transform. - 4.6 Support of a Continuous-Time Signal in the Time and Frequency Domains. - 4.7 Appendix: Analog and Digital Frequency Variables. - References. - 5 Spectral Analysis of Deterministic Discrete-Time Signals. - 5.1 Chapter Summary. - 5.2 Issues in Practical Spectral Analysis. - 5.2.1 The Effect of Windowing. - 5.2.2 The Effect of Spectral Sampling. - 5.3 Classical Windows. - 5.4 The Kaiser Window. - 5.5 Energy and Power Signals and Their Spectral Representations. - 5.6 Correlation of Deterministic Discrete-Time Signals. - 5.6.1 Correlation of Energy Signals. - 5.6.2 Correlation of Power Signals. - 5.6.3 Effect of an LTI System on Correlation Properties of Input and Output Signals. - 5.7 Wiener-Khinchin Theorem. - 5.7.1 Energy Signals and Energy Spectrum. - 5.7.2 Power Signals and Power Spectrum. - References. - PART 2 DIGITAL FILTERS. - 6 Digital Filter Properties and Filtering Implementation. - 6.1 Chapter Summary. - 6.2 Frequency-Selective Filters. - 6.3 Real-Causal-Stable-Rational (RCSR) Filters. - 6.4 Amplitude Response. - 6.5 Phase Response. - 6.5.1 Phase Discontinuities and Zero-Phase Response. - 6.5.2 Linear Phase (LP). - 6.5.3 Generalized Linear Phase (GLP). - 6.5.4 Constraints on GLP Filters. - 6.6 Digital Filtering Implementation. - 6.6.1 Direct Forms. - 6.6.2 Transposed-Direct Forms. - 6.6.3 FIR Direct and Transposed-Direct Forms. - 6.6.4 Direct and Transposed-Direct Forms for LP FIR Filters. - 6.6.5 Cascade and Parallel Forms. - 6.7 Zero-Phase Filtering. - 6.8 An Incorrect Approach to Filtering. - 6.9 Filtering After Downsampling. - 6.9.1 Theory of Downsampling. - 6.9.2 An Example of Filtering After Downsampling. - References. - 7 FIR Filter Design. - 7.1 Chapter Summary. - 7.2 Design Process. - 7.3 Specifications of Digital Filters. - 7.3.1 Constraints on the Magnitude Response. - 7.3.2 Constraints on the Phase Response. - 7.4 Selection of Filter Type: IIR or FIR?. - 7.5 FIR-Filter Design Methods and Approximation Criteria. - 7.6 Properties of GLP FIR Filters. - 7.6.1 Factorization of the Zero-Phase Response. - 7.6.2 Zeros of the Transfer Function. - 7.6.3 Another Form of the Adjustable Term. - 7.7 Equiripple FIR Filter Approximations: Minimax Design. - 7.8 Predicting the Minimum Filter Order. - 7.9 MPR Algorithm. - 7.10 Properties of Equiripple FIR Filters. - 7.11 The Minimax Method for Bandpass Filters. - References. - 8 IIR Filter Design. - 8.1 Chapter Summary. - 8.2 Design Process. - 8.3 Lowpass Analog Filters. - 8.3.1 Laplace Transform. - 8.3.2 Transfer Function and Design Parameters. - 8.4 Butterworth Filters. - 8.5 Chebyshev Filters. - 8.5.1 Chebyshev-I Filters. - 8.5.2 Chebyshev-II Filters. - 8.6 Elliptic Filters. - 8.7 Normalized and Non-normalized Filters. - 8.8 Comparison Among the Four Analog Filter Types. - 8.9 From the Analog Lowpass Filter to the Digital One. - 8.9.1 Bilinear Transformation. - 8.9.2 Design Procedure. - 8.9.3 Examples. - 8.10 Frequency Transformations. - 8.10.1 From a Lowpass to a Highpass Filter. - 8.10.2 From a Lowpass to a Bandpass Filter. - 8.10.3 From a Lowpass to a Bandstop Filter . - 8.11 Direct Design of IIR Filters. - 8.12 Appendix. - 8.12.1 Trigonometric Functions with Complex Argument. - 8.12.2 Elliptic Integrals. - 8.12.3 Jacobi Elliptic Functions. - 8.12.4 Landen-Gauss Transformation. - 8.12.5 Elliptic Rational Function. - References. - PART 3 SPECTRAL ANALYSIS. - 9 Statistical Approach to Signal Analysis. - 9.1 Chapter Summary. - 9.2 Preliminary Considerations. - 9.3 Random Variables. - 9.4 Ensemble Averages. - 9.5 Stationary Random Processes and Signals. - 9.6 Ergodicity. - 9.7 Wiener-Khinchin Theorem for Random Signals and Power Spectrum. - 9.8 Cross-Power Spectrum of Two Random Signals. - 9.9 Effect of an LTI System on a Random Signal. - 9.10 Estimation of the Averages of Ergodic Stationary Signals. - 9.10.1 General Concepts in Estimation Theory. - 9.10.2 Mean and Variance Estimation. - 9.10.3 Autocovariance Estimation. - 9.10.4 Cross-Covariance Estimation. - 9.11 Appendix: A Road Map to the Analysis of a Data Record. - References. - 10 Non-Parametric Spectral Methods. - 10.1 Chapter Summary. - 10.2 Power Spectrum Estimation. - 10.3 Periodogram. - 10.3.1 Bias. - 10.3.2 Variance. - 10.3.3 Examples. - 10.3.4 Variance Reduction by Band- and Ensemble-Averaging. - 10.4 Bartlett’s Method. - 10.5 Modified Periodogram. - 10.6 Welch’s Method. - 10.7 Blackman-Tukey Method. - 10.8 Statistical Significance of Spectral Peaks. - 10.9 MultiTaper Method. - 10.10 Estimation of the Cross-Power Spectrum of Two Random Signals. - 10.11 Use of the FFT in Power Spectrum Estimation. - 10.12 Power Spectrum Normalization. - References. - 11 Parametric Spectral Methods. - 11.1 Chapter Summary. - 11.2 Signals with Rational Spectra . - 11.3 Stochastic Models and Processes. - 11.3.1 Autoregressive-Moving Average (ARMA) Model. - 11.3.2 Autoregressive (AR) Model. - 11.3.3 Moving Average (MA) Model. - 11.3.4 How the AR and MA Modeling Approaches Are Theoretically Related. - 11.3.5 First-Order AR and MA Models: White, Red and Blue Noise. - 11.3.6 Higher-Order AR Models. - 11.4 The AR Approach to Spectral Estimation. - 11.5 AR Modeling and Linear Prediction. - 11.6
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A6-17-90616
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxxiv, 432 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 9781107118140
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Lists of figures. - List of contributors. - Preface. - 1. Challenges for ice age dynamics: a dynamical systems perspective / Michel Crucifix, Guillaume Lenoir and Takahito Mitsui. - 2. Tipping points in the climate system / Peter Ditlevsen. - 3. Atmospheric teleconnection patterns / Steven B. Feldstein and Christian L. E. Franzke. - 4. Atmospheric regimes: the link between weather and the large scale circulation / David M. Straus, Franco Molteni and Susanna Corti. - 5. Low-frequency regime transitions and predictability of regimes in a barotropic model / Balu T. Nadiga and Terence J. O'Kane. - 6. Complex network techniques for climatological data analysis / Reik V. Donner, Marc Wiedermann and Jonathan F. Donges. - 7. On inference and validation of causality relations in climate teleconnections / Illia Horenko, Susanne Gerber, Terence J. O'Kane, James S. Risbey and Didier P. Monselesan. - 8. Stochastic climate theory / Georg A. Gottwald, Daan T. Crommelin and Christian L. E. Franzke. - 9. Stochastic subgrid modelling for geophysical and three-dimensional turbulence / Jorgen S. Frederiksen, Vassili Kitsios, Terence J. O'Kane and Meelis J. Zidikheri. - 10. Model error in data assimilation / John Harlim. - 11. Long-term memory in climate: detection, extreme events, and significance of trends / Armin Bunde and Josef Ludescher. - 12. Fractional stochastic models for heavy tailed, and long-range dependent, fluctuations in physical systems / Nicholas W. Watkins. - 13. Modelling spatial extremes using Max-Stable Processes / Mathieu Ribatet. - 14. Extreme value analysis in dynamical systems: two case studies / Tamás Bódai. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: AWI G1-17-90601
    Description / Table of Contents: This innovative study presents concepts and problems in soil physics, and provides solutions using original computer programs. It provides a close examination of physical environments of soil, including an analysis of the movement of heat, water and gases. The authors employ the programming language Python, which is now widely used for numerical problem solving in the sciences. In contrast to the majority of the literature on soil physics, this text focuses on solving, not deriving, differential equations for transport. Using numerical procedures to solve differential equations allows the solution of quite difficult problems with fairly simple mathematical tools. Numerical methods convert differential into algebraic equations, which can be solved using conventional methods of linear algebra. Each chapter introduces a soil physics concept, and proceeds to develop computer programs to solve the equations and illustrate the points made in the discussion. Problems at the end of each chapter help the reader practise using the concepts introduced. The text is suitable for advanced undergraduates, graduates and researchers of soil physics. It employs an open source philosophy where computer code is presented, explained and discussed, and provides the reader with a full understanding of the solutions. Once mastered, the code can be adapted and expanded for the user's own models, fostering further developments. The Python tools provide a simple syntax, Object Oriented Programming techniques, powerful mathematical and numerical tools, and a user friendly environment.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 449 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 0199683093 , 9780199683093
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 2 Basic Physical Properties of Soil. - 2.1 Geometry of the Soil Matrix. - 2.2 Soil Structure. - 2.3 Fractal Geometry. - 2.4 Geometry of the Pore Space. - 2.5 Specific Surface Area. - 2.6 Averaging. - 2.7 Bulk Density, Water Content and Porosity. - 2.8 Relationships between Variables. - 2.9 Typical Values of Physical Properties. - 2.10 Volumes and Volumetric Fractions for a Soil Prism. - 2.11 Soil Solid Phase. - 2.12 Soil Texture. - 2.13 Sedimentation Law. - 2.14 Exercises. - 3 Soil Gas Phase and Gas Diffusion. - 3.1 Transport Equations. - 3.2 The Diffiisivity of Gases in Soil. - 3.3 Computing Gas Concentrations. - 3.4 Simulating One-Dimensional Steady-State Oxygen Diffusion in a Soil Profile. - 3.5 Numerical Implementation. - 3.6 Exercises. - 4 Soil Temperature and Heat Flow. - 4.1 Differential Equations for Heat Conduction. - 4.2 Soil Temperature Data. - 4.3 Numerical Solution of the Heat Flow Equation. - 4.4 Soil Thermal Properties. - 4.5 Numerical Implementation. - 4.6 Exercises. - 5 Soil Liquid Phase and Soil-Water Interactions. - 5.1 Properties of Water. - 5.2 Soil Water Potential. - 5.3 Water Potential-Water Content Relations. - 5.4 Liquid- and Vapour-Phase Equilibrium. - 5.5 Exercises. - 6 Steady-State Water Flow and Hydraulic Conductivity. - 6.1 Forces on Water in Porous Media. - 6.2 Water Flow in Saturated Soils. - 6.3 Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity. - 6.4 Unsaturated Hydraulic Conductivity. - 6.5 Exercises. - 7 Variation in Soil Properties. - 7.1 Frequency Distributions. - 7.2 Probability Density Functions. - 7.3 Transformations. - 7.4 Spatial Correlation. - 7.5 Approaches to Stochastic Modelling. - 7.6 Numerical Implementation. - 7.7 Exercises. - 8 Transient Water Flow. - 8.1 Mass Conservation Equation. - 8.2 Water Flow. - 8.3 Infiltration. - 8.4 Numerical Simulation of Infiltration. - 8.5 Numerical Implementation. - 8.6 Exercises. - 9 Triangulated Irregular Network. - 9.1 Digital Terrain Model. - 9.2 Triangulated Irregular Network. - 9.3 Numerical Implementation. - 9.4 Main. - 9.5 Triangulation. - 9.6 GIS Functions. - 9.7 Boundary. - 9.8 Geometrical Properties of Triangles. - 9.9 Delaunay Triangulation. - 9.10 Refinement. - 9.11 Utilities. - 9.12 Visualization. - 9.13 Exercise. - 10 Water Flow in Three Dimensions. - 10.1 Governing Equations. - 10.2 Numerical Formulation. - 10.3 Coupling Surface and Subsurface Flow. - 10.4 Numerical Implementation. - 10.5 Simulation. - 10.6 Visualization and Results. - 10.7 Exercises. - 11 Evaporation. - 11.1 General Concepts. - 11.2 Simultaneous Transport of Liquid and Vapour in Isothermal Soil. - 11.3 Modelling evaporation. - 11.4 Numerical Implementation. - 11.5 Exercises. - 12 Modelling Coupled Transport. - 12.1 Transport Equations. - 12.2 Partial Differential Equations. - 12.3 Surface Boundary Conditions. - 12.4 Numerical Implementation. - 12.5 Exercises. - 13 Solute Transport in Soils. - 13.1 Mass Flow. - 13.2 Diffusion. - 13.3 Hydrodynamic Dispersion. - 13.4 Advection-Dispersion Equation. - 13.5 Solute-Soil Interaction. - 13.6 Sources and Sinks of Solutes. - 13.7 Analytical Solutions. - 13.8 Numerical Solution. - 13.9 Numerical Implementation. - 13.10 Exercises. - 14 Transpiration and Plant-Water Relations. - 14.1 Soil Water Content and Soil Water Potential under a Vegetated Surface. - 14.2 General Features of Water Flow in the SPAC. - 14.3 Resistances to Water Flow within the Plant. - 14.4 Effect of Environment on Plant Resistance. - 14.5 Detailed Consideration of Soil and Root Resistances. - 14.6 Numerical Implementation. - 14.7 Exercises. - 15 Atmospheric Boundary Conditions. - 15.1 Radiation Balance at the Exchange Surface. - 15.2 Boundary-Layer Conductance for Heat and Water Vapour. - 15.3 Evapotranspiration and the Penman-Monteith Equation. - 15.4 Partitioning of Evapotranspiration. - 15.5 Exercise. - Appendix A: Basic Concepts and Examples of Python Programming. - A.1 Basic Python. - A.2 Basic Concepts of Computer Programming. - A.3 Data Representation: Variables. - A.4 Comments Rules and Indendation. - A.5 Arithmetic Expression. - A.6 Functions. - A.7 Flow Control. - A.8 File Input and Output. - A.9 Arrays. - A.10 Reading Date Time. - A.11 Object-Oriented Programming in Python. - A.12 Output and Visualization. - A.13 Exercises. - Appendix B: Computational Tools. - B.1 Numerical Differentiation. - B.2 Numerical Integration. - B.3 Linear Algebra. - B.4 Exercises. - List of Symbols. - List of Python Variables. - List of Python Projects. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-17-90721
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2017
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 86 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-9935-24155-9
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Series Statement: IASC Bulletin 2017
    Language: English
    Note: Content: Preface. - 1 IASC Internal Development. - IASC Organization. - IASC Council . - IASC Executive Committee. - IASC Secretariat. - Allen Pope New IASC Executive Secretary. - IASC Secretariat Moves to Iceland. - IASC Future Strategy. - IASC Medal 2017. - 2 IASC Working Groups. - Cross-Cutting Initiatives. - Atmosphere Working Group (AWG). - Cryosphere Working Group (CWG). - Marine Working Group (MWG). - Social and Human Working Group (SHWG). - Terrestrial Working Group (TWG). - 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2016. - Upcoming ASSWs. - 4 Data and Observations. - Arctic Data Committee (ADC). - Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON). - 5 Partnerships. - Asian Forum for Polar Sciences (AFoPS). - Arctic Council. - 6 Capacity Building. - IASC Fellowship Program. - Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists. - Annex. - Polar Acronyms.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Potsdam : Bibliothek Wissenschaftspark Albert Einstein
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91414 ; M 18.91414
    Description / Table of Contents: This project started in October 2015 with a crazy idea : prepare and submit a funding application for an international, multidisciplinary and non-traditional scientific outreach project… within the next 48 hours. Well, it worked out. A group of highly motivated young researchers from Canada and Europe united to combine arts and science and produce a series of outreach comic strips about permafrost (frozen ground). The aim of the project is to present and explain scientific research conducted across the circumpolar Arctic, placing emphasis on field work and the rapidly changing northern environment. The target audience is kids, youth, parents and teachers, with the general goal of making permafrost science more fun and accessible to the public. Because guess what : permafrost represents an area of more than twenty million km2 in the Northern Hemisphere, a huge area. As the climate warms, permafrost thaws and becomes unstable for houses, roads and airports. This rapid thawing of previously frozen ground also disrupts plant and animal habitats, impacts water quality and the ecology of lakes, and releases carbon into the atmosphere as greenhouse gases, making climate change even stronger. Hence permafrost and its response to climate change concerns us all. The project received initial support from the International Permafrost Association (IPA) as a targeted ‘Action Group’, and since then several other sponsors have joined the project. Here we are, now, two years after this first idea. What you are about to read is the result of an iterative process of exchanging ideas between artists and scientists. We first made an application call and received 49 applications from artists in 16 countries. Through a formal review process, we then selected two artists to work on this project: Noémie Ross from Canada, and Heta Nääs from Finland. With input from scientists, Noémie and Heta created fantastic cartoons that explain some of the changes happening to the environment in permafrost areas, how they affect people and wildlife, and what scientists are doing to better understand these changes to help people find innovative ways to adapt. We wish everyone plenty of fun reading this booklet and we would like to thank all those who supported this project.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 27 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-2-9816972-0-2
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91873
    In: Eiszeitalter und Gegenwart, Volume 60, Number 2-3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Seiten 211 - 390 , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Eiszeitalter und Gegenwart 60.2011,2/3
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Foreword / Margot Böse. - Depositional architecture and palaeogeographic significance of Middle Pleistocene glaciolacustrine ice marginal deposits in northwestern Germany: a synoptic overview / Jutta Winsemann, Christian Brandes, Ulrich Polom, Christian Weber. - Chronology of Weichselian main ice marginal positions in north-eastern Germany / Christopher Lüthgens, Margot Böse. - Deglaciation of a large piedmont lobe glacier in comparison with a small mountain glacier - new insight from surface exposure dating. Two studies from SE Germany / Anne U. Reuther, Markus Fiebig, Suan Ivy-Ochs, Peter W. Kubik, Jürgen M. Reitner, Hermann Herz, Klaus Heine. - Casting new light on the chronology of the loess/paleosol sequences in Lower Austria / Birgit Terharst, Christine Thiel, Robert Peticzka, Tobias Sprafke, Manfred Frechen, Florian A. Fladerer, Reinhard Roetzel, Christine Neugebauer-Maresch. - Editorial / Markus Fiebig. - Quaternary glaciation history of northern Switzerland / Frank Preusser, Hans Rudolf Graf, Oskar Keller, Edgar Krayss, Christian Schlüchter. - The Quaternary of the southwest German Alpine Foreland (Bodensee-Oberschwaben, Baden-Württemberg, Southwest Germany) / Dietrich Ellwanger, Ulrike Wielandt-Schuster, Matthias Franz, Theo Simon. - Quaternary Stratigraphy of Southern Bavaria / Gerhard Doppler, Ernst Kroemer, Konrad Rögner, Johannes Wallner, Hermann Jerz, Walter Grottenthaler. - An outline of the quaternary stratigraphy of Austria / Dirk van Husen, Jürgen M. Reitner. , Zusammenfassung in deutscher Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91956
    Description / Table of Contents: Earth's climate varies continuously across space and time, but humankind has witnessed only a small snapshot of its entire history, and instrumentally documented it for a mere 200 years. Our knowledge of past climate changes is therefore almost exclusively based on indirect proxy data, i.e. on indicators which are sensitive to changes in climatic variables and stored in environmental archives. Extracting the data from these archives allows retrieval of the information from earlier times. Obtaining accurate proxy information is a key means to test model predictions of the past climate, and only after such validation can the models be used to reliably forecast future changes in our warming world. The polar ice sheets of Greenland and Antarctica are one major climate archive, which record information about local air temperatures by means of the isotopic composition of the water molecules embedded in the ice. However, this temperature proxy is, as any indirect climate data, not a perfect recorder of past climatic variations. Apart from local air temperatures, a multitude of other processes affect the mean and variability of the isotopic data, which hinders their direct interpretation in terms of climate variations. This applies especially to regions with little annual accumulation of snow, such as the Antarctic Plateau. While these areas in principle allow for the extraction of isotope records reaching far back in time, a strong corruption of the temperature signal originally encoded in the isotopic data of the snow is expected. This dissertation uses observational isotope data from Antarctica, focussing especially on the East Antarctic low-accumulation area around the Kohnen Station ice-core drilling site, together with statistical and physical methods, to improve our understanding of the spatial and temporal isotope variability across different scales, and thus to enhance the applicability of the proxy for estimating past temperature variability. The presented results lead to a quantitative explanation of the local-scale (1–500 m) spatial variability in the form of a statistical noise model, and reveal the main source of the temporal variability to be the mixture of a climatic seasonal cycle in temperature and the effect of diffusional smoothing acting on temporally uncorrelated noise. These findings put significant limits on the representativity of single isotope records in terms of local air temperature, and impact the interpretation of apparent cyclicalities in the records. Furthermore, to extend the analyses to larger scales, the timescale-dependency of observed Holocene isotope variability is studied. This offers a deeper understanding of the nature of the variations, and is crucial for unravelling the embedded true temperature variability over a wide range of timescales.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 197 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 General introduction. - 1.1 Challenges of isotope-based temperature reconstructions. - 1.2 Thesis overview. - 1.3 Author contributions. - 2 Theoretical background. - 2.1 The isotopic composition of firn and ice. - 2.1.1 Fractionation of water isotopologues. - 2.1.2 Relationship with temperature. - 2.1.3 Measuring of the isotopic composition. - 2.2 Processes within the firn column. - 2.2.1 The firn column of polar ice sheets. - 2.2.2 The density of firn. - 2.2.3 The temperature profile of firn. - 2.2.4 Vapour diffusion in firn. - 2.3 Internal climate variability. - 3 Regional climate signal vs.local noise: a two-dimensional view of water isotopes. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Data and methods. - 3.3 Results. - 3.3.1 Trench isotope records. - 3.3.2 Single-profile representativity. - 3.3.3 Mean trench profiles. - 3.3.4 Spatial correlation structure. - 3.3.5 Statistical noise model. - 3.4 Discussion. - 3.4.1 Local noise vs. regional climate signal. - 3.4.2 Representativity of isotope signals. - 3.4.3 Implications. - 3.5 Conclusions. - 3.6 Appendix A: Derivation of noise model. - 3.6.1 Definitions. - 3.6.2 Derivation of model correlations. - 3.6.3 Estimation of parameters. - 3.7 Appendix B: Noise level after diffusion. - 4 Constraints on post-depositional isotope modifications in east antarctic firn. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Data and methods. - 4.2.1 Sampling and measurements. - 4.2.2 Trench depth scale. - 4.2.3 Spatial variability of trench profiles. - 4.2.4 Quantification of downward advection, densification and diffusion. - 4.2.5 Statistical tests. - 4.3 Results. - 4.3.1 Comparison of T15 and T13 isotope data. - 4.3.2 Expected isotope profile changes. - 4.3.3 Temporal vs. spatial variability. - 4.4 Discussion. - 4.4.1 Densification, diffusion and stratigraphic noise. - 4.4.2 Additional post-depositional modifications. - 4.5 Conclusions. - 5 On the similarity and apparent cycles of isotope variations. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Data and Methods. - 5.2.1 Data. - 5.2.2 Spectral analysis. - 5.2.3 Rice’s formula. - 5.2.4 Cycle length and amplitude estimation. - 5.2.5 Model for vertical isotope profiles. - 5.3 Results. - 5.3.1 Spectral analysis of isotope profiles. - 5.3.2 Theoretical and observed cycle length. - 5.3.3 Illustrative examples. - 5.3.4 Depth dependency of cycle length. - 5.3.5 Simulated vs. observed isotope variations. - 5.4 Discussion and summary. - 5.5 Conclusions. - 5.6 Appendix A: Input sensitivity. - 5.7 Appendix B: Additional results. - 5.8 Appendix C: Spectral significance testing. - 6 Timescale-dependency of antarctic isotope variations. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Data and methods. - 6.2.1 DML and WAIS isotope records. - 6.2.2 Spectral model. - 6.2.3 Timescale-dependent signal-to-noise ratio. - 6.2.4 Effects of diffusion and time uncertainty. - 6.2.5 Present-day temperature decorrelation. - 6.3 Results. - 6.3.1 Illustration of model approach. - 6.3.2 DML and WAIS isotope variability. - 6.4 Discussion. - 6.4.1 Interpretation of noise spectra. - 6.4.2 Interpretation of signal spectra. - 6.4.3 Signal-to-noise ratios. - 6.4.4 Differences between DML and WAIS. - 6.5 Conclusions. - 7 Declining temperature variability from LGM to holocene. - 8 General discussion and conclusions. - 8.1 Short-scale spatial and temporal isotope variability. - 8.1.1 Local spatial variability. - 8.1.2 Seasonal to interannual variability. - 8.1.3 Spatial vs. temporal variability. - 8.2 Extension to longer scales. - 8.2.1 Spatial vs. temporal variability on interannual timescales. - 8.2.2 Holocene and longer timescales. - 8.3 Concluding remarks and outlook. - Bibliography. - A Methods to: declining temperature variability from lgm to holocene. - A.1 Temperature proxy data. - A.2 Model-based temperature and variability change. - A.3 Temperature recalibration of proxy records. - A.3.1 Recalibration of ice-core records. - A.3.2 Recalibration of marine records. - A.4 Variance and variance ratio estimation. - A.5 Noise correction. - A.5.1 Testing effect of noise correction. - A.6 Effect of ecological adaption and bioturbation. - A.7 Effect of proxy sampling locations. - B Layering of surface snow and firn: noise or seasonal signal?. - B.1 Introduction. - B.2 Materials and methods. - B.2.1 Firn-core density profiles. - B.2.2 Trench density profiles. - B.2.3 Dielectric profiling and density estimates. - B.2.4 Comparison of DEP and CT density. - B.2.5 Ion measurements. - B.3 Results. - B.3.1 2-D trench density data. - B.3.2 Spatial correlation structure. - B.3.3 Comparison of mean density, isotope and impurity profiles. - B.3.4 Spectral analysis of vertical density data. - B.4 Discussion. - B.4.1 Spatial variability. - B.4.2 Representativeness of single profiles. - B.4.3 Seasonal cycle in snow density. - B.4.4 Density layering in firn and impurities. - B.5 Conclusions. - Acknowledgements - Danksagung.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92416
    Description / Table of Contents: The book contains proceedings of the Second International School on paleopedology for young scholars «Paleosoils as a source of information about past environments». Abstracts of main lectures, description of region where the School was carried out and papers of young scientists are published in the book. Proceedings of the School are of interest for researchers of soil science, paleogeography, Quaternary geology and ecology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 145 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-8406-0430-4
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: CONTENT Preface / M. Dergacheva, A. Makeev Description of study area and paleosol / M. Dergacheva, N. Mironycheva-Tokareva, S. Ponomarev, D. Gavrilov LECTURES Essentials of the paleopedology and a review of Quaternary paleosols of the Northern Hemisphere: main items, presented in the lectures / A. Makeev Paleosols in geologic history of the Earth / A. Makeev Possibilites and limits of pedohumus method used at investigations types and environment of ancient pedogenesis / M. Dergacheva Classification system of paleosols / I. Fedeneva Indicating function of pedogenic carbonates in paleoclimatic reconstruction of Holocene and Pleistocene / O. Khokhlova Miromorphological capacities for reseaching of palaeosoils / M. Lebedeva (Verba) Three-dimensional morphology of soil / A. V. Zakharchenko Paleomagnetic method for studing Pliocene and Quaternary deposits of Siberia (current status, problems, prospects) / Z. N. Gnibidenko Specific chemical state anthropogenic transformed soil of the ancient settlements / O. Yakimenko Geochemical peculiarities of soils as an indicator of specific of their formation and anthropogenic transformation / L. Rikhvanov REPORTS Problem of paleosols weed / A. Blagodatnova Spatial distribution of mobile phosphates in Kamennyi Ambar settlement (Chelyabinsk region) / K. Bojtsova Review of literature data for the study of humus horizon chernozem rate formation / E. Burnatova Pedogenic features in paleosols of Samara Volga region archaeological sites / D. Vassilieva Paleosols of Early Iron Age double kurgan of burial ground Kuigenzhar (Northern Kazakhstan) / D. Gavrilov, R. Ishmuratov, A. Toguzbaev Salt soils of Central-Tuva depression / Ch. Danchai-ool Humus composition of Zaural' e forest-steppe and steppe zones on example of archaeological sites / T. Zhdanova Properties variation of the upper part of the modern soils and surface paleosols of key site Volodarka (Barnaul Priobye) / H. Zhaharova Chernozems morphological properties of key area «Volodarka» / O. Kazachenok Comparative characteristics of the modern turf-podzolic soil and the soil buried under centenary dump (Sysert' District, Middle Urals) / L. Kirilyuk Paleopedology: objects and article of researches (review of publications in a «Soil Science» magazine for 2008-2010) / M. Komarova Soils with a buried humus horizon / B. Mongush Paleogeography formation conditions of Tuva sandy landscapes / Ch. Mongush, S. Kurbatskaya The comparative characteristic of 700-year-old and background soil near Sovetskiy city (middle taiga) / O. Nekrasova Humus soil memory: the conditions and time limits for the conservation of steppe / A. Nikiforov Study Holocene evolution of Central Tuva soil and soil formation / K. Ochur Estimation of restoration rate of damaged soils (on materials of studying archaeological objects of the foreststeppe zone) / E. Politova, V. Valdayskih Some polygenetic chernozem characteristics of the Ob Plateau Eastern edge (for example, the key area "Volodarka") / S. Ponomarev Vertical zonality soils in the Sayan mountains in Tuva / V. Sanchaiban Soil physical properties as a soil memory flash / E. Surkova Peculiarities of soddy-alluvial soil of the river Sysert' water-meadow (The Middle Urals) / A. Uchaev Aqueous extract composition of anthropogenically disturbed soils of Kamennyi Am bar settlement / D. Filimonova Environmental conditions of steppe soils for example near the village of Volodarka / H. Cherepanova New investigations at Tokaj-Csorgukut II. Loess section, Northeast Hungary / D. G. Páll, G. Persaits, P. Sümegi P Preliminary results on the phytoliths of the dutch neolithic site Swifterbant as seen from samples retrieved from soils, pig droppings and molars / G. Persaits, D. C. M. Raemaekers , In kyrillischer Schrift , Beiträge teilweise in englischer, teilweise in russischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92469
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 68 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English , French
    Note: Content Foreword Preface 1 – The PERMAFrance network 1.1 – Objectives 1.2 – Structure and partners 1.3 – Monitoring sites 2 – Permafrost in the French mountains 2.1 – Distribution of permafrost in France 2.2 – Monitoring sites 3 – Weather and climate 3.1 – Climatic trends of the last 4 decades 3.2 – Annual weather summary 2002-2009 3.3 – Summary of nivo-meteorological conditions 4 – Surface temperature on surficial deposits 4.1 – BTS datasets 4.2 – GST datasets 5 – Geodetic measurements and surface dynamics of rock glaciers 5.1 – GPS & total station 5.2 – LIDAR 6 – Rockfalls and evolution of rockfaces 6.1 – LiDAR datasets for rockwalls in the Mont Blanc massif 6.2 – Rockfall inventories in the Mont Blanc massif 7 – References / Bibliographie , In englischer und französischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Call number: AWI Bio-19-20533
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 48 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Content: Preface. - Polar ecosystems in a changing climate. - Ice edge blooms - Migrating oases in polar seas. - Antarctic: Krill has evolved adaptation strategies to its extreme environment. - Living at -20 degrees: why sea Ice algae don't freeze up. - ocean acidification and Iron deficiency affect Antarctic phytoplankton communities. - The oceans are acidifying: spIder crabs and Ice fIsh are feeling the repercussions of climate change. - melting glaciers - Changing coastal ecosystems in the West Antarctic. - In the service of science: elephant seals explore the Southern Ocean. - Ocean Acoustics - palaoa broadcasts live from the Southern Ocean. - When ice shelves disintegrate - diversity of life on the Antarctic seabed. - RV 'Polarstern' in Antarctica - observations in the ice. - deep-sea observatory in the Arctic: Climate change affects life on the ocean floor. - plankton rain in the vicinity of the Arctic HAUSGARTEN: What do sinking particles tell us?. - pelagic research in the Arctic faces new challenges. - fram observatory - live conference with the Arctic deep sea in preparation. - dom - the oceans' molecular memory. - siberian forests moving north - impact on the climate and biodiversity. - promoting young talent: High school pupils learn together with AWI scientists. - dream job- polar scientist - How a student achieved her goal over an icy path. - marIne biosciences in the scientific-societal context of the 21st. century. - Contact persons at the AWI. - Imprint. - geographic locatIons of the research reports of this brochure
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : International Arctic Science Committee
    Call number: AWI A4-19-92792
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 99 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: April 2018
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS SUMMARY 1. BACKGROUND AND OVERARCHING GOALS OF MOSAiC 2. MEASUREMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Atmosphere (team ATMOS) 2.2 Sea Ice and Snow Cover (team ICE) 2.3 Ocean (team OCEAN) 2.4 Bio-geochemical System (team BGC) 2.5 Ecosystem (team ECO) 2.6 Cross-team coordination 3. OBSERVATIONAL SCALES AND SCIENTIFIC-TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION 3.1 Installations, Labs, and Containers on Polarstern 3.2 Major Installations on/in/under the Central lee Camp 3.3 Deployment and Operation ofthe Distributed Network 3.4 Airborne Observations 3.5 Hovercraft Observations 3.6. Other Main Platforms 3.7 Intensive Observation Periods 3.8 Events 4. PRACTICAL/ LOGISTICAL ASPECTS 4.1 Detailed Time Line (2016-2022) 4.2 Drift Trajectory and Re-supply 4.3 Personnel and Personnel Exchange 4.4 Routine Operations during the Drift 4.5 Governance Structure 4.6 Rescue and Alternative Plans 4.7 Safety Aspects during the Drift 4.8 Impacts of Polarstern on Measurements and Environment 4.9 Outreach and Media Concept 4.10 Preparation and summary workshops, conferences 5. IMPLEMENTATION OF REMOTE SENSING 5.1 Pre-drift Coordination of the Remote Sensing Program 5.2 Acquisition of Satellite Data during the Drift 5.3 Coordination with In-situ Measurements 6. IMPLEMENTATION OF NUMERICAL MODELS 6.1 Operational Forecast and Reanalysis Products of the MOSAiC Drift 6.2 Data Assimilation Studies 6.3 Process and Regional Modeling of the Sub-systems 6.4 Coupled Climate Modeling 7. DATA POLICY AND MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.1 Outcome ofthe St. Petersburg Implementation Workshop 7.2 The MOSAiC Data Group: Development ofthe Data Management Plan 7.3 The Technical Concept for Supporting the Data Life Cycle in MOSAiC 7.4 The Role of PANGAEA as MOSAiC Data Repository 7.5 Project Data Management and Publication 8. LINKS TO EXTERNAL PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS 8.1 Cooperation with External Projects and Programs 8.2 Cooperation with Parallel Experiments 9. APPENDIX 9.1 Preliminary Tables of Parameters for Sections 2.1 to 2.5 9.2 Preliminary Table of Partners 9.3 List of Abbreviations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: AWI P7-20-93379 ; PIK N 454-21-93379
    In: World ocean review, 6
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 329 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-635-5
    Series Statement: World ocean review 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface The Arctic and Antarctic – natural realms at the poles A brief history of the polar regions The human conquest of the polar regions Conclusion: The Arctic and Antarctic – two fundamentally different polar regions The polar regions as components of the global climate system Why it is so cold in the polar regions Ice floes, ice sheets and the sea Conclusion: A chain reaction with an icy end Climate change impacts in the polar regions The pathways of heat Retreating ice Conclusion: More heat – much less ice Polar flora and fauna Living in the cold Marine life Polar ecosystems in retreat Conclusion: Highly specialized and greatly threatened Polar politics and commerce The Arctic and Antarctic as political arenas An economic boom with side effects Conclusion: Growing interest in the polar regions Overall Conclusion Glossary Abbreviations Bibliography Contributors Index Partners and Acknowledgements Table of figures Publication details
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    Call number: AWI G2-20-93405
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume describes the complex characteristics of almost all Russian coastal estuaries systematized in the following regions: the coasts of the White Sea, the Barents Sea, the Kara Sea, the Laptev Sea, the East Siberian Sea, the Chukchi Sea, the Black Sea, the Sea of Azov, the Baltic Sea, the Sea of Okhotsk, the Sea of Japan and the Bering Seas. The part on the Baltic Sea includes a detailed description of the Kaliningrad coast and the Gulf of Finland. Apart from the geology and morphology, this book also looks at the anthropogenic effects on shores as well as at hydrological conditions, local climate and water level characteristics, and at economic use of lagoons
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319433929 , 9783319433905 (print)
    Series Statement: Estuaries of the World
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Specific Features of Estuaries, Lagoons, Limans: Concepts and Terms / Petr Brovko and Ruben Kosyan 2 Estuaries and Lagoons of the Russian Arctic Seas / Vyacheslav Krylenko 3 Estuaries, Lagoons, and Limans of the Marginal Seas of Northeast Asia / Petr Brovko, Yuri Mikishin, and Tamara Ponomareva 4 Lagoons of the Black Sea / Vyacheslav Krylenko and Marina Krylenko 5 Lagoons of the Smallest Russian Sea / Marina Krylenko, Ruben Kosyan, and Vyacheslav Krylenko 6 Transboundary Lagoons of the Baltic Sea / Boris Chubarenko, Dmitriy Domnin, Svetlana Navrotskaya, Zhanna Stont, Vladimir Chechko, Valentina Bobykina, Vasiliy Pilipchuk, Konstantin Karmanov, Anastasea Domnina, Tatiana Bukanova, Victoria Topchaya, and Alexander Kileso 7 Neva Bay: A Technogenic Lagoon of the Eastern Gulf of Finland (Baltic Sea) / Daria Ryabchuk, Vladimir Zhamoida, Marina Orlova, Alexander Sergeev, Julia Bublichenko, Andrey Bublichenko, and Leontina Sukhacheva 8 The White Sea as an Estuarine System / Evgeniy Ignatov, Oleksiy Kalynychenko, and Anatoliy Pantiulin 9 The Diversity of Russian Estuaries / Ruben Kosyan, Petr Brovko, and Jean-Paul Ducrotoy Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93617
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 454 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-405-10006-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgements 1 Introduction 1.1 The Periglacial Concept: Definitions and Scope 1.2 The Periglacial Realm 1.3 The Development of Periglacial Geomorphology 1.4 Periglacial Geomorphology: The Quaternary Context 1.5 The Aims and Organization of this Book 2 Periglacial Environments 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Periglacial Climates 2.3 Soils in Periglacial Environments 2.4 Vegetation Cover in Periglacial Environments 2.5 Synthesis 3 Ground Freezing and Thawing 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Ground Heating and Cooling 3.3 Soil Freezing 3.4 Ice Segregation in Freezing Soils 3.5 Thaw Consolidation 3.6 Synthesis 4 Permafrost 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Permafrost Thermal Regime 4.3 Classification of Permafrost 4.4 Detection, Mapping and Modelling of Permafrost 4.5 Permafrost Distribution 4.6 Permafrost-glacier Interactions 4.7 The Geomorphic Importance of Permafrost 5 Ground Ice and Cryostratigraphy 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Genetic Classification of Ground Ice 5.3 Description of Ground Ice 5.4 Ice Contacts 5.5 Cryostratigraphy 5.6 The Transition Zone 5.7 Massive Ground Ice 5.8 Yedoma 6 Thermal Contraction Cracking: Ice Wedges and Related Landforms 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Thermal Contraction Cracking and Polygon Evolution 6.3 Ice Veins and Ice Wedges 6.4 Ice-wedge Polygons 6.5 Sand Veins and Sand Wedges 6.6 Composite Veins and Composite Wedges 6.7 Sand-wedge Polygons 6.8 Frost Cracking of Seasonally Frozen Ground 6.9 Thaw Modification of Frost Wedges 6.10 Frost-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Frost Polygons in Areas of Past Permafrost 7 Pingos, Palsas and other Frost Mounds 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Characteristics of Pingos 7.3 Hydrostatic Pingos 7.4 Hydraulic Pingos 7.5 Pingo Problems and Problem Pingos 7.6 Segregation Ice Mounds: Palsas, Lithalsas and Related Landforms 7.7 Palsas 7.8 Peat Plateaus 7.9 Lithalsas 7.10 Permafrost Plateaus 7.11 Other Permafrost Mounds 7.12 Ephemeral Frost Mounds 7.13 Relict Permafrost Mounds 8 Thermokarst 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Thermokarst Lakes and Drained Lake Basins 8.3 Thermokarst Pits, Bogs and Fens 8.4 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 8.5 Small-scale Thermokarst Features: Beaded Streams, Sinkholes and Thermokarst Gullies 8.6 Sediment Structures associated with Thermokarst 8.7 Relict Thermokarst Phenomena 9 Seasonally Frozen Ground Phenomena 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Upfreezing of Clasts 9.3 Frost Heave of Bedrock 9.4 Patterned Ground: The Embroidery on the Landscape 9.5 Patterned Ground Processes 9.6 Sorted Patterned Ground 9.7 Nonsorted Patterned Ground 9.8 Cryoturbations 9.9 Pedogenic Effects of Freezing and Thawing 9.10 Fragipans 9.11 Synthesis 10 Rock Weathering and Associated Landforms 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Physical Weathering Processes 10.3 Chemical Weathering Processes 10.4 Biotic Weathering Processes 10.5 Weathering Processes in Periglacial Environments 10.6Cold-climate Karst 10.7 Tors 10.8 Blockfields and Related Periglacial Regolith Covers 10.9 Brecciated Bedrocks 11 Periglacial Mass Movement and Hillslope Evolution 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Solifluction Processes 11.3 Solifluction Landforms 11.4 Pleistocene Solifluction Landforms and Slope Deposits 11.5 Active-layer Failures 11.6 Permafrost Creep 11.7 Nivation 11.8 Cryoplanation 11.9 Slope Form and Slope Evolution 12 Talus Slopes and Related Landforms 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Rockfall Talus 12.3 The Geomorphic Role of Snow Avalanches 12.4 Debris-flow Activity 12.5 Rock Glaciers 12.6 Pronival (Protalus) Ramparts 12.7 Synthesis 13 Fluvial Processes and Landforms 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Periglacial Hydrology 13.3 Slopewash 13.4 Slushflows 13.5 Sediment Transport in Periglacial Rivers 13.6 Bank and Channel Erosion 13.7 River Channels 13.8 Alluvial Landforms in Periglacial Environments 13.9 Valley Form 13.10 Pleistocene Periglacial Rivers 13.11 Synthesis 14 Wind Action 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Aeolian Processes 14.3 Wind Erosion in Present Periglacial Environments 14.4 Aeolian Deposits in Present Periglacial Environments 14.5 Quaternary Aeolian Deposits 14.6 Synthesis 15 Periglacial Coasts 15.1 Introduction 15.2 The Nature of Periglacial Coasts 15.3 The Role of Ice in Shoreline Evolution 15.4 Ice-rich Permafrost Coasts 15.5 Thermokarst Coasts 15.6 Barrier Coasts 15.7 Salt Marshes and Tidal Flats 15.8 Rock Coasts 15.9 Raised and Inherited Shorelines 15.10 Lake Shorelines 15.11 Synthesis 16 Past Periglacial Environments 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Palaeoenvironmental Reconstruction Based on Periglacial Features 16.3 Past Periglacial Environments of the British Isles 16.4 Pre-Late Devensian Periglacial Features in the British Isles 16.5 The Dimlington Stade in the British Isles 16.6 The Younger Dryas (Loch Lomond) Stade in the British Isles 16.7 Past Periglacial Environments of the British Isles: Commentary 16.8 Late Weichselian Periglacial Environments in Continental Europe 16.9 Late Wisconsinan Periglacial Environments in North America 16.10 Permafrost Extent in the Northern Hemisphere During the Last Glacial Stage 16.11 Concluding Comments 17 Climate Change and Periglacial Environments 17.1 Introduction 17.2 Permafrost Degradation 17.3 Geomorphological Implications of Climate Change in the Circumpolar North 17.4Geomorphological Implications of Climate Change in High Mountain Environments 17.5 Climate Change ,Permafrost Degradation and Greenhouse Gas Emissions 17.6 Conclusion Appendix: Text Abbreviations, Units and Symbols Employed in Equations References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93487
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a general survey of Geocryology, which is the study of frozen ground called permafrost. Frozen ground is the product of cold climates as well as a variety of environmental factors. Its major characteristic is the accumulation of large quantities of ice which may exceed 90% by volume. Soil water changing to ice results in ground heaving, while thawing of this ice produces ground subsidence often accompanied by soil flowage. Permafrost is very susceptible to changes in weather and climate as well as to changes in the microenvironment. Cold weather produces contraction of the ground, resulting in cracking of the soil as well as breakup of concrete, rock, etc. Thus permafrost regions have unique landforms and processes not found in warmer lands. The book is divided into three parts. Part 1 provides an introduction to the characteristics of permafrost. Four chapters deal with its definition and characteristics, the unique processes operating there, the factors affecting it, and its general distribution. Part 2 consists of seven chapters describing the characteristic landforms unique to these areas and the processes involved in their formation. Part 3 discusses the special problems encountered by engineers in construction projects including settlements, roads and railways, the oil and gas industry, mining, and the agricultural and forest industries. The three authors represent three countries and three language groups, and together have over 120 years of experience of working in permafrost areas throughout the world. The book contains over 300 illustrations and photographs, and includes an extensive bibliography in order to introduce the interested reader to the large current literature.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xliii, 765 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781138054165 , 9781315166988 (electronic)
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Preface About the authors Acknowledgements Dedication List of figures List of tables List of symbols Part I Introduction and characteristics of permafrost I Definition and description 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Additional terms originating in Russia 1.3 History of permafrost research 1.4 Measurement of ground temperature 1.5 Conduction, convection and advection 1.6 Therm al regimes in regions based on heat conduction 1.7 Continentality index 1.8 Moisture movement in the active layer during freezing and thawing 1.9 Moisture conditions in permafrost ground 1.10 Results of freezing moisture 1.11 Strength of ice 1.12 Cryosols, gelisols, and leptosols 1.13 Fragipans 1.14 Salinity in permafrost regions 1.15 Organic matter 1.16 Micro-organisms in permafrost 1.16.1 Antarctic permafrost 1.16.2 High-latitude permafrost 1.16.3 High altitude permafrost in China 1.16.4 Phenotypic traits 1.16.5 Relation to climate change on the Tibetan plateau 1.17 Gas and gas hydrates 1.18 Thermokarst areas 1.19 Offshore permafrost 2 Cryogenic processes where temperatures dip below 0°C 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The nature of ice and water 2.3 Effects of oil pollution on freezing 2.4 Freezing and thawing of the active layer in permafrost in equilibrium with a stable climate 2.5 Relation of clay mineralogy to the average position of the permafrost table 2.6 Ground temperature envelopes in profiles affected by changes in mean annual ground surface temperature (MASGT) 2.7 Needle ice 2.8 Frost heaving 2.9 Densification and thaw settlement 2.10 Cryostratigraphy, cryostructures, cryotextures and cryofacies 2.11 Ground cracking 2.12 Dilation cracking 2.13 Frost susceptibility 2.14 Cryoturbation, gravity processes and injection structures 2.14.1 Cryoturbation 2.14.2 Upward injection of sediments from below 2.14.3 Load-casting 2.15 Upheaving of objects 2.16 Upturning of objects 2.17 Sorting 2.18 Weathering and frost comminution 2.19 Karst in areas with permafrost 2.20 Seawater density and salinity 3 Factors affecting permafrost distribution 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Climatic factors 3.2.1 Heat balance on the surface of the Earth and its effect on the climate 3.2.2 Relationship between air and ground temperatures 3.2.3 Thermal offset 3.2.4 Relation to air masses 3.2.5 Precipitation 3.2.6 Latitude and longitude 3.2.7 Topography and altitude 3.2.8 Cold air drainage 3.2.9 Buffering of temperatures against change in mountain ranges 3.3 Terrain factors 3.3.1 Vegetation 3.3.2 Hydrology 3.3.3 Lakes and water bodies 3.3.4 Nature of the soil and rock 3.3.5 Fire 3.3.6 Glaciers 3.3.7 The effects of Man 4 Permafrost distribution 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Zonation of permafrost 4.3 Permafrost mapping 4.4 Examples of mapping units used 4.5 Modeling permafrost distribution 4.6 Advances in geophysical methods 4.7 Causes of variability reducing the reliability of small-scale maps 4.8 Maps of permafrost-related properties based on field observations 4.8.1 Permafrost thickness 4.8.2 Maps of ice content 4.8.3 Water resources locked up in perennially frozen ground 4.8.4 Total carbon content 4.9 Use of remote sensing and airborne platforms in monitoring environmental conditions and disturbances 4.10 Sensitivity to climate change: Hazard zonation 4.11 Classification of permafrost stability based on mean annual ground temperature Part II Permafrost landforms II. 1 Introduction 5 Frost cracking, ice-wedges, sand, loess and rock tessellons 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Primary and secondary wedges 5.2.1 Primary wedges 5.2.1.1 Ice-wedges 5.2.1.2 Sand tessellons 5.2.1.3 Loess tessellons 5.2.1.4 Rock tessellons 5.2.2 Secondary wedges 5.2.2.1 Ice-wedge casts 5.2.2.2 Soil wedges 6 Massive ground ice in lowlands 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Distribution of massive icy beds in surface sediments 6.3 Sources of the sediments 6.4 Deglaciation of the Laurentide ice sheet 6.5 Methods used to determine the origin of the massive icy beds 6.6 Massive icy beds interpreted as being formed by cryosuction 6.7 Massive icy beds that may represent stagnant glacial ice 6.8 Other origins of massive icy beds 6.9 Ice complexes including yedoma deposits 6.10 Conditions for growth of thick ice-wedges 6.11 The mechanical condition of the growth of ice-wedges and its connection to the properties of the surrounding sediments 6.12 Buoyancy of ice-wedges 6.13 Summary of the ideas explaining yedoma evolution 6.14 Aufeis 6.15 Perennial ice caves 6.16 Types of ice found in perennial ice caves 6.17 Processes involved in the formation of perennial ice caves 6.18 Cycles of perennial cave evolution 6.18.1 Perennial ice caves in deep hollows 6.18.2 Sloping caves with two entrances 6.18.3 Perennial ice caves with only one main entrance but air entering through cracks and joints in the bedrock walls 6.18.4 Perennial ice caves with only one main entrance and no other sources of cooling 6.19 Ice caves in subtropical climates 6.20 Massive blocks of ice in bedrock or soil 7 Permafrost mounds 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Mounds over 2.5 m diameter 7.2.1 Mounds formed predominantly of injection ice 7.2.1.1 Pingo mounds 7.2.1.2 Hydrostatic or closed system pingos 7.2.1.3 Hydraulic or open system pingos 7.2.1.4 Pingo plateaus 7.2.1.5 Seasonal frost mounds 7.2.1.6 Icing blisters 7.2.1.7 Perennial mounds of uncertain origin 7.2.1.8 Similar mounds that can be confused with injection phenomena 7.2.2 Mounds formed dominantly by cryosuction 7.2.2.1 Paisas 7.2.2.1.1 Paisas in maritime climates 7.2.2.1.2 Paisas in cold, continental climates 7.2.2.1.3 Lithalsas 7.2.2.1.4 Palsa/Lithalsa look-alikes 7.2.3 Mounds formed by the accumulation of ice in the thawing fringe: Peat plateaus 7.3 Cryogenic mounds less than 2.5 m in diameter 7.3.1 Oscillating hummocks 7.3.2 Thufurs 7.3.3 Silt-cycling hummocks 7.3.4 Niveo-aeolian hummocks 7.3.5 Similar-looking mounds of uncertain origin 7.3.6 String bogs 7.3.7 Pounus 8 Mass wasting of fine-grained materials in cold climates 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Classification of mass wasting 8.3 Slow flows 8.3.1 Cryogenic creep 8.3.1.1 Needle ice creep 8.3.1.2 Frost heave and frost creep 8.3.1.3 Gelifluction 8.3.1.4 Other creep-type contributions to downslope movement of soil 8.3.2 Landforms produced by cryogenic slow flows in humid areas 8.3.3 Landforms developed by cryogenic flows in more arid regions 8.4 Cryogenic fast flows 8.4.1 Cryogenic debris flows 8.4.2 Cryogenic slides and slumps 8.4.3 Cryogenic composite slope failures 8.4.3.1 Active-layer detachment slides 8.4.3.2 Retrogressive thaw failures 8.4.3.3 Snow avalanches and slushflows 8.4.3.3.1 Snow avalanches 8.4.3.3.2 Slush avalanches 8.5 Relative effect in moving debris downslope in the mountains 9 Landforms consisting of blocky materials in cold climates 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Source of the blocks 9.3 Influence of rock type 9.4 Weathering products 9.5 Biogenic weathering 9.6 Fate of the soluble salts produced by chemical and biogenic weathering 9.7 Rate of cliff retreat 9.8 Landforms resulting from the accumulation of predominantly blocky materials in cryogenic climates 9.8.1 Cryogenic block fields 9.8.1.1 Measurement of rates of release of blocks on slopes 9.8.2 Cryogenic block slopes and fans 9.8.3 Classification of cryogenic talus slopes 9.8.3.1 Coarse blocky talus slopes 9.8.4 Protection of infrastructure from falling rock 9.9 Talus containing significant amounts of finer material 9.9.1 Rock glaciers 9.9.1.1 Sedimentary composition and structure of active rock glaciers 9.9.1.2 Origin of the ice in active rock glaciers 9.9.1.3 Relationship to vegetation 9.9.2 Movement of active rock glaciers 9.9.2.1 Horizontal movement 9.9.2.2 Movement of the front 9.9.3 Distribution of active rock glaciers 9.9.4 Inactive and fossil rock glaciers 9.9.5 Streams flowing from under rock glaciers 9.10 Cryogenic block streams 9.10.1 Characteristics 9.10.2 Classification 9.10.2.1
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93990
    Description / Table of Contents: Assumed comparable environmental conditions of early Mars and early Earth in 3.7 Ga ago – at a time when first fossil records of life on Earth could be found – suggest the possibility of life emerging on both planets in parallel. As conditions changed, the hypothetical life on Mars either became extinct or was able to adapt and might still exist in biological niches. The controversial discussed detection of methane on Mars led to the assumption, that it must have a recent origin – either abiotic through active volcanism or chemical processes, or through biogenic production. Spatial and seasonal variations in the detected methane concentrations and correlations between the presence of water vapor and geological features such as subsurface hydrogen, which are occurring together with locally increased detected concentrations of methane, gave fuel to the hypothesis of a possible biological source of the methane on Mars. Therefore the phylogenetically old methanogenic archaea, which have evolved under early Earth conditions, are often used as model-organisms in astrobiological studies to investigate the potential of life to exist in possible extraterrestrial habitats on our neighboring planet. In this thesis methanogenic archaea originating from two extreme environments on Earth were investigated to test their ability to be active under simulated Mars analog conditions. These extreme environments – the Siberian permafrost-affected soil and the chemoautotrophically based terrestrial ecosystem of Movile cave, Romania – are regarded as analogs for possible Martian (subsurface) habitats. Two novel species of methanogenic archaea isolated from these environments were described within the frame of this thesis. It could be shown that concentrations up to 1 wt% of Mars regolith analogs added to the growth media had a positive influence on the methane production rates of the tested methanogenic archaea, whereas higher concentrations resulted in decreasing rates. Nevertheless it was possible for the organisms to metabolize when incubated on water-saturated soil matrixes made of Mars regolith analogs without any additional nutrients. Long-term desiccation resistance of more than 400 days was proven with reincubation and indirect counting of viable cells through a combined treatment with propidium monoazide (to inactivate DNA of destroyed cells) and quantitative PCR. Phyllosilicate rich regolith analogs seem to be the best soil mixtures for the tested methanogenic archaea to be active under Mars analog conditions. Furthermore, in a simulation chamber experiment the activity of the permafrost methanogen strain Methanosarcina soligelidi SMA-21 under Mars subsurface analog conditions could be proven. Through real-time wavelength modulation spectroscopy measurements the increase in the methane concentration at temperatures down to -5 °C could be detected. The results presented in this thesis contribute to the understanding of the activity potential of methanogenic archaea under Mars analog conditions and therefore provide insights to the possible habitability of present-day Mars (near) subsurface environments. Thus, it contributes also to the data interpretation of future life detection missions on that planet. For example the ExoMars mission of the European Space Agency (ESA) and Roscosmos which is planned to be launched in 2018 and is aiming to drill in the Martian subsurface
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 108 Blätter , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2015 , Table of contents Preface Table of contents Summary Zusammenfassung 1. Introduction 1.1. Environmental conditions on past and present Mars 1.2. Detection of methane on Mars 1.3. Methanogenic archaea 1.4. Description of study sites 1.5. Aims and approaches 1.6. Overview of the publications 2. Publication I: Methanosarcina soligelidi sp. nov., a desiccationandfreeze-thaw-resistant methanogenic archaeon from a Siberianpermafrost-affected soil 3. Publication II: Methanobacterium movilense sp. nov.,ahydrogenotrophic, secondary-alcohol-utilizing methanogen fromthe anoxic sediment of a subsurface lake 4. Publication III: Influence of Martian Regolith Analogs on the activityand growth of methanogenic archaea,with special regard to long-term desiccation 5. Publication IV: Laser spectroscopic real time measurements ofmethanogenic activity under simulated Martian subsurface conditions 6. Synthesis and Conclusion 6.1. Synthesis 6.2. Conclusion and future perspectives 7. References 8. Acknowledgments
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: AWI A4-20-93991
    Description / Table of Contents: Over the last decades, the Arctic regions of the earth have warmed at a rate 2–3 times faster than the global average– a phenomenon called Arctic Amplification. A complex, non-linear interplay of physical processes and unique pecularities in the Arctic climate system is responsible for this, but the relative role of individual processes remains to be debated. This thesis focuses on the climate change and related processes on Svalbard, an archipelago in the North Atlantic sector of the Arctic, which is shown to be a "hotspot" for the amplified recent warming during winter. In this highly dynamical region, both oceanic and atmospheric large-scale transports of heat and moisture interfere with spatially inhomogenous surface conditions, and the corresponding energy exchange strongly shapes the atmospheric boundary layer. In the first part, Pan-Svalbard gradients in the surface air temperature (SAT) and sea ice extent (SIE) in the fjords are quantified and characterized. This analysis is based on observational data from meteorological stations, operational sea ice charts, and hydrographic observations from the adjacent ocean, which cover the 1980–2016 period. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, 123 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Context: A rapidly changing Arctic 1.1.1 Documentation of recent changes in the Arctic 1.1.2 Research relevance 1.1.3 Objective: Svalbard as a hotspot for climate change 1.2 Physical Background 1.2.1 Radiation and surface energy balance 1.2.2 Peculiarities of the Arctic climate system 1.2.3 Role of atmospheric circulation 1.3 The regional setup on Svalbard 2 data and methods 2.1 Data description 2.1.1 Era-Interim atmospheric reanalysis 2.1.2 Svalbard Station Meteorology 2.1.3 Sea Ice Extent 2.1.4 Ocean data products 2.1.5 FLEXTRA Trajectories 2.2 Statistical Methods 2.2.1 Trend estimation 2.2.2 Correlation 2.2.3 Coefficient of Determination 3 state of surface climate parameters: pan-svalbard differences 3.1 Motivation 3.2 Surface air temperature 3.2.1 Annual cycle 3.2.2 Annual temperature range 3.2.3 Long-term trends 3.3 Fjord Sea Ice coverage 3.3.1 Climatology 3.3.2 Sea ice cover trends 3.3.3 Regional classification across Svalbard 3.3.4 Drivers of regional differences 3.4 Discussion and Conclusion 3.5 Current state of climate projections for the Svalbard region 4 Air mass back trajectories 4.1 Methodology 4.2 Winter 4.2.1 Source Regions of Ny-Ålesund Air 4.2.2 Circulation changes 4.2.3 Quantification of Advective Warming 4.3 Summer 4.3.1 Source Regions of Ny-Ålesund Air 4.3.2 Circulation changes 4.3.3 Quantification of advective cooling 4.3.4 Observational Case Study: May/June 2017 4.4 Discussion and Conclusion 5 Changing drivers of the arctic near surface temperature budget 5.1 Winter 5.2 Summer 5.3 Summary 6 Summary and conclusion A Details on calculations A.1 SLP composite Index A.2 Derivation of coefficient of determination A.3 Temperature effect of changing source regions over time B Supplementary figures Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93993
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: III, 127 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2014 , Table of contents I - Abstract II - Zusammenfassung Chapter 1 - Introduction 1.1. Introduction 1.1.1 Motivation 1.1.2 Organisation of thesis 1.1 Scientific background 1.2.1 Arctic and wetland bryophytes 1.2.2 Bryophyte remains as palaeo-environmental indicators 1.2.3 Regional setting 1.3 Objectives ofthe thesis 1.4 Overview of the manuscripts 1.5 Contribution of the authors Chapter 2 - Manuscript #1 Abstract 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Geographic setting 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Fieldwork 2.3.2 Radiocarbon dating 2.3.3 Geochemical, stable carbon isotope, and granulometric analyses 2.3.4 Analyses of moss remains and vascular plant macrofossils 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Diatom analysis 2.3.7 Statistical analysis 2.4 Results 2.4.1 High-resolution spatial characteristics oft the investigated polygon and vegetation pattern 2.4.2 Geochronology and age-depth relationships 2.4.3 General properties of the sedimentary fill 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization oftwo different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #11 Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential ofvascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization of two different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #II Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential of vascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 - Manuscript #3 Abstract 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Material and methods 4.2.1 Sites 4.2.2 Sampling 4.2.3 Investigated moss species 4.2.4 Measurements 4.2.5 Statistical Tests 4.3 Results 4.4 Discussion Chapter 5 - Discussion 5.1 Bryophytes of polygonal landscapes in Siberia 5.1.1 Modern bryophytes in the Siberian Arctic 5.1.2 Biochemical and isotopic characteristics of mosses 5.1.3 Reliability and potential of fossil bryophyte remains as palaeoproxies 5.2 Dynamics of low-centred polygons during the late Holocene 5.3 Outlook Appendix I - Preliminary Report Motivation Material and methods Results and first interpretation Appendix II Additional tables and figures of manuscript #1 Appendix III Additional figures of manuscript #2 Appendix IV - Quantitative approach of Standard Moss Stem (SMS3) Bibliography Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93992
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIII, 137 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme , 1 CD-ROM
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2017 , Content List of Abbreviations List of Figures List of Tables Summary Zusammenfassung Motivation Chapter 1 1. Scientific background 1.1 Late Quaternary climate changes and treeline transition in northern Siberia 1.2 Natural archives and proxies to assess vegetation history 1.3 Study area 1.3 Objectives of the thesis 1.4 Thesis outline 1.4.1 Chapters and manuscripts 1.4.2 Author's contribution 1.4.2.1 Manuscript I - published 1.4.2.2 Manuscript II - submitted 1.4.2.3 Manuscript III - prepared for submission Chapter 2 2. Manuscript I: Sedimentary ancient DNA and pollen reveal the composition of plant organic matter in Late Quaternary permafrost sediments of the Buor Khaya Peninsula (north-eastern Siberia) 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Geographical settings 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Core material 2.4.2 Subsampling of the permafrost core 2.4.3 Molecular genetic laboratory work 2.4.4 Analysis of sequence data and taxonomic assignments 2.4.5 Pollen sample treatment and analysis 2.4.6 Statistical analyses and visualization 2.5 Results 2.5.1 SedaDNA 2.5.1.1 SedaDNA of terrestrial plants 2.5.1.2 SedaDNA of swamp and aquatic plants 2.5.1.3 SedaDNA of bryophytes and algae 2.5.2 Pollen 2.5.2.1 Pollen of terrestrial plants 2.5.2.2 Pollen and spores of swamp and aquatic plants 2.5.2.3 Spores and algae 2.5.3 Ratios of terrestrial to swamp and aquatic taxa and Poaceae to Cyperaceae 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Quality and proxy value of sedaDNA and pollen data 2.6.2 Environmental conditions during the pre-LGM (54-51 kyr BP, 18.9-8.35 m) and composition of deposited organic matter 2.6.3 Environmental conditions during the post-LGM (11.4-9.7 kyr BP (13.4-11.1 cal kyr BP)) and composition of deposited organic matter 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Acknowledgements Chapter 3 3. Manuscript II: Genetic variation of larches at the Siberian tundra-taiga ecotone inferred from the assembly of chloroplast genomes and mitochondrial sequences 3.1. Abstract 3.2. Introduction 3.3. Material and methods 3.3.1 Plant material 3.3.2 DNA isolation and sequencing 3.3.3 Sequence processing and de novo assembly 3.3.4 Chloroplast genome assembly, annotation and variant detection 3.3.5 Mitochondrial sequences 3.3.6 Analyses of genetic variation 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Chloroplast genome structure and genetic variation 3.4.2 Mitochondrial sequences and genetic variation 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 De novo assembly and genetic variation of chloroplast genomes and mitochondrial sequences 3.5.2 The distribution of genetic variation at the tundra-taiga ecotone 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 4. Manuscript III: The history of tree and shrub taxa and past genetic variation of larches on Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island (New Siberian Archipelago) since the last interglacial uncovered by sedimentary ancient DNA 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and methods 4.3.1 Geographic setting 4.3.2 Core material 4.3.2.1 Core L14-02: Yedoma Ice Complex 4.3.2.2 Core L14-03: Thermo terrace 4.3.2.3 Core L14-04 and hand-pieces L14-04B and L14-04C: Thermo terrace including Eemian deposits 4.3.2.4 Core L14-05: Alas 4.3.3 Core sub-sampling 4.3.4 Molecular genetic laboratory work 4.3.4.1 Sedimentary ancient DNA metabarcoding approach 4.3.4.2 Specific amplification of Larix from sedimentary ancient DNA 4.3.5 Filtering of Illumina sequencing data and taxonomic assignments 4.3.6 Statistical analyses and visualization 4.3.7 Geochronology 4.4. Results 4.4.1 Overall composition of the DNA metabarcoding data 4.4.2 Terrestrial vegetation composition 4.4.2.1 Core L14-02: Late Pleistocene Yedoma Ice Complex 4.4.2.2 L14-03: Deeper late Pleistocene deposits 4.4.2.3 L14-04 Thermo terrace including Eemian deposits 4.4.2.4 Core L14-05: Alas with Holocene lake deposits and taberits of the Yedoma Ice Complex 4.4.2.5 The multivariate structure of the terrestrial vegetation among samples and cores 4.4.3 Genetic variation ofsediment-derived Larix sequences 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Tree taxa in the sedaDNA record - where do they come from? 4.5.2 Terrestrial plant community changes of warm phases since the last interglacial 4.5.3 Past genetic diversity of larch populations on Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 5 5. Synopsis 5.1 The proxy potential of sedaDNA in paleobotanical reconstructions from sedimentary deposits 5.1.1 Combining sedaDNA and pollen to assess plant diversity and vegetation composition 5.1.2 Current limits and opportunities of sedaDNA approaches 5.2 Using genomic data to trace modern and past treeline dynamics 5.2.1 Modern genomic variation at the Siberian treeline 5.2.2 PCR-based markers for paleoenvironmental genetics 5.3 Terrestrial plant community changes and treeline dynamics in north-eastern Siberia since the last interglacial 5.3.1 Vegetation changes in north-eastern Siberia since the last interglacial 5.3.2 Implications for treeline dynamics 5.4 Conclusion 5.5 Outlook Appendix 1. Supplementary material for Manuscript I (Chapter 2) 2. Supplementary material for Manuscript II (Chapter 3) 3. Supplementary material for Manuscript III (Chapter 4) References Acknowledgements Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93994
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 140 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2017 , Table of Contents I. Abstract II. Deutsche Zusammenfassung 0 Challenge 1 Introduction 1.1 The treeline ecotone 1.2 Stand structure drivers in the treeline ecotone 1.3 Climate change and recent treeline changes 1.4 Methods for treeline studies 1.4.1 Overview 1.4.2 Field-based treeline studies 1.4.3 Modelling treeline dynamics 1.5 Study Area 1.6 The Siberian treeline ecotone 1.7 Larix as study Species 1.8 Objectives of this thesis 1.9 Thesis outline 1.10 Contribution of the authors 1.10.1 Manuscript!- published 1.10.2 Manuscript II - submitted 1.10.3 Manuscript III-in preparation 1.10.4 Manuscript IV-submitted 2 Manuscript I Treeline dynamics in Siberia under changing climates as inferred from an individual-based model for Larix 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Reference sites 2.3.2 Description of the model LAVESI 2.3.3 The ODD-Protocol for LAVESI 2.3.4 Parameterization 2.3.5 Khatanga climate time-series 2.3.6 Sensitivity analysis 2.3.7 Model experiments 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Sensitivity analysis 2.4.2 Taymyr treeline application 2.4.3 Temperature experiments 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Assessment of LAVESI sensitivity 2.5.2 Larix stand simulation under the Taymyr Peninsula weather 2.5.3 Transient Larix response to hypothetical future temperature changes 2.5.4 Conclusions 2.6 Acknowledgements 3 Manuscript II Dissimilar responses of larch stands in northern Siberia to increasing temperatures - a field and simulation based study 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Field-based approach 3.3.3 Age analyses 3.3.4 Stand structure analyses 3.3.5 Seed analyses 3.3.6 Establishment history 3.3.7 Modelling approach 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Field data 3.4.2 Simulation study 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Data acquisition 3.5.2 Larch-stand patterns across the Siberian treeline ecotone 3.5.3 Warming causes densification in the forest-tundra 3.5.4 Intra-specific competition inhibits densification in the closed forest 3.5.5 Recruitment limitation decelerates densification and northward expansion ofthe single-tree tundra 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements 4 Manuscript III Spatial patterns and growth sensitivity of larch stands in the Taimyr Depression 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Study Area 4.3.2 Field data collection 4.3.3 Spatial point patterns 4.3.4 Dendrological approach 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Spatial patterns 4.4.2 Tree growth 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Spatial patterns 4.5.2 Tree chronology characteristics 4.6 Conclusion 5 Manuscript IV Patterns of larch stands under different disturbance regimes in the lower Kolyma River area (Russian Far East) 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Study area and field data collection 5.3.2 Site description 5.3.3 Dendrochronological approach 5.3.4 Statistical analyses 5.4 Results 5.4.1 General stand characteristics and age structure 5.4.2 Spatial patterns 5.5 Discussion 5.5.1 Fire related disturbances 5.5.2 Water-related disturbances: lake drainage, flooding, polygon development 5.5.3 Implications and conclusion 6 Synthesis and Discussion 6.1 Assessment of applied methods 6.1.1 Field-based observations: 6.1.2 Modelling 6.2 Overview of larch stand structures and spatial pattern on different spatial scales 6.2.1 Recent stand structures 6.2.2 Spatial Patterns 6.3 Stand structure drivers and treeline changes 6.3.1 Climate change 6.3.2 Disturbances 6.3.3 Autecology 6.4 Conclusion 6.5 Outlook 7 Appendix 7.1 Supplementary information for Manuscript I 7.2 Supplementary information for Manuscript II 7.2.1 Manuscript II: Appendix 1. Climatic information for the study region 7.2.2 Manuscript II: Appendix 2. Plot-specific values and krummholz appearance 7.2.3 Manuscript II: Appendix 3. Regression analysis for age data 7.2.4 Manuscript II: Appendix 4. Model description 7.3 Supplementary information for Manuscript III 7.4 Supplementary information for Manuscript IV 7.5 Supplementary information 8 References Danksagung Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: AWI G5-20-94097
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 127 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Table of contents Abstract Kurzfassung Table of contents Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 The challenge of proxy uncertainties 1.2 Aims and approaches 1.3 Thesis outline and author's contributions Chapter 2: Comparing methods for analysing time scale dependent correlations in irregularly sampled time series data 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Methods 2.3.1 Time scale dependency 2.3.2 Irregularity 2.3.3 Surrogate data 2.3.3.1 Construction of surrogate signals 2.3.3.2 Construction of irregular sampling 2.3.4 Evaluation of the estimation methods 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Correlation of red signal - white noise time series 2.4.2 Correlation of white signal - white noise time series 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Effect of irregularity and non-simultaneousness in sampling 2.5.2 Choosing the best method 2.5.2.1 Handling irregularity 2.5.2.2 Accounting for time scale dependency 2.5.3 Example application to observed proxy records 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Computer code availability 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Appendix 2-A. Significance test for time scale dependent correlation estimates Chapter 3: Empirical estimate of the signal content of Holocene temperature proxy records 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Data 3.3,1 Proxy records 3.3.2 Climate model simulations 3.4 Method 3.4.1 Approach and assumptions 3.4.2 Spatial correlation structure of model vs. reanalysis data 3.4.3 Processing steps 3.4.3.1 Estimation of the spatial correlation structure 3.4.3.2 Estimation of the SNRs 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Spatial correlation structure and correlation decay length 3.5.2 SNR estimates 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Spatial correlation structure of model simulations 3.6.2 Finite number of proxy records 3.6.3 Proxy-specific recording of climate variables 3.6.4 Time uncertainty and non-climatic components of the proxy signal 3.6.5 Implications and future steps forward 3.7 Conclusion 3.8 Code availability 3.9 Data availability 3.10 Acknowledgements Chapter 4: Testing the consistency of Holocene and Last Glacial Maximum spatial correlations in temperature proxy records 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Data 4.4 Method 4.4.1 Approach and assumptions 4.4.2 Holocene and LGM spatial correlation structure from climate model simulation 4.4.3 Effect of changes in climate variability on the predicted correlations 4.4.4 Effect of changes in time uncertainty on the predicted correlations 4.4.S Estimating the surrogate-based LGM spatial correlation and accounting for parameter uncertainty 4.5 Results 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Proxy-specific recording and finite number of records 4.6.2 Time uncertainty of proxy records 4.6.3 Contrary behaviour of U K'37 records 4.6.4 Spatial correlation structure and orbital trends 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 4.9 Appendix 4-A. Deriving the effect of a different signal variance on the correlation Chapter 5: Synthesis 5.1 Irregular sampling and time scale dependent correlations 5.2 Spatial correlation structure of proxy records 5.3 Consistency of spatial correlations for different climate states 5.4 Signal content of proxy records 5.5 Concluding remarks and Outlook Chapter A: Supplement of Chapter 3 - Empirical estimate of the signal content of Holocene temperature proxy records A.1 Supplementary Figures A.2 Supplementary Tables Chapter B: Supplement of Chapter 4 - Testing the consistency of Holocene and Last Glacial Maximum spatial correlations of temperature proxy records 8.1 Supplementary Figures 8.2 Supplementary Tables References Danksagung Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94099
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9783830517504 (kart.)
    Language: English
    Note: Content The Arctic: A Strategic Challenge for the 21st Century / Gunter Gloser Opportunities and Responsibilities in the Arctic Region: The European Union's Perspective / Joe Borg The First Responsibility / Aqqaluk Lynge An Explorer's Perspective / Arved Fuchs New Chances and New Responsibilities in the Arctic Region: An Introduction / Georg Witschel The Arctic in the Context of International Law / Rüdiger Wolfrum Arctic in Change: New Prospects for Resource Exploitation and Maritime Traffic / Kirsten Ullbæk Selvig UArctic - A Most Welcome Tool / Erling Olsen Sustainable Development in the Arctic: New Social Challenges and Responsibilities / Rasmus Ole Rasmussen Managing Towards Sustainability in the Arctic: Some Practical Considerations / Brooks B. Yeager The Environmental and Research Challenges in the Arctic / Reinhard Priebe Towards a Canadian Arctic Strategy / Franklyn Griffiths The Changing Arctic: New Perspectives for the Use of Resources and Transport Routes / Baron Rüdiger von Fritsch An International Governance Framework for the Arctic: Challenges for International Public Law / Peter Taksøe-Jensen The Legal Regime of the Arctic Ocean / Thomas H. Heidar An International Governance Framework for the Arctic: Challenges for International Public Law - A Danish Perspective / Thomas Winkler Strategie and Environmental Impact Assessment in Promoting Sustainable Development in the Changing Arctic / Paula Kankaanpää Research for the Future of the Arctic / Karin Lochte Integrated Arctic Ocean Governance for the Lasting Benefit of All Humanity / Paul Arthur Berkman Resource Exploitation and Navigation in a Changing Arctic / Louwrens Hacquebord Developing International Law Teachings for Preventing Inter-State Disaccords in the Arctic Ocean / Alexander L. Vylegzhanin The Call for Good Governance in the Arctic Ocean - the Legal Framework and the Development of Policies to Meet Rising Challenges and Emerging Opportunities / Rolf Einar Fife International Law and Scientific Research in the Arctic - the Role of Science in Law and the Role of Law in Science / Marie Jacobsson The Challenge of Climate Security in the Arctic Region / Dennis Tänzler Chairman's Conclusions / Georg Witschel Current Endeavors with Respect to the Arctic Ocean: New Challenges for International Law and Politics / Georg Witschel/Ingo Winkelmann Annex Conference Programme List of Participants List of Abbreviations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Dissertations
    Dissertations
    Stockholm : Department of Meteorology, Stockholm University
    Call number: AWI A4-21-94661
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic sea-ice cover plays an important role for the global climate system. Sea ice and the overlying snow cover reflect up to eight times more of the solar radiation than the underlying ocean. Hence, they are important for the global energy budget, and changes in the sea-ice cover can have a large impact on the Arctic climate and beyond. In the past 36 years the ice cover reduced significantly. The largest decline is observed in September, with a rate of more than 12% per decade. The negative trend is accompanied by large inter-annual sea-ice variability: in September the sea-ice extent varies by up to 27% between years. The processes controlling the large variability are not well understood. In this thesis the atmospheric contribution to the inter-annual sea-ice variability is explored. The focus is specifically on the thermodynamical effects: processes that are associated with a temperature change of the ice cover and sea-ice melt. Atmospheric reanalysis data are used to identify key processes, while experiments with a state-of-the-art climate model are conducted to understand their relevance throughout different seasons. It is found that in years with a very low September sea-ice extent more heat and moisture is transported in spring into the area that shows the largest ice variability. The increased transport is often associated with similar atmospheric circulation patterns. Increased heat and moisture over the Arctic result in positive anomalies of water vapor and clouds. These alter the amount of downward radiation at the surface: positive cloud anomalies allow for more longwave radiation and less shortwave radiation. In spring, when the solar inclination is small, positive cloud anomalies result in an increased surface warming and an earlier seasonal melt onset. This reduces the ice cover early in the season and allows for an increased absorption of solar radiation by the surface during summer, which further accelerates the ice melt. The modeling experiments indicate that cloud anomalies of similar magnitude during other seasons than spring would likely not result in below-average September sea ice. Based on these results a simple statistical sea-ice prediction model is designed, that only takes into account the downward longwave radiation anomalies or variables associated with it. Predictive skills are similar to those of more complex models, emphasizing the importance of the spring atmosphere for the annual sea-ice evolution.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    ISBN: 978-91-7649-228-4
    Language: English
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Stockholm University, 2015 , Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Sammanfattning List of Papers Author’s contribution 1 Introduction 2 Sea ice as part of the global climate system 2.1 The global climate system 2.2 Sea-ice characteristics 3 Methodology 3.1 Atmospheric reanalyses 3.2 Global climate models 4 Changes of the sea-ice cover 4.1 Long-term changes of the sea-ice cover 4.2 Inter-annual sea-ice variability 5 Conclusions and Outlook Acknowledgements References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Harlow, England : Pearson
    Call number: AWI G10-21-94627
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxv, 810 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 28 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    ISBN: 9781292083575
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the fourth edition Contributors Editor's acknowledgements Acknowledgements Part I: The role of physical geography 1 Approaching physical geography 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Historical development of physical geography 1.2.1 Physical geography before 1800 1.2.2 Physical geography between 1800 and 1950 1.2.3 Physical geography since 1950 1.3 Scientific methods 1.3.1 The positivist method 1.3.2 Critique of the positivist method 1.3.3 Realism as an alternative positivist approach 1.3.4 Benefits of multiple scientific methods in physical geography 1.4 The field, the laboratory and the model 1.4.1 Approaching data collection from the environment 1.4.2 Approaching laboratory work 1.4.3 Approaching numerical modelling 1.5 Using physical geography for managing the environment 1.6 Summary Further reading Part II: Continents and oceans 2 Earth geology and tectonics 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The Earth's structure 2.2.1 The interior of the Earth 2.2.2 The outer layers of the Earth 2.3 Rock type and formation 2.3.1 Igneous rock 2.3.2 Sedimentary rock 2.3.3 Metamorphic rock 2.3.4 The rock cycle 2.4 History of plate tectonics 2.4.1 Early ideas of global tectonics 2.4.2 Evidence that led directly to plate tectonic theory 2.5 The theory of plate tectonics 2.5.1 Lithospheric plates 2.5.2 Rates of plate movement 2.6 Structural features related directly to motion of the plates 2.6.1 Divergent plate boundaries 2.6.2 Transform faults 2.6.3 Convergent plate boundaries 2.6.4 Hot spots 2.7 The history of the continents 2.8 Summary Further reading 3 Oceans 3.1 Introduction 3.2 The ocean basins 3.2.1 The scale of the oceans 3.2.2 Geological structure of the ocean basins 3.2.3 The depth and shape of the ocean basins 3.3 Physical properties of the ocean 3.3.1 Salinity 3.3.2 Temperature structure of the oceans 3.4 Ocean circulation 3.4.1 Surface currents 3.4.2 The deep currents of the oceans 3.4.3 The weather of the ocean 3.5 Sediments in the ocean 3.6 Biological productivity 3.6.1 Photosynthesis in the ocean 3.6.2 Importance of nutrient supply to primary productivity 3.6.3 Animals of the sea 3.6.4 Pollution 3.7 Effect of global climate change on the oceans 3.8 Summary Further reading Part III: Past, present and future climate and weather 4 The Pleistocene 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Long-term cycles, astronomical forcing and feedback mechanisms 4.2.1 Orbital forcing theory 4.2.2 Evidence that orbital forcing causes climate change 4.2.3 Problems with orbital forcing theory 4.2.4 Internal feedback mechanisms 4.3 Short-term cycles 4.3.1 Glacial instability 4.3.2 The Younger Dryas 4.4 Further evidence for environmental change 4.4.1 Landforms 4.4.2 Plants 4.4.3 Insects 4.4.4 Other animal remains 4.5 Dating methods 4.5.1 Age estimation techniques 4.5.2 Age equivalent labels 4.5.3 Relative chronology 4.6 Pleistocene stratigraphy and correlation 4.7 Palaeodimate modelling 4.8 Summary Further reading 5 The Holocene 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Holocene climatic change 5.2.1 How the Holocene began 5.2.2 Drivers of climate change during the Holocene 5.2.3 The Little Ice Age 5.3 Holocene geomorphological change 5.3.1 Retreating ice sheets 5.3.2 Rising seas 5.4 Holocene ecosystem change 5.4.1 Responses of ecosystems to the end of the last glacial 5.4.2 Tropical Africa and the Sahara 5.4.3 European ecosystems 5.4.4 Island ecosystems 5.5 The rise of civilizations 5.5.1 Humans at the end of the last glacial 5.5.2 The beginnings of agriculture 5.5.3 Social and environmental consequences of agriculture 5.6 Human interaction with physical geography 5.6.1 Out of Eden? 5.6.2 Deforestation 5.6.3 Soil erosion and impoverishment 5.6.4 Irrigation and drainage 5.7 Summary Further reading 6 Atmospheric processes 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The basics of climate 6.3 The global atmospheric circulation 6.4 Radiative and energy systems 6.4.1 The nature of energy 6.4.2 Distinguishing between temperature and heat 6.4.3 Radiation 6.4.4 Thermal inertia 6.4.5 The atmospheric energy balance 6.5 Moisture circulation systems 6.5.1 Moisture in the atmosphere and the hydrological cycle 6.5.2 Global distribution of precipitation and evaporation 6.5.3 The influence of vegetation on evaporation 6.5.4 Drought 6.6 Motion in the atmosphere 6.6.1 Convective overturning 6.6.2 The Earth's rotation and the winds 6.6.3 Long waves. Planetary Waves and Rossby Waves 6.6.4 Jet streams 6.7 The influence of oceans and ice on atmospheric processes 6.8 The Walker circulation 6.8.1 El Niño Southern Oscillation 6.8.2 North Atlantic Oscillation 6.9 Interactions between radiation, atmospheric trace gases and clouds 6.9.1 The greenhouse effect 6.9.2 A simple climate model of the enhanced greenhouse effect 6.9.3 Radiative interactions with clouds and sulfate aerosols 6.10 Ceoengineering 6.11 Summary Further reading 7 Contemporary climate change 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Climate change 7.2.1 Long-term change 7.2.2 Recent climate change and its causes 7.2.3 Predictions from global climate models (GCMs) 7.2.4 Critical evaluation of the state-of-the-art in GCMs 7.3 The carbon cycle: interaction with the climate system 7.4 Mitigation 7.5 Destruction of the ozone layer by chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) 7.6 The future 7.7 Summary Further reading 8 Global climate and weather 8.1 Introduction 8.2 General controls of global climates 8.3 The tropics and subtropics 8.3.1 Equatorial regions 8.3.2 The Sahel and desert margins 8.3.3 Subtropical deserts 8.3.4 Humid subtropics 8.4 Mid and high-latitude climates 8.4.1 Depressions, fronts and anticyclones 8.4.2 Mid-latitude western continental margins 8.4.3 Mid-latitude east continental margins and continental interiors 8.5 Polar climates 8.6 A global overview 8.7 Summary Further reading 9 Regional and local climates 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Altitude and topography 9.2.1 Pressure 9.2.2 Temperature 9.2.3 Wind 9.2.4 Precipitation 9.2.5 Frost hollows 9.3 Influence of water bodies 9.4 Human influences 9.4.1 Shelter belts 9.4.2 Urban climates 9.4.3 Atmospheric pollution and haze 9.5 Summary Further reading Part IV: Biogeography and ecology 10 The biosphere 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Biological concepts 10.2.1 What is a species? 10.2.2 The naming of species 10.2.3 Levels of organization 10.2.4 Biodiversity 10.3 Patterns of distribution 10.3.1 Potential species distributions 10.3.2 Actual species distributions 10.3.3 Spatial patterns in biodiversity 10.4 Terrestrial biomes 10.4.1 Equatorial and tropical forests 10.4.2 Savanna 10.4.3 Hot Desert 10.4.4 Mediterranean-type biome 10.4.5 Temperate grassland 10.4.6 Temperate broadleaf forest 10.4.7 Taiga 10.4.8 Tundra 10.5 Aquatic biomes 10.5.1 Marine regions 10.5.2 Freshwater regions 10.6 Summary Further reading 11 Ecosystem processes 11.1 Introduction 11.2 The flow of energy and resources 11.2.1 Energy entering an ecosystem 11.2.2 Ecological thermodynamics 11.2.3 Trophic levels and food webs 11.2.4 Biogeochemical cycles 11.3 Biotic interactions 11.3.1 Mutualism 11.3.2 Herbivory, prédation and parasitism 11.3.3 Commensalism 11.3.4 Amensalism 11.3.5 Competition 11.4 Temporal change in ecosystems 11.4.1 Short-term changes 11.4.2 Disturbance and resilience 11.4.3 Succession 11.5 Human impact 11.5.1 Degrading ecosystems 11.5.2 Urban ecology 11.5.3 Conservation 11.6 Summary Further reading 12 Freshwater ecosystems 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Running waters: rivers and streams 12.2.1 River ecosystem geomorphological units 12.2.2 Spatial variability of river ecosystems 12.2.3 Temporal variability of river ecosystems 12.2.4 Human alterations to river ecosystems 12.3 Still waters: lakes and ponds 12.3.1 Classification of lake ecosystems 12.3.2 Spatial variability of lake ecosystems 12.3.3 Human influences on lake ecosystems 12.4 Summary Further reading 13 Vegetation and env
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94882
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 506 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-0-521-75777-5 (pbk) , 978-0-521-76763-7 (hbk)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Preface I Introductory Chapters 1 The Ecological Value of Biyophytes as Indicators of Climate Change / NANCY G. SLACK 2 Bryophyte Physiological Processes in a Changing Climate: an Overview / ZOLTÁN TUBA II Ecophysiology 3 Climatic Responses and Limits of Biyophytes: Comparisons and Contrasts with Vascular Plants / MICHAEL C. F. PROCTOR 4 Effects of Elevated Air C02 Concentration on Bryophytes: a Review / ZOLTÁN TUBA, EDIT ÖTVÖS, AND ILDIKÓ JÓCSÁK 5 Seasonal and Interannual Variability of Light and UV Acclimation in Mosses / NIINA M. LAPPALAINEN, ANNA HYYRYLÄINEN, AND SATU HUTTUNEN III Aquatic Bryophytes 6 Ecological and Physiological Effects of Changing Climate on Aquatic Bryophytes / JANICE M. GLIME 7 Aquatic Bryophytes under Ultraviolet Radiation / JAVIER MARTÍNEZ-ABAIGAR AND ENCARNACIÓN NÚÑEZ-OLIVERA IV Desert and Tropical Ecosystems 8 Responses of a Biological Crust Moss to Increased Monsoon Precipitation and Nitrogen Deposition in the Mojave Desert / LLOYD R. STARK, D. NICHOLAS MCLETCHIE, STANLEY D. SMITH, AND MELVIN J. OLIVER 9 Ecology of Bryophytes in Mojave Desert Biological Soil Crusts: Effects of Elevated CO2 on Sex Expression, Stress Tolerance, and Productivity in the Moss Syntrichia caninervis Mitt. / JOHN C. BRINDA, CATHERINE FERNANDO, AND LLOYD R. STARK 10 Responses of Epiphytic Bryophyte Communities to Simulated Climate Change in the Tropics / JORGE JÁCOME, S. ROBBERT GRADSTEIN, AND MICHAEL KESSLER V Alpine, Arctic, and Antarctic Ecosystems 11 Effects of Climate Change on Tundra Bryophytes / ANNIKA K. JÄGERBRAND, ROBERT G. BJÖRK, TERRY CALLAGHAN, AND RODNEY D. SEPPELT 12 Alpine Bryophytes as Indicators for Climate Change: a Case Study from the Austrian Alps / DANIELA HOHENWALLNER, HAROLD GUSTAV ZECHMEISTER, DIETMAR MOSER, HARALD PAULI, MICHAEL GOTTFRIED, KARL REITER, AND GEORG GRABHERR 13 Bryophytes and Lichens in a Changing Climate: An Antarctic Perspective / RODNEY D. SEPPELT VI Sphagnum and Peatlands 14 Living on the Edge: The Effects of Drought on Canada's Western Boreal Peatlands / MELANIE A. VILE, KIMBERLI D. SCOTT, ERIN BRAULT, R. KELMAN WlEDER, AND DALE H . VlTT 15 The Structure and Functional Features of Sphagnum Cover of the Northern West Siberian Mires in Connection with Forecasting Global Environmental and Climatic Changes / ALEKSEI V. NAUMOV AND NATALIA P. KOSYKH 16 The Southernmost Sphagnum-dominated Mires on the Plains of Europe: Formation, Secondary Succession, Degradation, and Protection / JÁNOS NAGY VII Changes in Bryophyte Distribution with Climate Change: Data and Models 17 The Role of Bryophyte Paleoecology in Quaternary Climate Reconstructions / GUSZTÁV JAKAB AND PÁL SÜMEGI 18 Signs of Climate Change in the Bryoflora of Hungary / TAMÁS PÓCS 19 Can the Effects of Climate Change on British Bryophytes be Distinguished from those Resulting from Other Environmental Changes? / JEFFREY W. BATES AND CHRISTOPHER D. PRESTON 20 Climate Change and Protected Areas: How well do British Rare Bryophytes Fare? / BARBARA J. ANDERSON AND RALF OHLEMÜLLER 21 Modeling the Distribution of Sematophyllum substrumulosum (Hampe) E. Britton as a Signal of Climatic Changes in Europe / CECÍLIA SÉRGIO, RUI FIGUEIRA, AND RUI MENEZES 22 Modeling Bryophyte Productivity Across Gradients of Water Availability Using Canopy Form-Function Relationships / STEVEN K. RICE, NATHALI NEAL, JESSE MANGO, AND KELLY BLACK VIII Conclusions 23 Bryophytes as Predictors of Climate Change / L. DENNIS GIGNAC 24 Conclusions and Future Research / NANCY G. SLACK AND LLOYD R. STARK Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016-2
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents I. Selected scientific and coordinating staff Research Unit 1a: The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate Boike, Julia Diekmann, Bernhard Eisen, Olaf Grosse, Guido Hellmer, Hartmut H. Herzschuh, Ulrike Humbert, Angelika Lantuit, Hugues Mollenhauer, Gesine Rex, Markus Wilhelms, Frank Research Unit lb: Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services and biogeochernical processes Boetius, Antje Bracher, Astrid Brey, Thomas Haas, Christian Kanzow, Torsten Klaas, Christine Meyer, Bettina Pörtner, Hans-Otto Richter, Claudio Rost, Björn Soltwedel, Thomas Strass, Volker H. Waite, Anya M. Research Unit 2: Fragile coasts and she!f seas Abele, Doris Boersma, Maarten Buschbaum, Christian Gerdts, Gunnar John, Uwe Kasten, Sabine Koch, Boris Wegner, K. Mathias Wiltshire, Karen Helen Research Unit 3: The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis Bijma, Jelle Jokat, Wilfried Jung, Thomas Knorr, Gregor Köhler, Peter Laepple, Thomas Lamy, Frank Lohmann, Gerrit Schlindwein, Vera Stein, Rüdiger Tiedemann, Ralf Wolf-Gladrow, Dieter Research Unit 4: Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services Bergmann, Melanie Buck, Bela H. Frickenhaus, Stephan Grosfeld, Klaus Gutow, Lars Krause, Gesche Research Unit 5: Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II Nixdorf, Uwe II. Indicators and resources 1. Indicators and resources by Research Units 2. Indicators and resources by user facilities 3. Indicators and resources by program Program PACES II "Marine, Coastal and Polar Systems" 4. Indicators for the center Ill. Definition of indicators IV. List of abbreviations Imprint
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016-1
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 182 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of most commonly used abbreviations I. Helmholtz Association - Mission and Strategy II. Helmholtz Research Field Earth and Environment II.1 Overview II. 2 Programs Ill. Alfred Wegener Institute Helmholtz Centre III.1 Organization Ill. 2 Strategic partnerships and cooperation Ill. 3 Research infrastructure Ill. 4 Career development, talent management and equal opportunity Ill. 5 Knowledge and technology transfer Ill. 6 Scientific awards and appointments Ill. 7 Membership of international Boards and Committees 2013-2016 (selection) IV. Research Units IV. 1a Research Unit 1a The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate IV. 1a.1 Mission statement IV. 1a.2 Introduction IV. 1a.3 Scientific questions IV. 1a.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1a.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1a.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1a.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1a.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1a.9 Overview of Contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1a.10 Outlook IV. 1a.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1a.12 References IV. 1b Research Unit 1b Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems and biogeochemical processes IV. 1b.1 Mission statement IV. 1b.2 Introduction IV. 1b.3 Scientific questions IV. 1b.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1b.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1b.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1b.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1b.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1b.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1b.10 Outlook IV. 1b.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1b.12 References IV.2 Research Unit 2 Fragile coasts and shelf seas IV. 2.1 Mission statement IV. 2.2 Introduction IV. 2.3 Scientific questions IV. 2.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 2.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 2.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 2.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 2.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 2.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 2.10 Outlook IV. 2.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 2.12 References IV. 3 Research Unit 3 The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis IV. 3.1 Mission statement IV. 3.2 Introduction IV. 3.3 Scientific questions IV. 3.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 3.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 3.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 3.7 Leadership and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 3.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 3.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 3.10 Outlook IV. 3.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 3.12 References IV. 4 Research Unit 4 Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services IV. 4.1 Mission statement IV. 4.2 Introduction IV. 4.3 Scientific tasks and services IV. 4.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 4.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 4.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 4.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 4.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 4.9 Outlook IV. 4.10 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 4.11 References IV.5 Research Unit 5 Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II IV. 5.1 Mission statement IV. 5.2 Overview IV. 5.3 Research Unit SA IV. 5.4 Research Unit 58 (LK II Infrastructure) V. Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.1 Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.2 Detailed recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate for each Research Unit (not covered above) Imprint
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: AWI A11-16-90009
    In: Forschungsbericht / Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt ; 2016-01, 2016-01
    Description / Table of Contents: Recent climate model simulations indicated that sulfate (SO4) formed from ship emissions may be one of the major contributors to the negative anthropogenic aerosol radiative forcing. Due to increasingly stringent regulations on the maximum sulfur content of ship fuels this contribution is expected to decrease strongly in the future. Possibly, nitrate (NO3) formation will compensate for part of the reduction, but measurements indicate that it may be crucial to include coarse mode particle interactions with condensable trace gases in order to quantify this effect. However, none of the aerosol (sub)models previously used for such assessments accounted for the coarse mode particle effects. This provided the motivation to extend one of those submodels, namely MADE, in the present work. The new submodel, MADE3, is based on the second generation of MADE, called MADE-in. It includes nine lognormal modes to represent three size ranges with three types of aerosol particles each. The associated increase in complexity w.r.t. to MADE and MADE-in required a complete revision of the code and careful reexamination of the underlying physical assumptions, as only the fine modes had been considered in the gas–particle interactions in the predecessor submodels. The main new features of MADE3 are the ability of coarse mode particles to take up condensing vapors and to coagulate with fine mode particles, and the gas–particle partitioning of chlorine, which is mainly contained in sea spray (SS) particles. In order to test the algorithms used in the new submodel it was run in a box model setup and the results were compared to those obtained in an analogous setup with the much more detailed, particle-resolved aerosol model PartMC-MOSAIC. The comparison was performed for an idealized marine boundary layer test case and showed improved performance of MADE3 over MADE in the representation of coarse mode particles and total aerosol composition. Subsequently, MADE3 was implemented into the atmospheric chemistry general circulation model EMAC. Due to the new mode structure this required extensive adaptations to other submodels, specifically to the one used for cloud and precipitation processing of aerosol particles. EMAC does not track interstitial aerosol particles separately from those immersed in cloud droplets, ice crystals, or precipitation. Hence, a sophisticated scheme was devised and implemented for the assignment of the in-cloud or in-precipitation aerosol to one of four possible modes, instead of just one possible mode in the MADE case. The coupled model, EMAC with MADE3, was thoroughly evaluated by comparison of simulation output to station network measurements of near-surface aerosol component mass concentrations, to airborne measurements of vertical aerosol mass mixing ratio and number concentration profiles, to ground-based and airborne measurements of particle size distributions, and to station network and satellite measurements of aerosol optical depth. Satisfactory agreement with the observations was obtained and it was thus shown that MADE3 is ready for application within EMAC. The results from an identically designed simulation with the predecessor submodel MADE led to the conclusion that a fraction of the secondary aerosol species partitions to the coarse modes in MADE3 and is thus removed more quickly from the atmosphere. Furthermore, a new evaluation method was developed, which allows for comparison of model output to size-resolved electron microscopy measurements of particle composition. Both submodels, MADE3 and MADE, were finally used in EMAC simulations of the effect of ship emissions on the atmospheric aerosol. As in previous studies for year 2000 conditions, SO4 was found to be the dominant species in the fine modes in this context. In contrast to SO4, the major fraction of ship emissions-induced near-surface NO3 was found to partition to the coarse modes in the MADE3 simulations. A similar amount of fine mode NO3 as in the present and former MADE simulations was also formed. Hence, fine mode particle growth due to ship emissions was also similar, and was reduced in idealized simulations of a future low-sulfur fuel scenario. Particle volume concentration decreased by about 1 % due to ship emissions in the MADE3 simulations, but not in the MADE simulations. This finding was independent of the fuel sulfur content. In summary, the inclusion of coarse mode particle interactions and the gas–particle partitioning of chlorine could alter prior conclusions on the climate effect of ship emissions-induced aerosol perturbations, mainly due to the differences in NO3 formation. This climate effect will be re-quantified in a follow-up study by coupling the MADE3 aerosol to a two-moment cloud microphysics scheme. Further planned applications of the new submodel include the quantification of climate effects of aerosol perturbations via their influence on ice clouds as well as simulations with boundary conditions specific to measurement campaigns. Results from the latter may lead to further model improvements and can also provide guidance for the interpretation of measurement results.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xiv, 170 Seiten , 42 Illustrationen und Diagramme
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    Series Statement: Forschungsbericht / DLR, Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt 2016-01
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Abstract. - Kurzfassung. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Motivation. - 1.2 Scientific questions. - 1.3 Method. - 2 Background and state of the science. - 2.1 The atmospheric aerosol. - 2.1.1 Relevance. - 2.1.2 Aerosol processes. - 2.1.3 Aerosol properties. - 2.2 The influence of ship emissions. - 2.3 Aerosol modeling. - 2.3.1 Selected results. - 2.3.2 Motivation to expand on previous work. - 2.3.3 The computational approach. - 2.3.4 Existing aerosol microphysics submodels. - 2.3.5 MADE3 as a successor of MADE and MADE-in. - 3 The aerosol submodel MADE3. - 3.1 Aerosol characteristics. - 3.1.1 Modes. - 3.1.2 Species. - 3.1.3 Mathematical representation of aerosol characteristics. - 3.2 Aerosol processes. - 3.2.1 Gas–particle partitioning. - 3.2.2 Condensation of H2SO4 and organic vapors. - 3.2.3 New particle formation. - 3.2.4 Coagulation. - 3.2.5 Renaming. - 3.2.6 Aging of insoluble particles. - 4 Box model tests. - 4.1 Model description: MADE vs. MADE3. - 4.2 Model description: PartMC-MOSAIC. - 4.3 Test case scenario. - 4.4 Results: MADE3 vs. MADE. - 4.4.1 Size distributions. - 4.4.2 Composition. - 4.5 Results: MADE3 vs. PartMC-MOSAIC. - 4.5.1 Size distributions. - 4.5.2 Composition. - 4.6 Summary and conclusions. - 5 MADE3 in the atmospheric chemistry general circulation model EMAC. - 5.1 Basic settings. - 5.2 Emissions. - 5.3 Transport. - 5.4 Gas phase chemistry. - 5.5 Cloud formation. - 5.5.1 Stratiform clouds. - 5.5.2 Convective clouds. - 5.6 Cloud and precipitation processing of the aerosol. - 5.7 Wet deposition. - 5.8 Dry deposition. - 5.9 Sedimentation. - 5.10 Optical properties. - 6 Evaluation of simulated tropospheric aerosol properties. - 6.1 Data comparability. - 6.2 The MADE3 aerosol within EMAC. - 6.2.1 Near-surface mass concentrations. - 6.2.2 Vertical distributions. - 6.2.3 Size distributions. - 6.2.4 Aerosol optical depth. - 6.2.5 Global tropospheric burdens and residence times. - 6.2.6 Summary and conclusions. - 6.3 Comparison to MADE. - 6.4 New features of MADE3. - 7 Effects of oceanic ship emissions on atmospheric aerosol particles. - 7.1 Effects of year 2000 emissions. - 7.1.1 Near-surface concentrations. - 7.1.2 Near-surface size distributions. - 7.1.3 Tropospheric burdens. - 7.2 Effects of an idealized fuel sulfur content reduction. - 7.3 Summary and conclusions. - 8 Summary, conclusions, and outlook. - Appendix. - A.1 Particle evolution in the box model study. - A.2 Gas phase chemical mechanism. - A.3 Liquid phase chemical mechanism. - A.4 Mode assignment of cloud residual aerosol. - A.4.1 Terminology. - A.4.2 Basic assumptions. - A.4.3 Algorithm for residual assignment. - A.5 Year 2000 aerosol in EMAC with MADE3. - A.6 Near-surface mass concentration evaluation. - References. - Acronyms, symbols, and species names. - Acronyms. - Symbols. - Tracers and chemical species. - Danksagung.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: AWI G5-17-90632
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 20
    Description / Table of Contents: The aim of this edited volume is to introduce the scientific community to paleoenvironmental studies of estuaries, to highlight the types of information that can be obtained from such studies, and to promote the use of paleoenvironmental studies in estuarine management. Readers will learn about the the application of different paleoecological approaches used in estuaries that develop our understanding of their response to natural and human influences. Particular attention is given to the essential steps required for undertaking a paleoecological study, in particular with regard to site selection, core extraction and chronological techniques, followed by the range of indicators that can be used. A series of case studies are discussed in the book to demonstrate how paleoecological studies can be used to address key questions, and to sustainably manage these important coastal environments in the future. This book will appeal to professional scientists interested in estuarine studies and/or paleoenvironmental research, as well as estuarine managers who are interested in the incorporation of paleoenvironmental research into their management programs.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 700 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-94-024-0988-8
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 20
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction to the Application of Paleoecological Techniques in Estuaries / Kathryn H. Taffs, Krystyna M. Saunders, Kaarina Weckström, Peter A. Gell, and C. Gregory Skilbeck. - PART I ESTARIES AND THEIR MANAGEMENT. - 2 Estuary Form and Function: Implications for Palaeoecological Studies / Peter Scanes, Angus Ferguson, and Jaimie Potts. - 3 Geology and Sedimentary History of Modern Estuaries / C. Gregory Skilbeck, Andrew D. Heap, and Colin D. Woodroffe. - 4 Paleoecological Evidence for Variability and Change in Estuaries: Insights for Management / Krystyna M. Saunders and Peter A. Gell. - PART II CORING AND DATING OF ESTUARINE SEDIMENTS. - 5 Sediment Sampling in Estuaries: Site Selection and Sampling Techniques / C. Gregory Skilbeck, Stacey Trevathan-Tackett, Pemika Apichanangkool, and Peter I. Macreadie. - 6 Some Practical Considerations Regarding the Application of 210Pb and 137Cs Dating to Estuarine Sediments / Thorbjoern Joest Andersen. - 7 Radiocarbon Dating in Estuarine Environments / Jesper Olsen, Philippa Ascough, Bryan C. Lougheed, and Peter Rasmussen. - PART III TECHNIQUES FOR PALAEOENVIRONMENTAL RECONSTRUCTIONS IN ESTUARINES. - 8 Lipid Biomarkers as Organic Geochemical Proxies for the Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction of Estuarine Environments / John K. Volkman and Rienk H. Smittenberg. - 9 C/N ratios and Carbon Isotope Composition of Organic Matter in Estuarine Environments / Melanie J. Leng and Jonathan P. Lewis. - 10 Physical and Chemical Factors to Consider when Studying Historical Contamination and Pollution in Estuaries / Amanda Reichelt-Brushett, Malcolm Clark, and Gavin Birch. - 11 Diatoms as Indicators of Environmental Change in Estuaries / Kathryn H. Taffs, Krystyna M. Saunders, and Brendan Logan. - 12 Dinoflagellate Cysts as Proxies for Holocene Environmental Change in Estuaries: Diversity, Abundance and Morphology / Marianne Ellegaard, Barrie Dale, Kenneth N. Mertens, Vera Pospelova, and Sofia Ribeiro. - 13 Applications of Foraminifera, Testate Amoebae and Tintinnids in Estuarine Palaeoecology / Anupam Ghosh and Helena L. Filipsson. - 14 Ostracods as Recorders of Palaeoenvironmental Change in Estuaries / Jessica M. Reeves. - 15 Application of Molluscan Analyses to the Reconstruction of Past Environmental Conditions in Estuaries / G. Lynn Wingard and Donna Surge. - 16 Corals in Estuarine Environments: Their Response to Environmental Changes and Application in Reconstructing Past Environmental Variability / Francisca Staines-Urías. - 17 Inferring Environmental Change in Estuaries from Plant Macrofossils / John Tibby and Carl D. Sayer. - 18 Applications of Pollen Analysis in Estuarine Systems / Joanna C. Ellison. - PART IV CASE STUDIES. - 19 Palaeo-Environmental Approaches to Reconstructing Sea Level Changes in Estuaries / Brigid V. Morrison and Joanna C. Ellison. - 20 Paleoecology Studies in Chesapeake Bay: A Model System for Understanding Interactions between Climate, Anthropogenic Activities and the Environment / Elizabeth A. Canuel, Grace S. Brush, Thomas M. Cronin, Rowan Lockwood, and Andrew R. Zimmerman. - 21 Paleosalinity Changes in the Río de la Plata Estuary and on the Adjacent Uruguayan Continental Shelf over the Past 1200 Years: An Approach Using Diatoms as a Proxy / Laura Perez, Felipe García-Rodríguez, and Till J.J. Hanebuth. - 22 Application of Paleoecology to Ecosystem Restoration: A Case Study from South Florida’s Estuaries / G. Lynn Wingard. - 23 Paleolimnological History of the Coorong: Identifying the Natural Ecological Character of a Ramsar Wetland in Crisis / Peter A. Gell. - 24 Palaeoenvironmental History of the Baltic Sea: One of the Largest Brackish-water Ecosystems in the World / Kaarina Weckström, Jonathan P. Lewis, Elinor Andrén, Marianne Ellegaard, Peter Rasmussen, and Richard Telford. - Glossary. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI G7-17-91080
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xliv, 382 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781482234404
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: AWI P4-17-91082
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 296 S. , Ill., graph. Darst. , 25 cm
    Edition: 1. ed
    ISBN: 9780988462601
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1. Introduction. - 2. Current Practices. - 3. Drivers of Change. - 4. The Fuel Penalty. - 5. Underwater Hull Related Environmental Concerns. - 6. Regulatory Aspects. - 7. Hull Coating Systems Compared. - 8. A Better, Viable Alternative. - 9. In-water Ship Hull Cleaning. - 10. Propeller Cleaning. - 11. Rudder Protection. - 12. Case Studies. - 13. Conclusion. - Resources. - Glossary. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Nordeuropa-Inst. der Humboldt-Univ.
    Call number: AWI P5-17-91081
    Description / Table of Contents: Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands have in common their history as Danish dependencies within a historically and geographically coherent region. The complex aftermaths of Denmark's sovereignty over its North Atlantic territories and their ongoing nation building processes lie at the core of this book. Today, we are witnessing region building processes beyond bilateral links to Denmark. How do the countries position themselves, individually and collectively, vis-à-vis the European metropolitan centres, a larger transcontinental North Atlantic region, the "hot" Arctic, and global histories of colonialism and decolonisation? By examining the region from cultural, literary, historical, political, anthropological and linguistic perspectives, the articles in this book shed light on Nordic colonialism and its understanding as "exceptional", and challenge and modify established notions of postcolonialism. Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands are shown to be both the (former) subjects as well as the producers of cultural hierarchisations in an entangled world.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 422 S.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783932406355
    Series Statement: Berliner Beiträge zur Skandinavistik 20
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI G2-17-91083
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxi, 174 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-0-9884626-1-8
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Acronyms & Abbreviations. - Foreword. - Technical review by Dr. W. J. Langston. - Executive Summary. - 1. Introduction. - 1.2 Legislative background. - 1.2.1 International. - 1.2.2 Europe. - 1.2.3 Canada and the USA. - 1.3 Marine sediment contamination - background. - 1.4 Dredging processes. - 1.4.1 Environmental impacts of dredging. - 1.4.2 Effectiveness of dredging to improve environmental exposure to contaminants. - 1.4.3 Case studies. - 1.5 Environmental management of marine sediments. - 1.5.1 Environmental management systems. - 1.5.2 ISO 14001. - 1.5.3 Management techniques. - 1.6 Models and indices used in marine sediment analyses. - 1.7 Methodologies for spatial analysis in sediment dynamics and pollution dispersal. - 1.7.1 Uses of GIS in marine environment. - 1.7.2 Examples of GIS analysis methods for pollution management in the marine environment. - 1.7.3 Organising data. - 1.8 data needs and availability. - 1.8.1 Data needs. - 1.8.2 Data availability. - 1.9 Contaminated area database. - 2. Ecological implications of contaminated sediments. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Antifoul paints as pollutant sources and reservoirs. - 2.2.1 Background. - 2.3 Antifoul as a contaminant - sources. - 2.3.1 Background. - 2.3.2 Leaching. - 2.3.3 Shipyards. - 2.3.4 Recreational craft. - 2.3.5 Paint residue - macro scale. - 2.3.6 Paint residue - micro scale. - 2.3.7 Sediment disturbance. - 2.4 Antifoul as a contaminant - sinks, secondary sources and pathways. - 2.4.1 Background. - 2.4.2 Sediment sinks - legacy. - 2.4.3 Sediment sinks - residence. - 2.5 Biogeochemical pathways. - 2.6 Antifoul and ecological implications. - 2.7 Ecological effects of sediment antifoul. - 2.7.1 Species to community. - 2.7.2 Legacy, ecology and management. - 2.7.3 Port and harbour examples. - 2.8 Conclusions. - 3. Pilot area introduction and description. - 3.1 Elefsina Bay (Elefsis). - 3.2 Piraeus. - 3.2.1 Piraeus and areas to the west. - 3.2.2 Zea & Microlimano. - 3.3 Lavrio. - 3.4 Rafina. - 3.5 Summary. - 4. Sediment data collection methods & sampling. - 4.1 Sampling design. - 4.2 Sediment sampling procedure. - 4.3 Sediment sample pre-treatment. - 4.4 Chemical analysis. - 4.4.1 Total metal content. - 4.4.2 Metal partitioning in geochemical fractions. - 4.5 Data use. - 5. Database Design & Compilation. - 5.1 Data collection. - 5.2 Database structuring & display. - 5.3 Exploring the database. - 5.4 Summary. - 6. Spatial statistical analyses. - 6.1 Environmental quality guidelines for sediments. - 6.2 Interpolation of data. - 6.3 Cluster & Correlation analysis. - 6.4 Elefsina Bay (Elefsis). - 6.4.1 Geostatistical analysis - kriging. - 6.4.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.5 Piraeus port and marinas. - 6.5.1 Geostatistical analysis - kriging. - 6.5.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.6 Lavrio. - 6.6.1 Geostatistical analysis. - 6.6.2 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.7 Rafina. - 6.7.1 Cluster & correlation analysis. - 6.8 Conclusions. - 7. Discussion and Overview. - 7.1 Overview of study. - 7.2 Contaminated sediments and their environmental impact. - 7.3 Data availability. - 7.3.1 Summary data at global scale. - 7.3.2 Detailed locational data for analysis. - 7.4 Database development. - 7.5 Implications. - 7.6 Practical application. - 7.7 Funding opportunities for further study. - 7.8 Conclusions. - References. - Journals, Books & Conference Proceedings. - Web Sites. - Appendix A. - A Models and indices used in marine sediment analyses. - A1 Multivariate statistics. - A1.1 Principal component analysis. - A1.2 Cluster analysis. - A1.3 Partial Least squares analysis. - A1.4 Multivariate statistics. - A2 Indices. - A2.1 AZTI Marine Biotic Index (AMBI). - A2.2 Benthic Quality Index (BQI). - A2.3 The Benthic Response Index. - A2.4 The Relative Benthic Index. - A2.5 The Index of Biotic (Biological) Integrity. - A3 Pollution dispersion modelling. - Appendix B. - B Cross-Validation statistics for simple Kriging analysis. - Appendix C. - C1 Using ArcGIS Explorer. - C2 Installing ArcGIS Explorer. - C3 Using ArcExplorer Desktop. - Appendix D. - About the authors.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: AWI G3-17-91084-2
    In: Kvarter vo vsem ego mnogoobrazii, Tom 2
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 350 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-5-91918-124-8
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Contemporary hydrographic network of the North-East of the Russian Plain: chronology of development / A. S. Lavrov, L. M. Potapenko. - Some distinctions of big and smoll interglacials (by way of example of Western Siberia during Late Pleistocene) / S. A. Laukhin, A. M. Firsov. - Pollen spectra in the lithological facies of lake bottom sediment on the White Sea Coast / N. B. Lavrova, V. V. Kolka, O. P. Korsakova. - Barsova Gora is the unical object of glacial geology and Taiga vegetation in the middle Priobie / N. B. Levina, V. A. Tkachenko, V. N. Turin, N. N. Lavrovich, E. V. Shepetova. - Geological role of ice in formation of the Arctic Ocean recent and quaternary sediments composition / M. A. Levitan, K. V. Syromyatnikov. - Granite protrusions as a relief-forming factor of the activated sections of platforms and mobile belts / M. G. Leonov, E. S. Przhiyalgovsky. - Glacial tectonics and the granulated substance mechanics / M. G. Leonov, O. G. Epshtein. - Late Pliocene-Early Pleistocene lake sediments in hollow D'Issyk-kul / O. N. Leflat, T. N. Voskresenskaya. - Complexity and diversity of genetic indication of loose formations and new things in the methods of their identification (according to the results of research of small rivers' valleys of the North of Amur-Zeya Plain, Lower Amur Region and Western Priokhotye / E. Yu. Likutov. - Landscape-geological characteristic of travertine cascade of the ancient thermal source of tract pymvashor / A. A. Ljubas, J. N. Bolotov, M. Y. Gofarov, S. A. lglovskiy. - Lake's lithogenesis: new formations are on the bottom of the drying up Udinsky Streach / L. A. Magaeva, M. T. Ustinov. - Genetic classification of peat deposits based on trophicity degree / G. L. Makarenko. - On the issue of classification of mires based on trophicity degree / G. L. Makarenko. - Some burning issues of a structural interpretation of the plain areas relief / V. I. Makarov, N. V. Makarova, T. V. Sukhanova. - The first experience of the 230Th/U dating of buried wood remains / R. E. Maksimov, V. Yu. Kuznetsov, S. A. Laukhin, I. E. Zherebtsov, S. B. Levchenko, N. G. Baranova. - Variations of the relative intensity of geomagnetic field in bottom sediments of the Bering Sea and North-Western Pacific during the last 380 kyr / M. I. Malakhov, S. A. Gorbarenko, D. Nurnberg, R. Tiedemann, G. Yu. Malakhova, J. Riethdorf. - Using high-resolution records petromagnetic and lithophysic characteristics of the sediments Bering Sea and high-latitude Western Pacific for reconstruction of climate and environment in the Late Pleistocene-Holocene / M. I. Malakhov, S. A. Gorbarenko, D. Nurnberg, R. Tiedemann, G. Yu. Malakhova, J. Riethdorf. - Some information about genetic classification of lakes of the Vepsovsky Hill East of the Leningrad Region / O. V. Malozemova, L. A. Nesterova, D. A. Subetto. - Middle Pleistocene small mammal faunas of Eastern and Central Europe: Chronology, correlation / A. K. Markova, T. van Kolfschoten. - Astronomical and meteorological criteria of defining human activity traces in ancient megalith rock complexes in the North-West Russia / L. S. Marsadolov, G. N. Paranina. - Palynological characteristics of the middle Pleistocene deposits in the Vychegda River Basin, the Komi Republic (preliminary data) / T. I. Marchenko-Vagapova. - Isotope specialization (δ18O, δ13C) of quaternary carbonates from Belarus and potential of palaeoenvironments indication / N. A. Makhnach. - The complex survey of quaternary deposits / A. V. Mashukov, A. E. Mashukova. - Quaternary deposits and construction materials' deposits in the Kaluga Region / S. G. Medvedeva. - Vegetation and climate of Sakhalin in the early Holocene / Yu. A. Mikishin, L. G. Gvozdeva. - Inorganic geochemistry record of stages 6-11 from Elgygytgyn lake sediments (deep drilling data) / P. S. Minyuk, V. Ya. Borkhodoev and Elgygytgyn Scientific Party. - Palaeoshorelines on the Murmansk coast / M. V. Mityaev. - Vertical matter flow in Gulfs on Murmansk and Karelian coasts / M. V. Mityaev, M. V. Gerasimova. - Channel and basin components of sediment yield in the formation of quaternary alluvial suites of rivers of the middle Volga Region / V. V. Mozzherin. - Late Pleistocene interglacial-glacial climatic transition (MIS 5/MIS 4) as derived from palynological analysis and IR-OSL dating of deposits from the Voka Reference Section, Southeastern coast of the Gulf of Finland / A. N. Molodkov, N. S. Bolikhovskaya. - Quaternary sediments in the Central Part of Northern West Siberia / D. V. Nazarov. - Palynological evidences of the postglacial warm event of the Laptev Sea Region / O. D. Naidina. - Some problems of using luminescent methods for absolute dating of glacial deposits (by the example of Chagan Section, SE Altai) / R. K. Nepop, A. R. Agatova, H. Rodnight. - Freshwater travertine-like carbonates of the Izhora Plateau as the natural markers of the structural dislocations / M. U. Nikitin, A. A. Medvedeva. - Fold deformations in late Pleistocene deposits of the Central Part Kola Region and their genesis / S. B. Nikolaeva. - Mammoths and man of stone age in Northern Europe - insight of a question on migrations to European Subarctic by Western paths / A. A. Nikonov. - Formation of present-day deposits in the conditions of technogenic litogenesis / E. N. Ogorodnikova, S. K. Nikolaeva. - Traces cryogenesis of Neopleistocene sediments the lower Irtysh / O. L. Opokina, E. A. Slagoda. - Stratigraphical subdivision of the Eopleistocene deposits of the Simbugino Site and new mollusc finds (Southern Foreurals) / E. M. Osipova, G. A. Danukalova. - Late Pleistocene to Holocene environment and climate in the Upper Ponoy Depression (Kola Peninsula) reconstracted from pollen record of Churozero lake bottom deposits / E. Yu. Pavlova, M. V. Dorozhkina, E. I. Devyatova. - Absolute chronology and climatic conditions of Valdai (Vistulian) terraces formation in the middle Seim River Valley / A. Panin, J.-P. Buylaert, E. Matlakhova, A. Murray, O. Pakholova. - Possibility of reconstruction of climate change in the Mongolian Altai based on analysis of annual records in glaciers and lacustrine sediment / T. S. Papma, E. Yu. Mitrofanova, N. S. Malygina. - Northern labyrinth - thee Gnomon: compass, clock, calendar / G. N. Paranina. - Late Pleistocene and Holocene paleogeography of the coastal lowlands of Is. Paramushir (Kuril Islands) / A. Ju. Pakhomov. - Upper-Kama (Verhnekama) Upland - the newest lifting of the middle Last Pleistocene / M. M. Pakhomov, I. L. Borodatyi. - Dating mass accumulations of Mammoth across Arctic Eurasia / V. V. Pitulko, P. A. Nikolskiy, A. E. Basilyan, E. Y. Pavlova. - Features of vertical distribution of the materials within the marginal zones of permafrost polygonal structures and its importance for dating of quaternary deposits in cryolitozone / V. V. Pitulko, E. Y. Pavlova, A. E. Basilyan, S. G. Kritsuk. - Morfogenesis of the tectonics active area of the Mongolian Altay / S. G. Platonova. - Reference section of the Lichvin interglacial in the North-Western Part of European Russia's Region / E. S. Pleshivtseva, V. L. Garkusha, M. A. Travina. - New radiocarbon dates of Late Quaternary Mammals in the Arkhangelsk Region in connection with reconstructions of the last glaciation in the Eastern Europe / D. V. Ponomarev, T. van Kolfschoten, A. K. Markova, J. van der Plicht. - Geological illustrations of Aral-Caspian Region's latest seismodynamic high activity / V. I. Popkov. - About Karagiinsk closed depression (Mangishlak)'s genesis / V. I. Popkov. - On the issue of formation of the Caucasian mineral waters' modern structural geomorphologic aspect / V. I. Popkov, I. G. Sazonov, D. A. Kolleganova. - Natural climate changes on the border of Late Pleistocene and Holocene / A. N. Popova, D. A. Subetto. - Some problems paleogeomorfologi Volga Region / I. V. Proletkin. - New perspectives on modern geomorphological studies / I. V. Proletkin. - Dynamics of small mammals local assem , In kyrill. Schr. , In engl. und rus. Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester, UK : John Wiley & Sons
    Call number: AWI A4-18-91479
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 652 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    Edition: Third edition
    ISBN: 1118778383 (print) , 9781118778388 (print) , 1118778375 (print) , 9781118778371 (print) , 1118778359 (print) , 9781118778357 (print)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of contributors. - Preface. - 1 Overview of sea ice growth and properties / Chris Petrich & Hajo Eicken. - 2 Sea ice thickness distribution / Christian Haas. - 3 Snow in the sea-ice system : friend or foe? / Matthew Sturm & Robert A. Massom. - 4 Sea ice and sunlight / Donald K. Perovich. - 5 The sea ice-ocean boundary layer / Miles G. McPhee. - 6 The atmosphere over sea ice / Ola Persson & Timo Vihma. - 7 Sea ice and arctic ocean oceanography / Finlo Cottier, Mike Steele & Frank Nielsen. - 8 Oceanography and sea ice in the southern ocean / Michael P. Meredith & Mark A. Brandon. - 9 Methods of satellite remote sensing of sea ice / Gunnar Spreen & Stefan Kern. - 10 Gaining (and losing) antarctic sea ice : variability, trends and mechanisms / Sharon Stammerjohn & Ted Maksym. - 11 Losing arctic sea ice : observations of the recent decline and the long-term context / Walt N. Meier. - 12 Sea ice in earth system models / Dirk Notz & Cecilia M. Bitz. - 13 Sea ice as a habitat for bacteria, archaea and viruses / Jody W. Deming & R. Eric Collins. - 14 Sea ice as a habitat for primary producers / Kevin R. Arrigo. - 15 Sea ice as a habitat for micrograzers / David A. Caron, Rebecca J. Gast & Marie-Eve Garneau. - 16 Sea ice as a habitat for macrograzers / Bodil A. Bluhm, Kerrie M. Swadling & Rolf Gradinger. - 17 Nutrients, dissolved organic matter and exopolymers in sea ice / Klaus M. Meiners & Christine Michel. - 18 Gases in sea ice / Jean-Louis Tison, Bruno Delille & Stathys Papadimitriou. - 19 Transport and transformation of contaminants in sea ice / Feiyue Wang, Monika Pucko & Gary Stern. - 20 Numerical models of sea ice biogeochemistry / Martin Vancoppenolla & Letizia Tedesco. - 21 Arctic marine mammals and sea ice / Kristin L. Laidre & Eric V. Regehr. - 22 Antarctic marine mammals and sea ice / Marthán N. Bester, Horst Bornemann & Trevor McIntyre. - 23 A feathered perspective : the influence of sea ice on arctic marine birds / Nina J. Karnovsky & Maria V. Gavrilo. - 24 Birds and antarctic sea ice / David Ainley, Eric J. Woehler & Amelie Lescroel. - 25 Sea ice is our beautiful garden : indigenous perspectives on sea ice of sea ice in the arctic / Henry P. Huntington, Shari Gearheard, Lene Kielsen Holm, George Noongwook, Margaret Opie & Joelie Sanguya. - 26 Advances in palaeo sea-ice estimation / Leanne Armand, Alexander Ferry & Amy Leventer. - 27 Ice in subarctic seas / Hermanni Kaartokallio, Mats A. Granskog, Harri Kuosa & Jouni Vainio. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91738
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 716 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 9780123877826
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgments. - 1. Data Acquisition and Recording. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Basic Sampling Requirements. - 1.3 Temperature. - 1.4 Salinity. - 1.5 Depth or Pressure. - 1.6 Sea-Level Measurement. - 1.7 Eulerian Currents. - 1.8 Lagrangian Current Measurements. - 1.9 Wind. - 1.10 Precipitation. - 1.11 Chemical Tracers. - 1.12 Transient Chemical Tracers. - 2. Data Processing and Presentation. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Calibration. - 2.3 Interpolation. - 2.4 Data Presentation. - 3. Statistical Methods and Error Handling. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Sample Distributions. - 3.3 Probability. - 3.4 Moments and Expected Values. - 3.5 Common PDFs. - 3.6 Central Limit Theorem. - 3.7 Estimation. - 3.8 Confidence Intervals. - 3.9 Selecting the Sample Size. - 3.10 Confidence Intervals for Altimeter-Bias Estimates. - 3.11 Estimation Methods. - 3.12 Linear Estimation (Regression). - 3.13 Relationship between Regression and Correlation. - 3.14 Hypothesis Testing. - 3.15 Effective Degrees of Freedom. - 3.16 Editing and Despiking Techniques: The Nature of Errors. - 3.17 Interpolation: Filling the Data Gaps. - 3.18 Covariance and the Covariance Matrix. - 3.19 The Bootstrap and Jackknife Methods. - 4. The Spatial Analyses of Data Fields. - 4.1 Traditional Block and Bulk Averaging. - 4.2 Objective Analysis. - 4.3 Kriging. - 4.4 Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.5 Extended Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.6 Cyclostationary EOFs. - 4.7 Factor Analysis. - 4.8 Normal Mode Analysis. - 4.9 Self Organizing Maps. - 4.10 Kalman Filters. - 4.11 Mixed Layer Depth Estimation. - 4.12 Inverse Methods. - 5. Time Series Analysis Methods. - 5.1 Basic Concepts. - 5.2 Stochastic Processes and Stationarity. - 5.3 Correlation Functions. - 5.4 Spectral Analysis. - 5.5 Spectral Analysis (Parametric Methods). - 5.6 Cross-Spectral Analysis. - 5.7 Wavelet Analysis. - 5.8 Fourier Analysis. - 5.9 Harmonic Analysis. - 5.10 Regime Shift Detection. - 5.11 Vector Regression. - 5.12 Fractals. - 6. Digital Filters. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Basic Concepts. - 6.3 Ideal Filters. - 6.4 Design of Oceanographic Filters. - 6.5 Running-Mean Filters. - 6.6 Godin-Type Filters. - 6.7 Lanczos-window Cosine Filters. - 6.8 Butterworth Filters. - 6.9 Kaiser-Bessel Filters. - 6.10 Frequency-Domain (Transform) Filtering. - References. - Appendix A: Units in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix B: Glossary of Statistical Terminology. - Appendix C: Means, Variances and Moment,Generating Functions for Some Common Continuous Variables. - Appendix D: Statistical Tables. - Appendix E: Correlation Coefficients at the 5% and 1% Levels of Significance for Various Degrees of Freedom v. - Appendix F: Approximations and Nondimensional Numbers in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix G: Convolution. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92383
    Description / Table of Contents: In ice-rich permafrost regions, changes in the permafrost thermal regime cause surface disturbances. These changes are amplified by the increase in air temperatures recorded in the Arctic in the past decades. Thermokarst is a process that leads to surface subsidence and formation of characteristic landforms following thawing of ice-rich permafrost or melting of massive ice. Thermokarst is widespread on hillslopes and the number of associated landforms is increasing in the Arctic. Through this process large amounts of material are eroded and transported to the sea or accumulate along hillslopes. While hillslope thermokarst modifies terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, there is limited understanding of its environmental impact at a regional scale. In this thesis we quantify the environmental impacts of hillslope thermokarst on the valley and nearshore ecosystems along the Yukon Coast, Canada. Using supervised machine learning, we identified geomorphic factors that favour the development of coastal retrogressive thaw slump (RTS), one of the most dynamic hillslope thermokarst landform. Coastal geomorphology and ground ice type and content play a major role in RTS occurrence. Using aerial photographs and satellite imagery, we traced the evolution of RTSs between 1952 and 2011. During this time, the number and areal coverage of RTSs increased by 73%. RTSs eroded and partly released to the nearshore zone organic carbon contained in millions of cubic meters of material. Our results show that 56% of the RTSs identified along the coast in 2011 have eroded 16.6 × 10^6 m3 of material; a large part (45%) was transported alongshore due to coastal processes. Moreover, we show that RTSs are a major contributor to the carbon budget in the nearshore ecosystem: 17% of the coastal RTSs identified in 2011 contributed annually up to 0.6% of the organic carbon released by coastal retreat along the Yukon Coast. To assess the impact of hillslope thermokarst on the terrestrial ecosystem, we measured the spatial distribution of soil organic carbon (SOC) and total nitrogen (TN) along hillslopes in three Arctic valleys. We highlight the high spatial variability in the distribution of SOC and TN in the valleys. This distribution is caused by complex soil processes occurring along the hillslopes. Hillslope thermokarst impacts the degradation of organic matter and affects the storage of SOC and TN.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xvii, 103 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2018 , Contents Acknowledgements Abstract (English/Deutsch/Français) List of figures List of tables 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientic background 1.1.1 The Arctic coast, permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Organic carbon in permafrost soils 1.1.3 Hillslope thermokarst processes 1.2 Aims 1.3 Study region 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Mapping 1.4.2 Spline interpolation and volumes estimations 1.4.3 Fieldwork 1.4.4 Geochemical analyses 1.4.5 Statistical analyses 1.5 Thesis outline 1.6 Authors’ contributions 2 Synthesis 2.1 Retrogressive thaw slumps are widely spread in ice-rich permafrost areas 2.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps contribute signicantly to the nearshore or-ganic carbon 2.3 Thermokarst impacts the distribution of soil organic carbon along hill-slopes 2.4 Outlook . 3 Terrain Controls on the Occurrence of Coastal RTSs 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Methods 3.4.1 Mapping of retrogressive thaw slumps and landform classication 3.4.2 Environmental variables 3.4.3 Univariate regression trees 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Characteristics of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.5.2 Density and areal coverage of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Characteristics and distribution of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.6.2 Terrain factors explaining retrogressive thaw slump occurrence 3.6.3 Coastal Processes 3.7 Conclusion 4 RTSs release sediments and organic carbon into the Arctic Ocean 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Evolution of retrogressive thaw slumps 4.4.2 Volume Estimations 4.4.3 Estimates of soil and dissolved organic carbon values 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Evolution of retrogressive thaw slumps between 1952 and 2011 4.5.2 Eroded material and estimated amount of mobilized SOC and DOC 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Increase in slump activity 4.6.2 Eroded material from retrogressive thaw slumps and organic car-bon uxes 4.6.3 Impact of retrogressive thaw slumps on the coastal ecosystem 4.7 Conclusion 5 Snapshot of carbon and nitrogen distribution in Arctic valleys 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study Area 5.4 Methods 5.4.1 Spatial analyses 5.4.2 Sampling Scheme 5.4.3 Geochemical analyses 5.4.4 Environmental variables and statistical analyses 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Geomorphology of the valleys 5.5.2 Spatial distribution of carbon and nitrogen 5.5.3 Correlations between soil characteristics and geochemical variables 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Variability in soil and geochemical properties in Arctic valleys 5.6.2 Hillslope Processes 5.7 Conclusion 6 Eidessttatliche Erklärung A Appendix A.1 Chapter 3 A.2 Chapter 4 A.3 Chapter 5 Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Oslo : Arctic Monitoring and Assessment Programme (AMAP)
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92396
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 97 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-82-7971-073-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: What has changed since the Arctic Climate Impact Assessment in 2005? Part 1. How the Arctic cryosphere is changing 1.1. The Arctic cryosphere 1.2. Monitoring change in the Arctic cryosphere 1.3. Snow cover is decreasing 1.4. Permafrost is thawing 1.5. Lakes and rivers are losing ice cover 1.6. Mountain glaciers, ice caps and the Greenland Ice Sheet are all diminishing 1.7. Summer sea-ice cover has declined dramatically Part 2. Why the Arctic cryosphere is changing 2.1. The Arctic climate is changing 2.2. The cryosphere interacts with other aspects of climate Part 3. More change is expected. Where in the Arctic? 3.1. Modelling the future 3.2. Future changes in temperature, rain and snowfall 3.3. Future changes in snow, permafrost, lake and river ice 3.4. Future changes in mountain glaciers, ice caps and the Greenland Ice Sheet 3.5. Future changes in sea ice Part 4. How these changes affect people and nature. Where in the Arctic? 4.1. Changing Arctic ecosystems 4.2. Changing supplies of natural resources 4.3. Changing access 4.4. Changing risks to buildings and land 4.5. Changing movement of contaminants 4.6. Changing Arctic living conditions Part 5. Why changes in the Arctic matter globally 5.1. Changes in the Arctic cryosphere affect the global climate 5.2. Melting Arctic land ice contributes to sea-level rise 5.3. Consequences for global society Part 6. What should be done? 6.1. Adapting to change 6.2. The big unknowns Glossary.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92384
    Description / Table of Contents: Widespread landscape changes are presently observed in the Arctic and are most likely to accelerate in the future, in particular in permafrost regions which are sensitive to climate warming. To assess current and future developments, it is crucial to understand past environmental dynamics in these landscapes. Causes and interactions of environmental variability can hardly be resolved by instrumental records covering modern time scales. However, long-term environmental variability is recorded in paleoenvironmental archives. Lake sediments are important archives that allow reconstruction of local limnogeological processes as well as past environmental changes driven directly or indirectly by climate dynamics. This study aims at reconstructing Late Quaternary permafrost and thermokarst dynamics in central-eastern Beringia, the terrestrial land mass connecting Eurasia and North America during glacial sea-level low stands. In order to investigate development, processes and influence of thermokarst dynamics, several sediment cores from extant lakes and drained lake basins were analyzed to answer the following research questions: 1. When did permafrost degradation and thermokarst lake development take place and what were enhancing and inhibiting environmental factors? 2. What are the dominant processes during thermokarst lake development and how are they reflected in proxy records? 3. How did, and still do, thermokarst dynamics contribute to the inventory and properties of organic matter in sediments and the carbon cycle? Methods applied in this study are based upon a multi-proxy approach combining sedimentological, geochemical, geochronological, and micropaleontological analyses, as well as analyses of stable isotopes and hydrochemistry of pore-water and ice. Modern field observations of water quality and basin morphometrics complete the environmental investigations. The investigated sediment cores reveal permafrost degradation and thermokarst dynamics on different time scales. The analysis of a sediment core from GG basin on the northern Seward Peninsula (Alaska) shows prevalent terrestrial accumulation of yedoma throughout the Early to Mid Wisconsin with intermediate wet conditions at around 44.5 to 41.5 ka BP. This first wetland development was terminated by the accumulation of a 1-meter-thick airfall tephra most likely originating from the South Killeak Maar eruption at 42 ka BP. A depositional hiatus between 22.5 and 0.23 ka BP may indicate thermokarst lake formation in the surrounding of the site which forms a yedoma upland till today. The thermokarst lake forming GG basin initiated 230 ± 30 cal a BP and drained in Spring 2005 AD. Four years after drainage the lake talik was still unfrozen below 268 cm depth. A permafrost core from Mama Rhonda basin on the northern Seward Peninsula preserved a full lacustrine record including several lake phases. The first lake generation developed at 11.8 cal ka BP during the Lateglacial-Early Holocene transition; its old basin (Grandma Rhonda) is still partially preserved at the southern margin of the study basin. Around 9.0 cal ka BP a shallow and more dynamic thermokarst lake developed with actively eroding shorelines and potentially intermediate shallow water or wetland phases (Mama Rhonda). Mama Rhonda lake drainage at 1.1 cal ka BP was followed by gradual accumulation of terrestrial peat and top-down refreezing of the lake talik. A significant lower organic carbon content was measured in Grandma Rhonda deposits (mean TOC of 2.5 wt%) than in Mama Rhonda deposits (mean TOC of 7.9 wt%) highlighting the impact of thermokarst dynamics on biogeochemical cycling in different lake generations by thawing and mobilization of organic carbon into the lake system. Proximal and distal sediment cores from Peatball Lake on the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska revealed young thermokarst dynamics since about 1,400 years along a depositional gradient based on reconstructions from shoreline expansion rates and absolute dating results. After its initiation as a remnant pond of a previous drained lake basin, a rapidly deepening lake with increasing oxygenation of the water column is evident from laminated sediments, and higher Fe/Ti and Fe/S ratios in the sediment. The sediment record archived characterizing shifts in depositional regimes and sediment sources from upland deposits and re-deposited sediments from drained thaw lake basins depending on the gradually changing shoreline configuration. These changes are evident from alternating organic inputs into the lake system which highlights the potential for thermokarst lakes to recycle old carbon from degrading permafrost deposits of its catchment. The lake sediment record from Herschel Island in the Yukon (Canada) covers the full Holocene period. After its initiation as a thermokarst lake at 11.7 cal ka BP and intense thermokarst activity until 10.0 cal ka BP, the steady sedimentation was interrupted by a depositional hiatus at 1.6 cal ka BP which likely resulted from lake drainage or allochthonous slumping due to collapsing shore lines. The specific setting of the lake on a push moraine composed of marine deposits is reflected in the sedimentary record. Freshening of the maturing lake is indicated by decreasing electrical conductivity in pore-water. Alternation of marine to freshwater ostracods and foraminifera confirms decreasing salinity as well but also reflects episodical re-deposition of allochthonous marine sediments. Based on permafrost and lacustrine sediment records, this thesis shows examples of the Late Quaternary evolution of typical Arctic permafrost landscapes in central-eastern Beringia and the complex interaction of local disturbance processes, regional environmental dynamics and global climate patterns. This study confirms that thermokarst lakes are important agents of organic matter recycling in complex and continuously changing landscapes.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XII, 128 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 DVD
    Language: English
    Note: Enthält 5 Publikationen: 1) Mid Wisconsin to Holocene permafrost and landscape dynamics based on a drained lake basin core from the northern Seward Peninsula, northwest Alaska / Josefine Lenz, Guido Grosse, Benjamin M. Jones [und 5 weitere] 2) Evidence of multiple thermokarst lake generations from an 11,800-year old permafrost core on the northern Seward Peninsula, Alaska / Josefine Lenz, Sebastian Wetterich, Benjamin M. Jones [und 3 weitere] 3) Impacts of shore expansion and catchment characteristics on lacustrine thermokarst records in permafrost lowlands, Alaska Arctic Coastal Plain / Josefine Lenz, Sebastian Wetterich, Benjamin M. Jones [und 5 weitere] 4) Periglacial landscape dynamics in the western Canadian Arctic: Results from a thermokarst lake record on a push moraine (Herschel Island, Yukon) / Josefine Lenz, Michael Fritz, Lutz Schirrmeister [und 4 weitere] 5) Regional environmental change versus local signal preservation in Holocene thermokarst lake sediments: A case study from Herschel Island, Yukon (Canada) / Michael Fritz, Ingmar Unkel, Josefine Lenz [und 6 weitere] , Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and nomenclature 1 Thesis organization 1.1 Overview of chapters 1.2 Author contribution 2 Introduction 2.1 Scientific background 2.1.1 Arctic environments and permafrost in the study region of Beringia 2.1.2 Permafrost degradation and its global feedbacks 2.1.3 Thermokarst lakes and basins as paleoenvironmental archives 2.2 Aims and approaches 3 Mid Wisconsin to Holocene permafrost and landscape dynamics based on a drained lake basin core from the northern Seward Peninsula, northwest Alaska 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Material and methods 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Core stratigraphy 3.5.2 Cryostratigraphy 3.5.3 Grain size distribution 3.5.4 Magnetic susceptibility 3.5.5 Biogeochemical characteristics 3.5.6 Tephra 3.5.7 Palaeoecology 3.5.8 Geochronology 3.6 Discussion 3.7 Conclusions 4 Evidence of multiple thermokarst lake generations from an 11,800-year old permafrost core on the northern Seward Peninsula, Alaska 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Material and methods 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Geochronology 4.5.2 Cryolithological description 4.5.3 Geochemical results 4.5.4 Bioindicators 4.5.5 Characteristics of intra-sedimentary ice and comparison with modern waters 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Thermokarst lake dynamics 4.6.2 Regional lake dynamics and global environmental change 4.6.3 Carbon cycling 4.7 Conclusions 5 Impacts of shore expansion and catchment characteristics on lacustrine thermokarst records in permafrost lowlands, Alaska Arctic Coastal Plain 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study area 5.4 Material and methods 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Sedimentological results of near-shore core P1 5.5.2 Sedimentological and palynological results of lake center-cores P2 (and P3) 5.5.3 Lake age estimation 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Thermokarst lake development 5.6.2 Impact of catchment genesis and morphology on the lake sediment record 5.6.3 Carbon degradation 5.7 Conclusions 6 Synthesis 6.1 Study sites in central-eastern Beringia: Similarities and differences 6.2 Permafrost degradation and thermokarst development in central-eastern Beringia 6.2.1 Timing of thermokarst development 6.2.2 Environmental factors supporting and inhibiting thermokarst 6.3 Processes of thermokarst lake development and their imprint in proxy records 6.4 Contribution of thermokarst dynamics to the carbon cycle 6.5 Potentials/limitations of thermokarst lake archives and outlook Bibliography Appendix I: Periglacial landscape dynamics in the western Canadian Arctic: Results from a thermokarst lake record on a push moraine (Herschel Island, Yukon) I-1 Abstract I-2 Introduction I-3 Study area I-4 Material and methods I-5 Results I-5.1 Core lithology I-5.2 Radiography I-5.3 Magnetic susceptibility and water content I-5.4 Grain size distribution I-5.5 Biogeochemical characteristics I-5.6 Geochronology I-6 Discussion I-6.1 Evolution of Lake Herschel I-6.2 Paleoenvironmental implications of the Lake Herschel record I-7 Conclusions Appendix II: Regional environmental change versus local signal preservation in Holocene thermokarst lake sediments: A case study from Herschel Island, Yukon (Canada) II-1 Abstract II-2 Introduction and study area II-3 Material and methods II-3.1 Sediment core II-3.2 Radiocarbon dating and age modelling II-3.3 Pore-water chemistry II-3.4 X-ray fluorescence (XRF) scanning II-3.5 Micropaleontology II-4 Results II-4.1 Chronostratigraphy: The revised age model II-4.2 XRF chemistry II-4.3 Pore-water chemistry II-4.4 Calcareous microfossils II-4.5 Pollen II-5 Discussion II-5.1 Sedimentation history of Lake Herschel II-5.2 Limnological, sedimentary and geochemical properties predefine the habitat I-5.3 Autochthonous versus allochthonous deposition of calcareous microfossils II-5.4 Regional pollen-based reconstruction of vegetation and climate II-6 Conclusions Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: AWI G8-19-92587
    Description / Table of Contents: Arctic tundra ecosystems are experiencing warming twice the global average and Arctic vegetation is responding in complex and heterogeneous ways. Shifting productivity, growth, species composition, and phenology at local and regional scales have implications for ecosystem functioning as well as the global carbon and energy balance. Optical remote sensing is an effective tool for monitoring ecosystem functioning in this remote biome. However, limited field-based spectral characterization of the spatial and temporal heterogeneity limits the accuracy of quantitative optical remote sensing at landscape scales. To address this research gap and support current and future satellite missions, three central research questions were posed: • Does canopy-level spectral variability differ between dominant low Arctic vegetation communities and does this variability change between major phenological phases? • How does canopy-level vegetation colour images recorded with high and low spectral resolution devices relate to phenological changes in leaf-level photosynthetic pigment concentrations? • How does spatial aggregation of high spectral resolution data from the ground to satellite scale influence low Arctic tundra vegetation signatures and thereby what is the potential of upcoming hyperspectral spaceborne systems for low Arctic vegetation characterization? To answer these questions a unique and detailed database was assembled. Field-based canopy-level spectral reflectance measurements, nadir digital photographs, and photosynthetic pigment concentrations of dominant low Arctic vegetation communities were acquired at three major phenological phases representing early, peak and late season. Data were collected in 2015 and 2016 in the Toolik Lake Research Natural Area located in north central Alaska on the North Slope of the Brooks Range. In addition to field data an aerial AISA hyperspectral image was acquired in the late season of 2016. Simulations of broadband Sentinel-2 and hyperspectral Environmental and Mapping Analysis Program (EnMAP) satellite reflectance spectra from ground-based reflectance spectra as well as simulations of EnMAP imagery from aerial hyperspectral imagery were also obtained. Results showed that canopy-level spectral variability within and between vegetation communities differed by phenological phase. The late season was identified as the most discriminative for identifying many dominant vegetation communities using both ground-based and simulated hyperspectral reflectance spectra. This was due to an overall reduction in spectral variability and comparable or greater differences in spectral reflectance between vegetation communities in the visible near infrared spectrum. Red, green, and blue (RGB) indices extracted from nadir digital photographs and pigment-driven vegetation indices extracted from ground-based spectral measurements showed strong significant relationships. RGB indices also showed moderate relationships with chlorophyll and carotenoid pigment concentrations. The observed relationships with the broadband RGB channels of the digital camera indicate that vegetation colour strongly influences the response of pigment-driven spectral indices and digital cameras can track the seasonal development and degradation of photosynthetic pigments. Spatial aggregation of hyperspectral data from the ground to airborne, to simulated satel-lite scale was influenced by non-photosynthetic components as demonstrated by the distinct shift of the red edge to shorter wavelengths. Correspondence between spectral reflectance at the three scales was highest in the red spectrum and lowest in the near infra-red. By artificially mixing litter spectra at different proportions to ground-based spectra, correspondence with aerial and satellite spectra increased. Greater proportions of litter were required to achieve correspondence at the satellite scale. Overall this thesis found that integrating multiple temporal, spectral, and spatial data is necessary to monitor the complexity and heterogeneity of Arctic tundra ecosystems. The identification of spectrally similar vegetation communities can be optimized using non-peak season hyperspectral data leading to more detailed identification of vegetation communities. The results also highlight the power of vegetation colour to link ground-based and satellite data. Finally, a detailed characterization non-photosynthetic ecosystem components is crucial for accurate interpretation of vegetation signals at landscape scales.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 126 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2019 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background and Motivation 1.1.1 Arctic Tundra Vegetation 1.1.2 Remote Sensing of Arctic Tundra Vegetation 1.1.3 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing of Arctic Vegetation 1.2 Aims and Objectives 1.3 Study Area and Data 1.3.1 Toolik Lake Research Natural Area 1.3.2 In-situ Canopy-level Spectral Data 1.3.3 True-colour Digital Photographs 1.3.4 Leaf-level Photosynthetic Pigment Data 1.3.5 Airborne AISA Imagery 1.3.6 Simulated EnMAP and Sentinel-2 Reflectance Spectra 1.3.7 Simulated EnMAP Imagery 1.4 Thesis Structure and Author Contributions 1.4.1 Chapter 2 -A Phenological Approach to Spectral Differentiation of Low-Arctic Tundra Vegetation Communities, North Slope Alaska 1.4.2 Chapter 3 -Monitoring Pigment-driven Vegetation Changes in a Low Arctic Tundra Ecosystem Using Digital Cameras 1.4.3 Implications of Litter and Non-vascular Components on Multiscale Hyperspectral Data in a low-Arctic Ecosystem 2 A Phenological Approach to Spectral Differentiation of Low Arctic Tundra Vegetation Communities, North Slope Alaska 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Site and Low Arctic Vegetation Types 2.3.2 Ground-Based Data and Sampling Protocol 2.3.3 EnMAP and Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Simulation 2.3.4 Stable Wavelength Identification Using the InStability Index 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Characteristics by Phenological Phase 2.4.2 InStability Index and Wavelength Selection of Ground-based Spectra 2.4.3 InStability Index and Wavelength Selection of Simulated Satellite Reflectance Spectra 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Phenological Phase and Wavelength Stability of Ground-based Spectra 2.5.2 Phenological Phase and Wavelength Stability of Satellite Resampled Spectra 2.5.3 Influence of Spatial Scale 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Supplementary Material 2.8.1 Data Publication 3 Monitoring Pigment-driven Vegetation Changes in a Low Arctic Tundra Ecosystem Using Digital Cameras 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study Site 3.3.2 Digital Photographs 3.3.3 Field-based Spectral Data 3.3.4 Vegetation Pigment Concentration 3.3.5 Data Analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 RGB Indices as a Surrogate for Pigment-driven Spectral Indices 3.4.2 RGB Indices as a Surrogate for Leaf-level Pigment concentration 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Supplementary Material 3.7.1 Data Publication 4 Implications of Litter and Non-vascular Components on Multiscale Hyperspectral Data in a Low Arctic Ecosystem 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and Methods 4.3.1 Study Site 4.4 Remote Sensing Data 4.4.1 Ground-based Image Spectroscopy Data 4.4.2 Airborne AISA Hyperspectral Data 4.4.3 EnMAP Simulation 4.4.4 Spectral Comparison by Wavelength 4.4.5 Linear Mixture Analysis 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Spatial Scaling of Spectral Signals 4.6 Discussion 4.7 Conclusions 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Phenological Phase: does phenology influence the spectral variability of dominant low Arctic vegetation communities? 5.2 Vegetation Colour: How does canopy-level vegetation colour relate to phenological changes in leaf-level photosynthetic pigment concentration? 5.3 Intrinsic Ecosystem Components: How does spatial aggregation of high spectral resolution data influence low Arctic tundra vegetation signals? 5.4 Key Innovations 5.5 Limitations and Technical Considerations 5.6 Outlook: Opportunities for Future Research 6 References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: ZSP-168-716
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 716
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 211 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 716
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Characterization of soil organic matter of Arctic and Antarctic by 13- C NMR and electron spin resonance spectroscopy / Evgeny Abakumov Development of phosphorus forms in soil chronosequence of the Nordenskioldbreen glacier (Svalbard) / Adel Allaberdina, Václav Tejnecký Vertical snow structures from in-situ and remote sensing measurements / Stefanie Arndt, Nicolas Stoll, Stephan Paul, Christian Haas Phenology of Calanus glacialis – comparison between Arctic and Atlantic domains and its implications for reproductive success of little auks / Kaja Balazy, Emilia Trudnowska, Katarzyna Blachowiak-Samolyk Response of southern tundra ecosystem components on aerial pollution from gas pre-treatment centers in West Siberia / Pavel A. Barsukov Soil-ecological excursions to permafrost-affected areas in West Siberia for European scientists and students / Pavel A. Barsukov, S. Platonova, S. Gizhitskaya, E. Smolentseva, N. Lashchinskiy, A. Babenko, I. Lyubechanskiy, O. Saprykin, O.Rusalimova Christian Siewert Freezing and hungry? Hydrocarbon degrading microbial communities in Barents Sea sediments around Svalbard / Bartholomäus Sven, Nontje Straaten, Daniela Zoch, Martin Krüger Biological soil crust algae in the polar regions – biodiversity, genetic diversity and ecosystem resilience under global change scenarios / Burkhard Becker, Burkhard Büdel and Ulf Karsten UDASH - Unified Database for Arctic and Subarctic Hydrography / Axel Behrendt, Hiroshi Sumata, Benjamin Rabe, Torsten Kanzow and Ursula Schauer Compound-specific radiocarbon constraints on Antarctic sediment chronologies / Sonja Berg, Sandra Jivcov, Janet Rethemeyer Environmental conditions in terrestrial East Antarctica during the last glacial - new evidence from mumiyo deposits / Sonja Berg, Martin Melles, Wolf-Dieter Hermichen, Janet Rethemeyer, Gerhard Kuhn Collection-based diatom research: collection imaging to biogeography and microevolution in the Southern Ocean / Bánk Beszteri, Stefan Pinkernell, Michael Kloster, Ute Postel, Gerhard Kauer, Uwe John, Klaus Valentin, Gernot Glöckner In vivo observations of OWA induced pH changes in the brain of polar cod Boreogadus saida / Christian Bock, Felizitas C. Wermter, Bastian Maus, Hans-O. Pörtner, Wolfgang Dreher A journey into the Triassic polar forests of Antarctica / Benjamin Bomfleur Long-term time-series of Arctic BrO derived from UV-VIS satellite remote sensing / lias Bougoudis, Anne-Marlene Blechschmidt, Andreas Richter, Sora Seo, John P. Burrows The effect of climate change on the carbon balance in microalgae / Deborah Bozzato, Torsten Jakob, Christian Wilhelm Species composition and abundance of the shallow water fish community of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Markus Brand, Philipp Fischer Decadal changes in a breeding population of southern giant petrels on King George Island, Antarctic, in response to human activities / Christina Braun, Jan Esefeld, Hans-Ulrich Peter Geodetic GNSS measurements to investigate the recent crustal deformation at the Antarctic Peninsula and in the Amundsen Sea Embayment, West Antarctica / Peter Busch, Mirko Scheinert, Christoph Knöfel, Lutz Eberlein, Martin Horwath, Ludwig Schröder, Andreas Groh Parameterization of snow BRDF measurements in Antarctica / T. Carlsen, G. Birnbaum, A. Ehrlich, M. Schäfer, and M. Wendisch Airborne and in situ ground-based measurements of surface albedo, bidirectional reflectivity, and snow properties on the Antarctic plateau / T. Carlsen, M. Belke Brea, G. Birnbaum, A. Ehrlich, J. Freitag, G. Heygster, L. Istomina, S. Kipfstuhl, A. Orsi, M. Schäfer, and M. Wendisch Retreats of ice sheet and ice shelf driven by warm water incursions in the Ross Sea since the Last Glacial Maximum / Zhihua Chen, Mengshan Ju, Shulan Ge, Zheng Tang, Yuanhui Huang, Renjie Zhao, Ralf Tiedemann, Lester Lembke-Jene Influence of breeze circulation on local wind climatology in Svalbard fjords / Małgorzata Cisek, Przemysław Makuch, Tomasz Petelski, Jacek Piskozub Life strategies on photobiology and metabolite profile of genetic indentical photobionts of two different lichen species / Nadine Determeyer-Wiedmann, Sieglinde Ott Land-Ocean Interactions in the late glacial Bering Sea / B. Diekmann, R. Wang, H. Kühn, R. Gersonde, R. Tiedemann, G. Kuhn Does environmental change affect polar microbial communities? / Daniel R. Dietrich Rapid glacial isostatic uplift in Patagonia: Interplay of enhanced ice mass loss and slab window tectonics / R. Dietrich, A. Richter, E. Ivins, H. Lange, L. Mendoza, L. Schröder, J.L. Hormaechea, G. Casassa, E. Marderwald, M. Fritsche, R. Perdomo, M. Horwath Phylogenomics of the longitarsal Colossendeidae: the evolution of a diverse Antarctic sea spider radiation / Lars Dietz, Jana S. Dömel, Christoph Mayer, Florian Leese Revealing the evolutionary history of Southern Ocean sea spiders using genome-wide SNP data / Jana S. Dömel, Till-Hendrik Macher, Lars Dietz, Christoph Mayer, Roland R. Melzer and Florian Leese Geothermal heat flux derived from airborne magnetic grids and measured temperature gradients in the Amundsen Sea sector of West Antarctica / Ricarda Dziadek, Karsten Gohl, Fausto Ferraccioli, Norbert Kaul, Cornelia Spiegel Sea spray aerosol fluxes in the area of the Spitsbergen Shelf and the Greenland Sea / K. Dziembor, T. Petelski, P. Markuszewski, T. Zieliński, P. Makuch, I. Wróbel More than two decades of geodetic GNSS measurements in Antarctica, Greenland and Patagonia – a technology review / Lutz Eberlein, Mirko Scheinert, Peter Busch, Christoph Knöfel, Andreas Richter Analysing the flow velocity of major outlet glaciers in North Greenland using Landsat data / Benjamin Ebermann, Ralf Rosenau, Mirko Scheinert, Martin Horwath Partitioning growing season net ecosystem exchange of CO2 into photosynthesis, autotrophic and heterotrophic respiration in the Siberian tundra / Tim Eckhardt, Christian Knoblauch, Lars Kutzbach, Gillian Simpson, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Meteorological collaboration in the Arctic / Johanna Ekman Meteorological aspects of S.A. Andrée’s attempt to reach the North Pole by balloon in 1897 / Dieter Etling Geodetic mass balance on South Georgia glaciers / David Farias-Barahona, Christian Sommer, Thorsten Seehaus, Philipp Malz, Gino Casassa, Matthias H. Braun Frozen-Ground Cartoons: An international collaboration between artists and permafrost scientists / Michael Fritz, Frédéric Bouchard, Bethany Deshpande, Julie Malenfant-Lepage, Alexandre Nieuwendam, Michel Paquette, Ashley Rudy, Matthias Siewert, Audrey Veillette, Stefanie Weege, Jon Harbor, Otto Habeck, Ylva Sjöberg The Akademii Nauk ice core and solar activity / Diedrich Fritzsche, Luisa von Albedyll, Silke Merchel, Thomas Opel, Georg Rugel, Andreas Scharf Walther Bruns, Gründer der „Aeroarctic“ – ein vergessener Pionier der Deutschen Polarforschung / Diedrich Fritzsche Warming and reduction of precipitations affect the microbiome of recently deglaciated soils in the Swiss Alps / Aline Frossard, Johanna Donhauser, Pascal Niklaus, Thomas Rime, Beat Frey The ice-free topography of Svalbard / Johannes J. Fürst, Francisco Navarro, Fabien Gillet-Chaulet, Geir Moholdt, Xavier Fettweis, Charlotte Lang, Thorsten Seehaus, Matthias H. Braun, Douglas I. Benn, Toby J. Benham, Julian A. Dowdeswell, Mariusz Grabiec, Jack Kohler, Katrin Lindbäck, Rickard Pettersson, Heidi Sevestre Scientific Drilling in Antarctica? Coming to a new drilling proposal / Christoph Gaedicke, Gerhard Kuhn, Olaf Eisen, Andreas Läufer, Emma Smith, Nikola Koglin, Boris Biskaborn, Dieter Franke, Ralf Tiedemann German permanent research facilities in Antarctica - a 40 years record / Hartwig Gernandt Pre-glacial and glacial shelf evolution from seismic and seabed drill records of the Amundsen Sea, West Antarctica / Karsten Gohl, Gabriele Uenzelmann-Neben, Robert Larter, Johann Klages, Claus-Dieter Hillenbrand, Torsten Bickert, Steve Bohaty, Ulrich Salzmann, Thomas Frederichs, Catalina Gebhardt, Katharina Hochmuth and Expedition PS104 Science Party The Turnove
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93530
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic tundra, covering approx. 5.5 % of the Earth’s land surface, is one of the last ecosystems remaining closest to its untouched condition. Remote sensing is able to provide information at regular time intervals and large spatial scales on the structure and function of Arctic ecosystems. But almost all natural surfaces reveal individual anisotropic reflectance behaviors, which can be described by the bidirectional reflectance distribution function (BRDF). This effect can cause significant changes in the measured surface reflectance depending on solar illumination and sensor viewing geometries. The aim of this thesis is the hyperspectral and spectro-directional reflectance characterization of important Arctic tundra vegetation communities at representative Siberian and Alaskan tundra sites as basis for the extraction of vegetation parameters, and the normalization of BRDF effects in off-nadir and multi-temporal remote sensing data. Moreover, in preparation for the upcoming German EnMAP (Environmental Mapping and Analysis Program…
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: circa 330 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Kurzfassung Table of Contents List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations List of Symbols 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Background and Scientific Setting 1.2 Motivation and Research Questions 1.3 Structure of Thesis 2 FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSPECTRAL AND SPECTRO-DIRECTIONAL REMOTE SENSING 2.1 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing of Vegetation 2.2 Spectro-Directional Remote Sensing of Vegetation 2.3 The EnMAP Satellite System 2.4 Spectro-Goniometer Systems for the Ground-Based Measurement of BRDF Effects 3 THE TUNDRA PERMAFROST STUDY LOCATIONS AND THEIR ENVIRONMENT 3.1 The Eurasia Arctic Transect (EAT) 3.1.1 Geological and Climatic Setting 3.1.2 Vegetation 3.2 The North American Arctic Transect (NAAT) 3.2.1 Geological and Climatic Setting 3.2.2 Vegetation 4 OBSERVATIONS AND METHODOLOGY 4.1 Observations Used for this Study 4.1.1 The ECI-GOA-Yamal 2011 Expedition 4.1.2 The EyeSight- NAAT-Alaska 2012 Expedition 4.1.3 Data Used for Hyperspectral Characterization of Arctic Tundra 4.1.4 Data Used for Spectro-Directional Characterization of Arctic Tundra 4.2 Methodology Used for Field Work and Data Analysis 4.2.1 Field Spectroscopy and Hyperspectral Data Analysis 4.2.2 Considerations for the Field Spectro-Goniometer Measurements and the Spectro-Directional Data Analysis 5 DEVELOPMENT AND PRECOMMISSIONING INSPECTION OF THE MANTIS FIELD SPECTRO-GONIOMETER 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Theoretical Background 5.3 Description of the Field Spectro-Goniometer System 5.3.1 Construction Schedule 5.3.2 Description of the Field Spectro-Goniometer Platform (ManTIS) 5.3.3 Sensor Configuration of the AWI ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer 5.3.4 Measurement Strategy 5.3.5 Software for Semi-Automatic Control 5.4 Error Assessment 5.4.1 Radiometrical Accuracy 5.4.2 Pointing Accuracy 5.4.3 Ground Instantaneous Field of View and Sensor Self-Shadowing 5.4.4 Temporal Illumination Changes and Environmental Influences 5.5 Data Analysis 5.5.1 Data Processing 5.5.2 Data Visualization 5.6 Performance of ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer in the Field 5.6.1 Test Site and Experiment Setup 5.6.2 Results and Discussion 5.7 Conclusions and Outlook 6 HYPERSPECTRAL REFLECTANCE CHARACTERIZATION OF LOW ARCTIC TUNDRA VEGETATION 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Material & Methods 6.2.1 Study Area 6.2.2 Environmental Gradients/Zones and Vegetation Description 6.2.3 Data Acquisition and Pre-Processing 6.2.4 Data Analysis 6.3 Results 6.3.1 The Zonal Climate Gradient 6.3.2 Acidic Versus Non-Acidic Tundra (Soil pH Zones) 6.3.3 The Toposequence at Happy Valley (Subzone E) 6.3.4 The Soil Moisture Gradient at Franklin Bluffs (Subzone D) 6.4 Discussion 6.4.1 Overview of Field Characterization and Spectral Properties along the Gradients 6.4.2 Performance of Spectral Metrics and Vegetation Indices 6.5 Conclusions 7 RESULTS OF THE SPECTRO-DIRECTIONAL REFLECTANCE INVESTIGATIONS 7.1 Overview of the Spectro-Directional Reflectance Characteristics of Low Arctic Tundra Vegetation 7.1.1 Representativeness of the Study Plots Representing Tundra Vegetation 7.1.2 Vaskiny Dachi – Bioclimate Subzone D 7.1.3 Happy Valley – Bioclimate Subzone E 7.1.4 Franklin Bluffs – Bioclimate Subzone D 7.2 Influence of High Sun Zenith Angles on the Reflectance Anisotropy 7.2.1 MAT (Happy Valley) 7.2.2 MNT (Franklin Bluffs) 7.3 Variability in Multi-Angular Remote Sensing Products of Low Arctic Tundra Environments 7.3.1 Spectro-Directional Variability of Different Low Arctic Plant Communities 7.3.2 Spectro-Directional Variability under Varying Sun Zenith Angles 8 DISCUSSION 8.1 The Hyperspectral Reflectance Characteristics of Tundra Vegetation in Context of the Spectro-Goniometer Measurements 8.2 Applicability of the ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer System 8.3 The Spectro-Directional Reflectance Characteristics of Tundra Vegetation 8.4 Variability in Reflectance Anisotropy at High Sun Zenith Angles 8.5 Applicability of Multi- Angular Remote Sensing Products for Arctic Tundra Environments 9 CONCLUSIONS & OUTLOOK Acknowledgments References Appendix Table of Contents of the Appendix References of the Appendix Statutory Declaration / Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI P9-20-93591
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses in detail on all ecologically important aspects of the Kongsfjorden system such as the marine and atmospheric environment including long-term monitoring, Ecophysiology of individual species, structure and function of the ecosystem, ecological processes and biological communities. The contributed articles include review articles and research articles that have a wider approach and bring the current research up-to-date. This book will form a baseline for future work.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 562 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 24 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-319-46423-7
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology 2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 The ecosystem of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Haakon Hop and Christian Wiencke Part I. Atmospheric conditions 2 The atmosphere above Ny-Ålesund : climate and global warming, ozone and surface UV radiation / Marion Maturilli, Inger Hanssen-Bauer, Roland Neuber, Markus Rex, and Kåre Edvardsen Part II. Oceanography, sea ice and underwater light regime 3 The Kongsfjorden Transect : seasonal and inter-annual variability in hydrography / Vigdis Tverberg, Ragnheid Skogseth, Finlo Cottier, Arild Sundfjord, Waldemar Walczowski, Mark E. Inall, Eva Falck, Olga Pavlova, and Frank Nilsen 4 Changes in sea-ice extent and thickness in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard (2003-2016) / Olga Pavlova, Sebastian Gerland, and Haakon Hop 5 The underwater light climate in Kongsfjorden and its ecological implications / Alexey K. Pavlov, Eva Leu, Dieter Hanelt, Inka Bartsch, Ulf Karsten, Stephen R. Hudson, Jean-Charles Gallet, Finlo Cottier, Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, Marion Maturilli, Piotr Kowalczuk, Sławomir Sagan, Justyna Meler, and Mats A. Granskog Part III. Pelagic production, phytoplankton and zooplankton 6 Phytoplankton seasonal dynamics in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard and the adjacent shelf / Else N. Hegseth, Philipp Assmy, Józef M. Wiktor, Józef Wiktor Jr., Svein Kristiansen, Eva Leu, Vigdis Tverberg, Tove M. Gabrielsen, Ragnheid Skogseth, and Finlo Cottier 7 Zooplankton in Kongsfjorden (1996-2016) in relation to climate change / Haakon Hop, Anette Wold, Mikko Vihtakari, Malin Daase, Slawomir Kwasniewski, Marta Gluchowska, Silke Lischka, Friedrich Buchholz and Stig Falk-Petersen Part IV. Benthic microbes, macroalgae and fauna 8 Living on cold substrata : new insights and approaches in the study of microphytobenthos ecophysiology and ecology in Kongsfjorden / Ulf Karsten, Iris Schaub, Jana Woelfel, Duygu S. Sevilgen, Carolin Schlie, Burkhard Becker, Angela Wulff, Martin Graeve, and Heiko Wagner 9 Biodiversity of benthic macro- and microalgae from Svalbard with special focus on Kongsfjorden / Stein Fredriksen, Ulf Karsten, Inka Bartsch, Jana Woelfel, Miriam Koblowsky, Rhena Schumann, Siri Røang Moy, Robert S. Steneck, Józef M. Wiktor, Haakon Hop, and Christian Wiencke 10. Kelps and environmental changes in Kongsfjorden : Stress perception and responses / Kai Bischof, Christian Buschbaum, Stein Frederiksen, Francisco J. L. Gordillo, Sandra Heinrich, Carlos Jiménez, Cornelius Lütz, Markus Molis, Michael Y. Roleda, Max Schwanitz, and Christian Wiencke 11. Ecological drivers of and responses by Arctic benthic communities, with an emphasis on Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Markus Molis, Frank Beuchel, Jürgen Laudien, Maria Włodarska-Kowalczuk, and Christian Buschbaum Part V. Arctic fjord ecosystem model and autonomous marine observatories. 12. Outline of an Arctic fjord ecosystem model for Kongsfjorden-Krossfjorden, Svalbard / Pedro Duarte, Jan Marcin Weslawski, and Haakon Hop 13. Autonomous marine observatories in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Haakon Hop, Finlo Cottier, and Jørgen Berge Part VI. Kongsfjorden as harbinger of the future Arctic 14. Kongsfjorden as harbinger of the future Arctic : knowns, unknowns and research priorities / Kai Bischof, Peter Convey, Pedro Duarte, Jean-Pierre Gattuso, Maria Granberg, Haakon Hop, Clara Hoppe, Carlos Jiménez, Leonid Lisitsyn, Brezo Martinez, Michael Y. Roleda, Peter Thor, Józef M. Wiktor, and Geir Wing Gabrielsen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93988
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 181 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2017 , Contents Abstract Kurzfassung Contents 1. List of figures 2. List of tables Chapter 1. General introduction 1. Motivation 2. Scientific background 3. Objectives of the thesis 4. Thesis outline Chapter 2. Manuscript 1: Treeline dynamics in Siberia under changing climates as inferred from an individual-based model for Larix 1. Abstract 2. Introduction 3. Material and Methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Acknowledgements Chapter 3. Manuscript 2: Field and simulation data reveal dissimilar responses of Larix gmelinii stands to increasing temperature across the Siberian treeline ecotone 1. Abstract 2. Introduction 3. Methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Acknowledgements Chapter 4. Manuscript 3: High gene flow and complex treeline dynamics on the Taymyr Peninsula (north-central Siberia), revealed by nuclear microsatellites of Larix 1. Abstract 2. Introduction 3. Materials and methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Acknowledgements Chapter 5. Manuscript 4: Dispersal distances at treeline in Siberia - genetic guided model improvement 1. Abstract 2. Introduction 3. Methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Acknowledgements Chapter 6. Synopsis 1. Towards a better understanding of Siberian treeline dynamics 2. Methodological challenges to reconstruct and predict the treeline advance 3. Conclusions 4. Outlook Appendix 1. Supplementary information for manuscript 1 (Chapter 2) 2. Supplementary information for manuscript 2 (Chapter 3) 3. Supplementary information for manuscript 3 (Chapter 4) 4. Supplementary information for manuscript 4 (Chapter 5) Bibliography Acknowledgements - Danksagung Declaration
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: AWI G5-20-93987
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XVI, 91 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2015 , Table of Contents Acknowledgements Abstract Zusammenfassung List of figures and tables List of Abbreviations 1. Introduction 1.1. Preface and thesis organization 1.2. Research motivation and relevance 1.3. Background knowledge 1.3.1. Terrigenous sediments 1.3.2. Hala Lake 1.3.3. The North Pacific 1.3.4. The Bering Sea 1.4. Aims and objectives 1.5. Methodological overview 1.5.1. Fieldwork 1.5.2. Age-depth modeling 1.5.3. Key proxies: grain size and clay minerals 1.5.4. Supplementary methodology: remote sensing, seismic sub-bottom profiling and geochemistry 1.6. Overview and status of the manuscripts 2 Manuscript 1 : Linkages between Quaternary climate change and sedimentary processes in Hala Lake, northern Tibetan Plateau, China Abstract 2.1. Introduction 2.2. Regional setting 2.3. Materials and methods 2.3.1. Remote sensing of the study area 2.3.2. Fieldwork 2.3.3. Radiocarbon dating of recovered sediment cores 2.3.4. Laboratory work 2.3.5. Statistical data treatment 2.4. Results and interpretation 2.4.1. Remote sensing on the spatial heterogeneity of lake ice and length of lake ice-free days 2.4.2. Seismic sub-bottom profiling 2.4.3. Age and sedimentary characteristics of the sediment core record 2.4.4. Grain-size modeling results 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1. Last Glacial Maximum (~24-17 cal. ka BP) 2.5.2. Time-equivalent of Heinrich Event 1 (~17-15.4 cal. ka BP) 2.5.3. Time-equivalent of Bolling-Allerod (~15.4-13 cal. ka BP) 2.5.4. Time-equivalent of Younger Dryas (~12.9-11.6 cal. ka BP) 2.5.5. Holocene (~11.6 cal. ka BP to present) 2.6. Conclusions Acknowledgments 3 Manuscript 2: Modern modes of provenance and dispersal of terrigenous sediments in the North Pacific and the Bering Sea: Implications and perspectives for palaeoenvironmental reconstructions Abstract 3.1. Introduction 3.2. Study area and regional setting 3.3. Material and methods 3.4. Results 3.4.1. Grain size distribution 3.4.2 Bulk mineralogy 3.4.3. Mineralogy of the clay fraction 3.5. Discussion 3.5.1. Sedimentary processes 3.5.2. Sediment provenance 3.5.3 Implications for palaeoenvironmental studies 3.6. Conclusions Acknowledgements 4 Manuscript 3: Provenance and dispersal of terrigenous sediments in the Bering Sea slope: Implications for late glacial land-ocean linkages Abstract 4.1. Introduction 4.2. Regional setting 4.3. Material and methods 4.4. Results and interpretation 4.4.1. Lithology and stratigraphy 4.4.2. Grain size distribution 4.4.3. Clay mineralogy 4.5. Discussion 4.5.1. Processes of terrigenous sediment supply 4.5.2. Detrital sediment sources 4.5.3. Detrital sediment supply and its relation to regionalpalaeoenvironmental changes 4.5.3.1. Time interval 32-15.7 ka BP: Background sedimentation at low sea level 4.5.3.2. Time interval 15.7-14.5 ka BP: Regional Meltwater Pulse 4.5.3.3. Time interval 14.5-12.9 ka BP: First biological bloom event 4.5.3.4. Time interval 12.9-6 ka BP: Cooling episode, rejuvenation of biological productivity and onset ofmodern conditions 4.5.4. Palaeoenvironmental implications 4.6. Conclusions Acknowledgements 5 Synthesis 5.1. The North Hemisphere synchronization of millennial climate oscillations during the last Glacial: teleconnections from Westerlies and thermohaline Circulation 5.2. The regional asynchronization of millennial climate oscillations during the last Glacial: discrepancy and "recording capacity" 5.3. Secondary connections between global climate transmissions: winter cyclone in the North Pacific 5.4. Future perspectives 6 References 7 Appendix Extended results: Core SO202-39-3 from the mid-latitude North Pacific 7.1. Material 7.2. Results 7.3. Oscillation of eolian sediment transport 7.4. Conclusions
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: AWI G5-20-93989
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 139 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2018 , Table of Content I. Abstract II. Deutsche Zusammenfassung 0 Preface 1 Scientific Background 1.1 Paleoenvironmental changes since the gLGM in arid Central Asia and north-western High Asia 1.1.1 Paleoclimatic changes 1.1.2 Lake level fluctuations following climatic changes 1.1.3 Inferred terrestrial vegetation responses to environmental changes and possible human impact 1.2 The role of proxy records in tracing environmental changes 1.2.1 Archives and Proxies investigated in environmental studies in Central Asia 1.2.2 Limnological systems as environmental archives 1.2.3 The multiproxy approach as a tool to decipher environmental change 1.3 Study area 1.4 Material and Method Overview 1.4.1 Field based sampling 1.4.2 Outline of material and methods 1.5 Aim and objectives ofthis thesis 1.6 Thesis outline 1.7 Contribution of the authors 1.7.1 Manuscript I - published 1.7.2 Manuscript II - published 1.7.3 Manuscript III - published 1.7.4 Manuscript IV - in preparation 2 Manuscript I Climatic and limnological changes at Lake Karakul (Tajikistan) during the last ~29 cal ka 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Fieldwork 2.4.2 Laboratory analysis 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Age-depth relationship in core KK12-1 2.5.2 TIC, TOC, TOC/TN, δ18Ocarb and δ13CCarb 2.5.3 Grain-size distribution and results ofend-member modelling 2.5.4 XRF data 2.5.5 Ordination results of sediment parameters 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Paleoenvironmental indicators from sediment variables 2.6.2 Implications ofthe Lake Karakul sediment record 2.6.3 Linking lake internal development to climate change 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Data availability 3 Manuscript II Aquatic macrophyte dynamics in Lake Karakul (Eastern Pamir) over the last 29 cal ka revealed by sedimentary ancient DNA and geochemical analyses of macrofossil remains 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Methods 3.3.1 Sample acquisition and treatment 3.3.2 Genetic approach 3.3.3 Elemental isotopic analyses ofaquatic macrophyte remains 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Macrophyte records along lake depth transects in Lake Karakul 3.4.2 Submerged plant content 3.4.3 Ancient DNA analyses 3.4.4 C, N, δ13C and δ15N of Stuckenia cf. pamirica remains 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Assessment of aDNA and chemical aquatic macrophyte data as proxies for the macrophyte composition and the paleo-productivity 3.5.2 Changes of past submerged plant composition and productivity and potential drivers 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements 3.8 Data Availability 4 Manuscript III Radiocarbon and optical stimulated luminescence dating of sediments from Lake Karakul, Tajikistan 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Regional setting 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Collection and correlation of cores 4.4.2 Radiocarbon dating 4.4.3 Optically stimulated luminescence (OSL) dating 4.4.4 Establishment ofage-depth model 4.4.5 Investigation of exposed lake sediments 4.5 Results 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Recovered sediments and correlation ofcores from Lake Karakul 4.6.2 Age-depth model, and assessment of radiocarbon and OSL age data 4.6.3 Significance ofexposed sediments at section KK13-S1 4.6.4 Implications ofthe chronological data 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Manuscript IV Vegetation change in the Eastern Pamir Mountains inferred from Lake Karakul pollen spectra of the last 28 ka 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Material and Methods 5.4.1 Sediment cores and chronology 5.4.2 Pollen sample preparation and pollen analyses 5.4.3 Pollen data treatment 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Composite core (KK12-1/2; 27.6 cal ka BP to present) 5.5.2 Short core TAJ-Kar-08-lB 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Interpretation of pollen data 5.6.2 Terrestrial vegetation change in the Eastern Pamir Mountains in response to past climate change 5.7 Conclusions 5.8 Acknowledgements 5.9 Data Availability 6 Synthesis 6.1 Proxy evaluation 6.1.1 Age-depth relationship 6.1.2 Limnological proxies 6.1.3 Terrestrial proxies 6.2 The potential of Lake Karakul as archive for long term environmental change in the Eastern Pamir 6.3 Climate and moisture availability changes over time - inferred from sedimentary proxies 6.4 Assessment ofthe aquatic macrophyte composition and paleoproductivity within Lake Karakul 6.5 Inferred terrestrial vegetation changes as responds to climatic changes over the last 28 cal ka 6.6 Comparison inferred regional vegetation, lake internal and lake external variations and changes in climate reconstructed in other studies 6.6.1 Pre- gLGM and global Last Glacial Maximum (27.6 to 19 cal ka BP) 6.6.2 Late glacial 6.6.3 Early to middle Holocene 6.6.4 Middle to late Holocene 6.7 Outlook 7 Appendix 7.1 Supplementary information for Manuscript I 7.2 Supplementary information for Manuscript II 7.3 Supplementary information for Manuscript III 8 References Danksagung Eldesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Oslo] : Arctic Monitoring and Assessment Programme
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94098
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii,12-15 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-82-7971-071-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction / Lead authors: Morten Skovgaard Olsen, Lars-Otto Reiersen Chapter 2. Arctic Climate: Recent Variations / Lead authors: John E. Walsh, James E. Overland, Pavel Y. Groisman, Bruno Rudolf Chapter 3. Climate Model Projections for the Arctic / Lead authors: James E. Overland, Muyin Wang, John E. Walsh, Jens H. Christensen, Vladimir M. Kattsov, William L. Chapman Chapter 4. Changing Snow Cover and its Impacts / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Margareta Johansson, Ross D. Brown, Pavel Y. Groisman, Niklas Labba, Vladimir Radionov Chapter 5. Changing Permafrost and its Impacts / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Margareta Johansson, Oleg Anisimov, Hanne H. Christiansen, Arne Instanes, Vladimir Romanovsky, Sharon Smith Chapter 6. Changing Lake and River Ice Regimes: Trends, Effects and Implications / Lead authors: Terry Prowse, Knut Alfredsen, Spyros Beltaos, Barrie Bonsal, Claude Duguay, Atte Korhola, James McNamara, Warwick F. Vincent, Valery Vuglinsky, Gesa Weyhenmeyer Chapter 7. Mountain Glaciers and Ice Caps / Lead authors: Martin Sharp, Maria Ananicheva, Anthony Arendt, Jon-Ove Hagen, Regine Hock, Edward Josberger, R. Dan Moore, William Tad Pfeffer, Gabriel J. Wolken Chapter 8. The Greenland Ice Sheet in a Changing Climate / Lead authors: Dorthe Dahl-Jensen, Jonathan Bamber, Carl E. Bøggild, Erik Buch, Jens H. Christensen, Klaus Dethloff, Mark Fahnestock, Shawn Marshall, Minik Rosing, Konrad Steffen, Robert Thomas, Martin Truffer, Michael van den Broeke, Cornelis van der Veen Chapter 9. Sea Ice / Lead authors: Walter N. Meier, Sebastian Gerland, Mats A. Granskog, Jeffrey R. Key, Christian Haas, Grete K. Hovelsrud, Kit M. Kovacs, Alexander Makshtas, Christine Michel, Donald Perovich, James D. Reist, Bob E.H. van Oort Chapter 10. Arctic Societies, Cultures, and Peoples in a Changing Cryosphere / Lead authors: Grete K. Hovelsrud, Birger Poppel, Bob E.H. van Oort, James D. Reist Chapter 11. Cross-cutting Scientific Issues / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Dorthe Dahl-Jensen, Margareta Johansson, Roland Kallenborn, Jeffrey R. Key, Robie Macdonald, Terry Prowse, Martin Sharp, Konrad Steffen, Warwick F. Vincent Chapter 12. SWIPA Synthesis: Implications of Findings / Lead author: James D. Reist Acronyms and abbreviations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Wilmette, Ill. : Snow Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-47
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 47
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: Various mechanical properties such as strength, elastic modulus, and density of TUTO tunnel and ramp ice were determined. Results of unconfined compressive strength, ring tensile strength, and flexural strength tests are given. Photographs of included bubbles and grain size and shape are shown for each of six types of ice tested. Petrofabric diagrams for each type of ice are included. No significant differences in strength were found between horizontal and vertical cores in the ice tunnel, although differences between types of ice are noted. Crushing strength values found for tunnel ice generally fit the empirical equation relating crushing strength to density which was found for high-density snows (Butkovich, 1956a). However the values for ramp ice do not fit the equation when the average density values are used, probably due to the layering. The empirical equation relating ring tensile strength to density of high-density snows (ibid.) gives results approximately 20% greater than those obtained for tunnel ice. It appears that grain size influences the results. Ice with large grains consistently gives lower values. Flexural strength of the ramp ice is about half that of the tunnel ice. Comparing these results with the ring tensile values leads to the conclusion that the beams tend to fail in the lowest-density (mostly bubbly) bands. Temperature curves as a function of depth into the wall and along the tunnel length are presented. A 30-day study of deformation in a 100 x 30 ft room at 650 ft. into the tunnel indicated that the room is closing primarily by a block action, with rates of closure being less only very near the walls.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 17 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 47
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Strength Crushing strength Ring tensile strength Flexural strength Static modulus of elasticity Dynamic modulus of elasticity Density of tunnel and ramp ice Tunnel temperature measurements Crystal size, bubble size, and ice fabrics Deformation measurements Discussion of strength test results References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: AWI A4-22-94820
    In: Rendiconti Lincei. Scienze fisiche e naturali, Volume 27, Supplement 1
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 2037-4631
    Series Statement: Rendiconti Lincei. Scienze fisiche e naturali Volume 27, Supplement 1
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Environmental changes in the Arctic: an Italian perspective / David Cappelletti, Roberto Azzolini, Leonardo Langone, Stefano Ventura, Angelo Viola, Stefano Aliani, Vito Vitale & Enrico Brugnoli Atmospheric observations at the Amundsen-Nobile Climate Change Tower in Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard / Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Pietro Viola, Christian Lanconelli & Vito Vitale On turbulence characteristics at Ny-Ålesund–Svalbard / Francesco Tampieri, Angelo Pietro Viola, Mauro Mazzola & Armando Pelliccioni Variability features associated with ozone column and surface UV irradiance observed over Svalbard from 2008 to 2014 / Boyan H. Petkov, Vito Vitale, Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, Christian Lanconelli, Angelo Viola & Maurizio Busetto Air-snow exchange of reactive nitrogen species at Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard (Arctic) / Antonietta Ianniello, Francesca Spataro, Rosamaria Salvatori, Mauro Valt, Marianna Nardino, Mats P. Björkman, Giulio Esposito & Mauro Montagnoli Size distribution and ion composition of aerosol collected at Ny-Ålesund in the spring–summer field campaign 2013 / F. Giardi, S. Becagli, R. Traversi, D. Frosini, M. Severi, L. Caiazzo, C. Ancillotti, D. Cappelletti, B. Moroni, M. Grotti, A. Bazzano, A. Lupi, M. Mazzola, V. Vitale, O. Abollino, L. Ferrero, E. Bolzacchini, A. Viola & R. Udisti Multi-seasonal ultrafine aerosol particle number concentration measurements at the Gruvebadet observatory, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard Islands / Angelo Lupi, Maurizio Busetto, Silvia Becagli, Fabio Giardi, Christian Lanconelli, Mauro Mazzola, Roberto Udisti, Hans-Christen Hansson, Tabea Henning, Boyan Petkov, Johan Ström, Radovan Krejci, Peter Tunved, Angelo Pietro Viola & Vito Vitale Elemental and lead isotopic composition of atmospheric particulate measured in the Arctic region (Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard Islands) / Andrea Bazzano, Francisco Ardini, Marco Grotti, Mery Malandrino, Agnese Giacomino, Ornella Abollino, David Cappelletti, Silvia Becagli, Rita Traversi & Roberto Udisti Sulfate source apportionment in the Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard Islands) Arctic aerosol / Roberto Udisti, Andrea Bazzano, Silvia Becagli, Ezio Bolzacchini, Laura Caiazzo, David Cappelletti, Luca Ferrero, Daniele Frosini, Fabio Giardi, Marco Grotti, Angelo Lupi, Mery Malandrino, Mauro Mazzola, Beatrice Moroni, Mirko Severi, Rita Traversi, Angelo Viola & Vito Vitale Water-soluble trace, rare earth elements and organic compounds in Arctic aerosol / Clara Turetta, Roberta Zangrando, Elena Barbaro, Jacopo Gabrieli, Elisa Scalabrin, Piero Zennaro, Andrea Gambaro, Giuseppa Toscano & Carlo Barbante AGAP: an atmospheric gondola for aerosol profiling / Mauro Mazzola, Maurizio Busetto, Luca Ferrero, Angelo Pietro Viola & David Cappelletti Local vs. long-range sources of aerosol particles upon Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard Islands): mineral chemistry and geochemical records / Beatrice Moroni, David Cappelletti, Luca Ferrero, Stefano Crocchianti, Maurizio Busetto, Mauro Mazzola, Silvia Becagli, Rita Traversi & Roberto Udisti Snowpack characteristics of Brøggerhalvøya, Svalbard Islands / Mauro Valt & Rosamaria Salvatori Continuous monitoring of spectral albedo of snowed surfaces in Ny-Ålesund / Roberto Salzano, Christian Lanconelli, Rosamaria Salvatori, Giulio Esposito & Vito Vitale Evolution of the Svalbard annual snow layer during the melting phase / Andrea Spolaor, Elena Barbaro, Jean Marc Christille, Torben Kirchgeorg, Fabio Giardi, David Cappelletti, Clara Turetta, Andrea Bernagozzi, Mats P. Björkman, Enzo Bertolini & Carlo Barbante Characterization of seawater properties and ocean heat content in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard Archipelago / Stefano Aliani, Roberta Sciascia, Ilaria Conese, Alessandra D’Angelo, Fabrizio Del Bianco, Federico Giglio, Leonardo Langone & Stefano Miserocchi Gas hydrate stability zone in shallow Arctic Ocean in presence of sub-sea permafrost / Umberta Tinivella & Michela Giustiniani A numerical algorithm for the assessment of the conjecture of a subglacial lake tested at Amundsenisen, Svalbard / Daniela Mansutti, Edoardo Bucchignani & Piotr Glowacki Trace elements in marine particulate and surface sediments of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard Islands / Francisco Ardini, Andrea Bazzano, Paola Rivaro, Francesco Soggia, Amanda Terol & Marco Grotti Stable isotopes and digital elevation models to study nutrient inputs in high-arctic lakes / Edoardo Calizza, Maria Letizia Costantini, David Rossi, Vittorio Pasquali, Giulio Careddu & Loreto Rossi Legacy and emergent POPs in the marine fauna of NE Greenland with special emphasis on the Greenland shark Somniosus microcephalus / Simonetta Corsolini, Karla Pozo & Jørgen S. Christiansen Body size-related constraints on the movement behaviour of the arctic notostracan Lepidurus arcticus (Pallas, 1973) under laboratory conditions / Giorgio Mancinelli & Vittorio Pasquali Geomorphological features of the Kongsfjorden area: Ny-Ålesund, Blomstrandøya (NW Svalbard, Norway) / Enrico Miccadei, Tommaso Piacentini & Claudio Berti Quantification of fracturing within fault damage zones affecting Late Proterozoic carbonates in Svalbard / Paola Cianfarra & F. Salvini Towards a calibration laboratory in Ny-Ålesund / Chiara Musacchio, Andrea Merlone, Angelo Viola, Vito Vitale & Marion Maturilli Development of an automatic sampler for extreme polar environments: first in situ application in Svalbard Islands / Giuseppe Zappalà, Gabriele Bruzzone, Gabriella Caruso & Maurizio Azzaro Isolation and degradation potential of a cold-adapted oil/PAH-degrading marine bacterial consortium from Kongsfjorden (Arctic region) / Francesca Crisafi, Laura Giuliano, Michail M. Yakimov, Maurizio Azzaro & Renata Denaro
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Sosnowiec : Wydział Nauk o Ziemi Uniwersytet Śląski | Warszawa : Instytut Geofizyki Polskiej Akademii Nauk | Sopot : Instytut Oceanologii Polskiej Akademii Nauk
    Call number: AWI S6-22-94809
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 101, [3] Seiten , Illustrationen , 22x22 cm
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents INTRODUCTION 1. The Centre for Polar Studies 2. The Centre in the context of Polish and international polar research 3. Development and achievements of the Centre for Polar Studies Underwater acoustic signatures od glacier calving Svalbard reveals a new island Freshwater in a salty fjord Between genetics and palaeontology: ancient DNA in palaeoceanographical research Influence of glacial disturbance and food availability on organisms size in Kongsfjorden and Hornsund fjords Message in a stainless steel bottle thrown into deep geological time 4. Technical facilities and infrastructure for polar research 5. Interdisciplinary Polar Studies Foundations of ISP Profiles of doctoral thesis 6. Exploration of Polar and Mountain Regions - a new speciality of MSc studies at the Faculty of Earth Sciences, University of Silesia 7. Science communication and dissemination 8. Towards the future
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: PIK N 456-17-91009 ; AWI A5-18-91009
    In: Geophysical monograph, 226
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 386 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 1119067847 , 9781119067849
    Series Statement: Geophysical Monograph Series ; 226
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: TITLE PAGE -- COPYRIGHT PAGE -- CONTENTS -- CONTRIBUTORS -- PREFACE -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- PART I FORCINGS OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 1 THE CHANGING EL NIÑO-SOUTHERN OSCILLATION AND ASSOCIATED CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 1.1. INTRODUCTION -- 1.2. CHANGES IN ENSO PROPERTIES -- 1.3. CHANGES IN ENSO DYNAMICS -- 1.4. CHANGES IN ENSO TELECONNECTIONS AND ASSOCIATED CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 1.5. ENSO IN THE FUTURE -- 1.6. SUMMARY -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 2 WEATHER EXTREMES LINKED TO INTERACTION OF THE ARCTIC AND MIDLATITUDES -- 2.1. INTRODUCTION -- 2.2. ARCTIC EFFECTS ON MIDLATITUDE EXTREMES -- 2.3. MIDLATITUDE EFFECTS ON ARCTIC EXTREMES -- 2.4. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 3 IMPACT OF AEROSOLS ON REGIONAL CHANGES IN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 3.1. INTRODUCTION -- 3.2. DIRECT AND INDIRECT EFFECTS OF AEROSOLS ON CLOUDS AND RADIATION -- 3.3. AEROSOL IMPACT ON REGIONAL CLIMATE CHANGE -- 3.4. Mitigation scenarios for aerosol emissions -- 3.5. AEROSOL EFFECT ON TEMPERATURE AND PRECIPITATION EXTREMES -- 3.6. FUTURE RESEARCH NEEDS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 4 WEAKENED FLOW, PERSISTENT CIRCULATION, AND PROLONGED WEATHER EXTREMES IN BOREAL SUMMER -- 4.1. INTRODUCTION -- 4.2. RESONANT CIRCULATION REGIMES -- 4.3. REAL EVENTS -- 4.4. CONCLUSIONS AND DISCUSSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 5 LAND PROCESSES AS THE FORCING OF EXTREMES: A REVIEW -- 5.1. INTRODUCTION -- 5.2. FORCINGS OF LAND PROCESSES ON CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 5.3. SUMMARY -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- PART II PROCESSES OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 6 TIMING OF ANTHROPOGENIC EMERGENCE IN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 6.1. INTRODUCTION -- 6.2. DEFINING TIME OF EMERGENCE -- 6.3. DATA AND METHODS -- 6.4. RESULTS -- 6.5. DISCUSSION -- 6.6. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES CHAPTER 7 RECENT INCREASES IN EXTREME TEMPERATURE OCCURRENCE OVER LAND -- 7.1. INTRODUCTION -- 7.2. DATA AND METHODOLOGY -- 7.3. RESULTS -- 7.4. CONCLUSIONS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 8 WHY FUTURE SHIFTS IN TROPICAL PRECIPITATION WILL LIKELY BE SMALL: THE LOCATION OF THE TROPICAL RAIN BELT AND THE HEMISPHERIC CONTRAST OF ENERGY INPUT TO THE ATMOSPHERE -- 8.1. INTRODUCTION -- 8.2. THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ITCZ POSITION AND HEMISPHERIC CONTRAST OF ATMOSPHERIC HEATING -- 8.3. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SEASONAL CYCLE OF ITCZ MIGRATION AND THE ANNUAL MEAN PRECIPITATION DISTRIBUTION -- 8.4. IMPLICATIONS FOR FUTURE ITCZ SHIFTS UNDER GLOBAL WARMING -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 9 WEATHER-CLIMATE INTERACTIONS AND MJO INFLUENCES -- 9.1. INTRODUCTION -- 9.2. THE INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO, BACKGROUND STATE, AND SYNOPTIC WEATHER -- 9.3. A CASE STUDY ON INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MADDEN-JULIAN OSCILLATION AND EL NIÑO -- 9.4. INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO AND BREAKING WAVES -- 9.5. INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO, TROPICAL CYCLONES, AND THE EXTRATROPICAL CIRCULATION -- 9.6. SUMMARY -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 10 RECENT CLIMATE EXTREMES ASSOCIATED WITH THE WEST PACIFIC WARMING MODE -- 10.1. INTRODUCTION -- 10.2. BACKGROUND -- 10.3. DATA AND METHODS -- 10.4. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 11 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN HEAT WAVES AND CIRCUMGLOBAL TELECONNECTION PATTERNS IN THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE SUMMER -- 11.1. INTRODUCTION -- 11.2. DATA AND METHODS -- 11.3. DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT WAVES -- 11.4. PLANETARY WAVES ASSOCIATED WITH THE HEAT WAVES -- 11.5. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- PART III REGIONAL CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 12 NORTH AMERICAN DROUGHT AND LINKS TO NORTHERN EURASIA: THE ROLE OF STATIONARY ROSSBY WAVES -- 12.1. INTRODUCTION -- 12.2. REANALYSIS DATA AND THE GEOS-5 AGCM EXPERIMENTS -- 12.3. RESULTS -- 12.4. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 13 THE CALIFORNIA DROUGHT: TRENDS AND IMPACTS -- 13.1. INTRODUCTION -- 13.2. THE PROLONGED DROUGHT OF 2012-2016 -- 13.3. ROLE OF ENSO CYCLE -- 13.4. ARCTIC INFLUENCES -- 13.5. DROUGHT IMPACTS ON CALIFORNIA -- 13.6. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 14 OBSERVED TRENDS IN US TORNADO FREQUENCY -- 14.1. INTRODUCTION -- 14.2. STORM DATA TORNADO DATABASE -- 14.3. US TORNADO CLIMATOLOGY -- 14.4. CHANGES IN US TORNADO STATISTICS -- 14.5. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 15 MECHANISMS EXPLAINING RECENT CHANGES IN AUSTRALIAN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 15.1. INTRODUCTION -- 15.2. AUSTRALIAN RAINFALL EXTREMES OF 2010-2012 -- 15.3. AUSTRALIA'S TEMPERATURE EXTREMES OF 2013 -- 15.4. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 16 UNRAVELING EAST AFRICA'S CLIMATE PARADOX -- 16.1. INTRODUCTION -- 16.2. THE NATURE OF THE RECENT EAST AFRICAN LONG RAINS DECLINE -- 16.3. LINKS TO PACIFIC DECADAL VARIABILITY -- 16.4. PHYSICAL CONSIDERATIONS -- 16.5. CLIMATE MODEL SIMULATIONS OF EAST AFRICAN CLIMATE -- 16.6. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 17 A PHYSICAL MODEL FOR EXTREME DROUGHT OVER SOUTHWEST ASIA -- 17.1. INTRODUCTION -- 17.2. PRECIPITATION PATTERNS -- 17.3. SST RELATIONSHIPS -- 17.4. ATMOSPHERIC TELECONNECTIONS -- 17.5. SUMMARY -- APPENDIX: DATA -- REFERENCES -- PART IV PREDICTION OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 18 EXTRATROPICAL PRECURSORS OF THE EL NIÑO-SOUTHERN OSCILLATION -- 18.1. INTRODUCTION -- 18.2. OVERVIEW OF PRECURSORS AND THEIR IMPACT ON ENSO -- 18.3. DATA AND DEFINITIONS -- 18.4. EVALUATION OF PRECURSOR VARIABILITY AND COVARIABILITY -- 18.5. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PRECURSORS AND ENSO -- 18.6. DIAGNOSING PRECURSORS AS ENSO PREDICTORS -- 18.7. RELATIONSHIP OF EXTRATROPICAL PRECURSORS TO 2014 AND 2015 EL NIñO -- 18.8. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 19 NORTH ATLANTIC SEASONAL HURRICANE PREDICTION: UNDERLYING SCIENCE AND AN EVALUATION OF STATISTICAL MODELS -- 19.1. INTRODUCTION -- 19.2. STATISTICALLY BASED SEASONAL HURRICANE OUTLOOK MODELS -- 19.3. CONCLUSIONS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 20 PREDICTING SUBSEASONAL PRECIPITATION VARIATIONS BASED ON THE MADDEN-JULIAN OSCILLATION -- 20.1. INTRODUCTION -- 20.2. THE MJO INFLUENCE ON THE VARIABILITY OF PRECIPITATION -- 20.3. FORECASTING THE MJO -- 20.4. THE MJO AND PREDICTABILITY OF PRECIPITATION -- 20.5. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 21 PREDICTION OF SHORT-TERM CLIMATE EXTREMES WITH A MULTIMODEL ENSEMBLE -- 21.1. INTRODUCTION -- 21.2. PREDICTION SKILL -- 21.3. PREDICTABILITY -- 21.4. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 22 TOWARD PREDICTING US TORNADOES IN THE LATE 21ST CENTURY -- 22.1. PROJECTING CHANGES IN US TORNADO ACTIVITY USING ENVIRONMENTAL PROXIES -- 22.2. SHORT-TERM TORNADO PREDICTION USING HIGH RESOLUTION MODELS AND APPLICATIONS TO DYNAMICAL DOWNSCALING -- 22.3. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- INDEX
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: AWI NBM-17-91184
    Description / Table of Contents: The Atlas content is presented by 8 large sections and 39 subsections which present characteristics of the key glaciological regions; there are also two auxiliary subsections: introductory one and the reference part that is indicator of geographical regions. The whole material is placed on the 590 pages of the Atlas. Themes and subjects of the maps are given in a system of three levels which one with corresponding number of base scales and, respectively, the territorial coverage. In addition to a possibility to look through all digital maps, any user can also see original vector layers in the format of shp. files which are saved in decimal degrees .This makes possible to project the data into any view, to design own project, to transform the data into other GIS-formats, to analyze the information together with own or other data with geographical conjunction .
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 CD-ROM
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: In rus. und engl. Sprache , Teilw. in kyrill. Schr.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: AWI G3-17-91084-1
    In: Kvarter vo vsem ego mnogoobrazii, Tom 1
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 319 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-5-91918-123-1
    Language: Russian , English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Predislovie. - Problems of absolute chronology and correlation of the Pleistocene glaciations in Gorny Altai / A. R. Agatova, R. K. Nepop. - Ecological and geomorphological consequences of mineral deposits development in conditions of the arid zone of Kazakhstan / K. M. Akpambetova. - Forming conditions of bottom sediments of Prokopievskoe Lake (Northern Karelia) according to the diatoms data / A. N. Alekseeva, O. P. Korsakova. - Lithostratigraphy of the quaternary deep sea sediments / T. N. Alekseeva, V. N. Sval'nov. - Climatic records from sediments of Elgygytgyn Lake (Polar Chukotka) / P. M. Anderson, A. V. Lozhkin. - First records of environmental change from lake sediments of the Kuril Archipelago / P. M. Anderson, A. V. Lozhkin, P. S. Minuyk, A. Yu. Pakhomov, T. B. Solomatkina, M. V. Cherepanova. - Late Pliocene / early Pliocene environments of the North-Eastern Siberian Arctic inferred from Lake El'gygytgyn pollen record / A. A. Andreev, M. Melles, V. Wennrich, J. Brigham-Grette. - The middle Neopleistocene of the Timan-Pechora-Vychegda Region / L. N. Andreicheva. - Kargian megainterstadial of the Prebaikalia: geochronology and paleogeography / Kh. A. Arslanov, N. E. Berdnikova, S. B. Chernov, G. A. Vorobioba, I. V. Enuschenko, D. V. Kobylkin, R. E. Maksimov, Yu. V. Ryzhov, A. A. Starikova. - The human and environment of Southeast Baltic on the boundary of the Pleistocene and the Holocene / Kh. A. Arslanov, O. A. Druzhinina, M. A. Kulkova, T. V. Sapelko, D. A. Subetto, I. N. Skhodnov. - Age of soil-pyroclastic sequences and chronology of volcanic activity on Matua Island (Central Kurils) during the Holocene / Kh. A. Arslanov, I. V. Melekestsev, N. G. Razjigaeva, A. V. Degterev, A. V. Rybin. - Summary of the Upper Pleistocene correlations in the Russian North / V. I. Astakhov. - Holocene climatic events in Amur River Basin and their correlation / V. B. Bazarova, L. M. Mokhova, T. A. Grebennikova. - About a western boundary of Dnieper glaciation on the southern east-european platform / M. Bargl. - On the causes of two most significant events of the Holocene / A. A. Barenbaum. - On the issue of the construction of the quaternary stratigraphy scale and frequency of the meteoric impacts / A. A. Barenbaum. - Stratigraphy of the sediments from the Mendeleev Rise, (Central Arctic Ocean), based on benthic foraminifera and ostracoda / V. A. Basov, N. V. Kupriyanova, E. S. Novikhina. - Paleosecular geomagnetic variations and late Weichselian Holocene magnetochronology in N-W Russia / V. G. Bakhmutov. - Biostratigraphy of sediments middle and late Holocene in the basin downstream Ussuri / P. S. Belyanin. - The palynology characteristic of loess loam sediments of Ussuri-Khankarazdolnaya depression in the middle and late Neopleistocene / P. S. Belyanin, N. I. Belyanina. - Glacio-marine deposits on the Northern Prinze Charls Mountains (East Antarctica) / A. S. Birjukov, M. S. Egorov. - Features of environmental and climatic changes in the Northern Caspian Sea Region and Caspian Sea Level fluctuations controlled by climate during the Holocene / N. S. Bolikhovskaya. - "Milankovitch Theory" - What does it mean? / V. A. Bolshakov. - MIS 11 problem and supposed 400-kyr Pleistocene climate cycle / V. A. Bolshakov, I. A. Karevskaya. - Sedimentation in the Kamennoe Lake (Kanin Peninsula) and climate changes during the Holocene according to the lake sediments / D. Yu. Bolshiyanov, P. S. Vakhrameeva, G. B. Fedorov, N. A. Bakunov, T. V. Sapelko, A. V. Ludikova, A. S. Makarov, M. V. Pavlov. - Relief and quaternary deposits of the South-Eastern Part of Taimyr Peninsula / D. Yu. Bolshiyanov, G. B. Fedorov, A. V. Krylov, Kh. A. Arslanov, J. Tide. - Last glaciation of the Russian Arctic / B. A. Borisov, E. A. Minina. - Short-term landscape and climatic oscillations in the late glacial: the main steps, results and future prospects of research / O. K. Borisova. - Late Quaternary Plankton biostratigraphy in the Knipovich Ridge Area (North Atlantic) / M. E. Bylinskaya, L. A. Golovina, E. P. Radionova. - Palaeolimnological investigations in the Laptev Sea Region / P. S. Vakhrameeva, D. A. Subetto, B. Diekmann, B. Biskaborn, L. Heinecke, G. Muller. - Strucute and genesis of Gorodok elevation in North-East Belarus / A. Vashkov. - Present problems in the Quaternary (Postapsheronskii) stratigraphy and geochronology of the Caspian Sea Sediments / S. S. Veliev, E. N. Tagieva. - Problem of paleogeography of East Europe in late Pliocene and early Pleistocene / A. A. Velichko, V. V. Pisareva, M. A. Faustova. - Regularities of modern relief organization of Kolyma lowland tundra landscapes (Northeast Siberia) - Remote sensing and GIS Studies / A. A. Veremeeva. - The joint German-Russian Polygon Project - Environmental studies in East Siberian Tundra wetlands / S. Wetterich, A. Bobrov, U. Herzschuh, H. Joosten, L. Pestryakova, E.-M. Pfeijfer, L. Kutzbach, L. Schirrmeister, D. Subetto, V. Tumskoy. - Interglacial environments of Oyogos Yar (Dmitry Laptev Strait) / S. Wetterich, R. Kienast, S. Kuzmina, A. A. Andreev, L. Nazarova, L. Schirrmeister, V. V. Kunitsky. - Geological significance of section "Ogurtsovo" in district of Novosibirsk / I. A. Volkov, S. P. Kazmin. - Present problems of the Quaternary period stratigraphy of the West and Middle Siberia / V. S. Volkova. - New data on the evolution and age of sediments, enclosing the cultural horizon of middle Paleolithic Site Khotylevo-1 (River Desna Basin) / E. V. Voskresenskaya, L. B. Vishniytskiy, I. S. Zuganova, E. U. Novenko, A. K. Ocherednoy. - The Lake Sedimentogenez and features of the Paleogeography Prihankayskoy depression in Late Cenozoic / T. N. Voskresenskaya. - Relief and loose desposits of the Russian Plain main watershed protected areas in the South-East Onega / A. I. Voskresenskiy, I. S. Voskresenskiy, A. N. Kichigin. - Distribution of cryogenic micro relief in low mountainous massifs of the Kola Peninsula / E. V. Garankina. - Change of landscapes in early Pleistocene histories of East European Plane / N. I. Glushankova. - Some structural and mapping features of water-glacial deposits of the Don horizon / B. V. Glushkov, G. V. Kholmovoy. - Using dem for tasks of Quaternary geology and geomorphology of Siberia / N. V. Glushkova, V. A. Lyamina, I. D. Zolnikov, N. N. Dobretsov, V. P. Afanas'ev, D. A. Samdanov, I. I. Boldirev, S. A. Semenova. - Reference horizons of volcanic ash in Quaternary deposits of the Northern Coast of Okhotsk Sea / O. Yu. Glushkova, V. N. Smirnov. - Problems of the Eopleistocene volumes in the South-Eastern West Siberian Plate in the context of the Quaternary bottom lowering / A. G. Golovina, V. S. Volkova. - An influence of coastal processes on sedimentogenesis in the Tsymlyanskoye reservoir / N. V. Golubova. - Environments during the time of initial human settlement of the Kola Peninsula / I. M. Grekov, E. A. Kosheleva. - Mesostratigraphy of middle- and late valdai loess-like loams as the marker of low-range ecosystematic rearrangements / L. A. Gugalinskaya, V. M. Alifanov. - Relief and quaternary sediments from outer part of East Siberian Sea: new data / E. A. Gusev, A. G. Zinchenko, N. Yu. Anikina, L. G. Derevyanko, V. V. Popov. - The Middle Holocene parastratotype old Kieshki Site and its palaeobotanic characteristic (Southern Foreurals) / G. A. Danukalova, E. G. Lapteva, O. M. Korona. - Results of the Mollusc study of the late Pliocene early Quaternary Novosultanbekovo Site (Southern Foreurals) / G. A. Danukalova, E. M. Osipova. - Natural and anthropogenic factors of formation of chemical composition of sediments of lakes of North Fennoscandia / V. A. Dauvalter, N. A. Kashulin, S. S. Sandimirov. - Difficulties of long-term air temperature time series finding for climatological problems / V. I. Demin. - Diatom complexes changes in academicheskoe lake sediments (Khibiny Massif, Kola Peninsula) / D. B. Denisov. - Natural features of sedimentogenesis in the lake of the Eastern slope o , In kyrill. Schr. , In engl. und rus. Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: ZSP-760/A-15
    In: Terra Antartica reports, No. 15
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 15 Seiten , Illustrationen , 8 Kartenbeilagen, 1 CD-ROM
    ISBN: 978-88-88395-12-8
    Series Statement: Terra Antartica reports 15
    Language: English
    Note: 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Melbourne Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / P. C. Pertusati, G. Musumeci, R. Carosi, M. Meccheri 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Reeves Névé Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / R. Casnedi, P. C. Pertusati, F. Salvini 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Murchison Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1997 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Joyce Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1999 / G. Capponi, L. Crispini, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Relief Inlet Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1999 / G. Capponi, L. Crispini, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Coulman Island Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1997 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri & G. Oggiano 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Sequence Hills Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / R. Carosi, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci, P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Freyberg Mountains Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri, P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI S4-18-91822
    In: Texts in computational science and engineering, 6
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXI, 922Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: Fifth edition
    ISBN: 9783662498873 , 9783662498866
    Series Statement: Texts in computational science and engineering 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Computing with Formulas. - 1.1 The First Programming Encounter: a Formula. - 1.1.1 Using a Program as a Calculator. - 1.1.2 About Programs and Programming. - 1.1.3 Tools for Writing Programs. - 1.1.4 Writing and Running Your First Python Program. - 1.1.5 Warning About Typing Program Text. - 1.1.6 Verifying the Result. - 1.1.7 Using Variables. - 1.1.8 Names of Variables. - 1.1.9 Reserved Words in Python. - 1.1.10 Comments. - 1.1.11 Formatting Text and Numbers. - 1.2 Computer Science Glossary. - 1.3 Another Formula: Celsius-Fahrenheit Conversion. - 1.3.1 Potential Error: Integer Division. - 1.3.2 Objects in Python. - 1.3.3 Avoiding Integer Division. - 1.3.4 Arithmetic Operators and Precedence. - 1.4 Evaluating Standard Mathematical Functions. - 1.4.1 Example: Using the Square Root Function. - 1.4.2 Example: Computing with sinh x. - 1.4.3 A First Glimpse of Rounding Errors. - 1.5 Interactive Computing. - 1.5.1 Using the Python Shell. - 1.5.2 Type Conversion. - 1.5.3 IPython. - 1.6 Complex Numbers. - 1.6.1 Complex Arithmetics in Python. - 1.6.2 Complex Functions in Python. - 1.6.3 Unified Treatment of Complex and Real Functions. - 1.7 Symbolic Computing. - 1.7.1 Basic Differentiation and Integration. - 1.7.2 Equation Solving. - 1.7.3 Taylor Series and More. - 1.8 Summary. - 1.8.1 Chapter Topics. - 1.8.2 Example: Trajectory of a Ball. - 1.8.3 About Typesetting Conventions in This Book. - 1.9 Exercises. - 2 Loops and Lists. - 2.1 While Loops. - 2.1.1 A Naive Solution. - 2.1.2 While Loops. - 2.1.3 Boolean Expressions. - 2.1.4 Loop Implementation of a Sum. - 2.2 Lists. - 2.2.1 Basic List Operations. - 2.2.2 For Loops. - 2.3 Alternative Implementations with Lists and Loops. - 2.3.1 While Loop Implementation of a for Loop. - 2.3.2 The Range Construction. - 2.3.3 For Loops with List Indices. - 2.3.4 Changing List Elements. - 2.3.5 List Comprehension. - 2.3.6 Traversing Multiple Lists Simultaneously. - 2.4 Nested Lists. - 2.4.1 A table as a List of Rows or Columns. - 2.4.2 Printing Objects. - 2.4.3 Extracting Sublists. - 2.4.4 Traversing Nested Lists. - 2.5 Tuples. - 2.6 Summary. - 2.6.1 Chapter Topics. - 2.6.2 Example: Analyzing List Data. - 2.6.3 How to Find More Python Information. - 2.7 Exercises. - 3 Functions and Branching. - 3.1 Functions. - 3.1.1 Mathematical Functions as Python Functions. - 3.1.2 Understanding the Program Flow. - 3.1.3 Local and Global Variables. - 3.1.4 Multiple Arguments. - 3.1.5 Function Argument or Global Variable?. - 3.1.6 Beyond Mathematical Functions. - 3.1.7 Multiple Return Values. - 3.1.8 Computing Sums. - 3.1.9 Functions with No Return Values. - 3.1.10 Keyword Arguments. - 3.1.11 Doc Strings. - 3.1.12 Functions as Arguments to Functions. - 3.1.13 The Main Program. - 3.1.14 Lambda Functions. - 3.2 Branching. - 3.2.1 If-else Blocks. - 3.2.2 Inline if Tests. - 3.3 Mixing Loops, Branching, and Functions in Bioinformatics Examples. - 3.3.1 Counting Letters in DNA Strings. - 3.3.2 Efficiency Assessment. - 3.3.3 Verifying the Implementations. - 3.4 Summary. - 3.4.1 Chapter Topics. - 3.4.2 Example: Numerical Integration. - 3.5 Exercises. - 4 User Input and Error Handling. - 4.1 Asking Questions and Reading Answers. - 4.1.1 Reading Keyboard Input. - 4.2 Reading from the Command Line. - 4.2.1 Providing Input on the Command Line. - 4.2.2 A Variable Number of Command-Line Arguments. - 4.2.3 More on Command-Line Arguments. - 4.3 Turning User Text into Live Objects. - 4.3.1 The Magic Eval Function. - 4.3.2 The Magic Exec Function. - 4.3.3 Turning String Expressions into Functions. - 4.4 Option-Value Pairs on the Command Line. - 4.4.1 Basic Usage of the Argparse Module. - 4.4.2 Mathematical Expressions as Values. - 4.5 Reading Data from File. - 4.5.1 Reading a File Line by Line. - 4.5.2 Alternative Ways of Reading a File. - 4.5.3 Reading a Mixture of Text and Numbers. - 4.6 Writing Data to File. - 4.6.1 Example: Writing a Table to File. - 4.6.2 Standard Input and Output as File Objects. - 4.6.3 What is a File, Really?. - 4.7 Handling Errors. - 4.7.1 Exception Handling. - 4.7.2 Raising Exceptions. - 4.8 A Glimpse of Graphical User Interfaces. - 4.9 Making Modules. - 4.9.1 Example: Interest on Bank Deposits. - 4.9.2 Collecting Functions in a Module File. - 4.9.3 Test Block. - 4.9.4 Verification of the Module Code. - 4.9.5 Getting Input Data. - 4.9.6 Doc Strings in Modules. - 4.9.7 Using Modules. - 4.9.8 Distributing Modules. - 4.9.9 Making Software Available on the Internet. - 4.10 Making Code for Python 2 and 3. - 4.10.1 Basic Differences Between Python 2 and 3. - 4.10.2 Turning Python 2 Code into Python 3 Code. - 4.11 Summary. - 4.11.1 Chapter Topics. - 4.11.2 Example: Bisection Root Finding. - 4.12 Exercises. - 5 Array Computing and Curve Plotting. - 5.1 Vectors. - 5.1.1 The Vector Concept. - 5.1.2 Mathematical Operations on Vectors. - 5.1.3 Vector Arithmetics and Vector Functions. - 5.2 Arrays in Python Programs. - 5.2.1 Using Lists for Collecting Function Data. - 5.2.2 Basics of Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.2.3 Computing Coordinates and Function Values. - 5.2.4 Vectorization. - 5.3 Curve Plotting. - 5.3.1 MATLAB-Style Plotting with Matplotlib. - 5.3.2 Matplotlib; Pyplot Prefix. - 5.3.3 SciTools and Easyviz. - 5.3.4 Making Animations. - 5.3.5 Making Videos. - 5.3.6 Curve Plots in Pure Text. - 5.4 Plotting Difficulties. - 5.4.1 Piecewisely Defined Functions. - 5.4.2 Rapidly Varying Functions. - 5.5 More Advanced Vectorization of Functions. - 5.5.1 Vectorization of StringFunction Objects. - 5.5.2 Vectorization of the Heaviside Function. - 5.5.3 Vectorization of a Hat Function. - 5.6 More on Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.6.1 Copying Arrays. - 5.6.2 In-Place Arithmetics. - 5.6.3 Allocating Arrays. - 5.6.4 Generalized Indexing. - 5.6.5 Testing for the Array Type. - 5.6.6 Compact Syntax for Array Generation. - 5.6.7 Shape Manipulation. - 5.7 High-Performance Computing with Arrays. - 5.7.1 Scalar Implementation. - 5.7.2 Vectorized Implementation. - 5.7.3 Memory-Saving Implementation. - 5.7.4 Analysis of Memory Usage. - 5.7.5 Analysis of the CPU Time. - 5.8 Higher-Dimensional Arrays. - 5.8.1 Matrices and Arrays. - 5.8.2 Two-Dimensional Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.8.3 Array Computing. - 5.8.4 Matrix Objects. - 5.9 Some Common Linear Algebra Operations. - 5.9.1 Inverse, Determinant, and Eigenvalues. - 5.9.2 Products. - 5.9.3 Norms. - 5.9.4 Sum and Extreme Values. - 5.9.5 Indexing. - 5.9.6 Transpose and Upper/Lower Triangular Parts. - 5.9.7 Solving Linear Systems. - 5.9.8 Matrix Row and Column Operations. - 5.9.9 Computing the Rank of a Matrix. - 5.9.10 Symbolic Linear Algebra. - 5.10 Plotting of Scalar and Vector Fields. - 5.10.1 Installation. - 5.10.2 Surface Plots. - 5.10.3 Parameterized Curve. - 5.10.4 Contour Lines. - 5.10.5 The Gradient Vector Field. - 5.11 Matplotlib. - 5.11.1 Surface Plots. - 5.11.2 Contour Plots. - 5.11.3 Vector Field Plots. - 5.12 Mayavi. - 5.12.1 Surface Plots. - 5.12.2 Contour Plots. - 5.12.3 Vector Field Plots. - 5.12.4 A 3D Scalar Field and Its Gradient Field. - 5.12.5 Animations. - 5.13 Summary. - 5.13.1 Chapter Topics. - 5.13.2 Example: Animating a Function. - 5.14 Exercises. - 6 Dictionaries and Strings. - 6.1 Dictionaries. - 6.1.1 Making Dictionaries. - 6.1.2 Dictionary Operations. - 6.1.3 Example: Polynomials as Dictionaries. - 6.1.4 Dictionaries with Default Values and Ordering. - 6.1.5 Example: Storing File Data in Dictionaries. - 6.1.6 Example: Storing File Data in Nested Dictionaries. - 6.1.7 Example: Reading and Plotting Data Recorded at Specific Dates. - 6.2 Strings. - 6.2.1 Common Operations on Strings. - 6.2.2 Example: Reading Pairs of Numbers. - 6.2.3 Example: Reading Coordinates. - 6.3 Reading Data fromWeb Pages. - 6.3.1 About Web Pages. - 6.3.2 How to Access Web Pages
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...